William J. Gedney’s Comparative Tai Source Book
111003-Hudak PMS 173 and BLACK
Hudak
University of Hawai‘i Press Hono...
141 downloads
1973 Views
12MB Size
Report
This content was uploaded by our users and we assume good faith they have the permission to share this book. If you own the copyright to this book and it is wrongfully on our website, we offer a simple DMCA procedure to remove your content from our site. Start by pressing the button below!
Report copyright / DMCA form
William J. Gedney’s Comparative Tai Source Book
111003-Hudak PMS 173 and BLACK
Hudak
University of Hawai‘i Press Honolulu, Hawai‘i 96822–1888
Oceanic Linguistics Special Publication No. 34
William J. Gedney’s Comparative Tai Source Book
Thomas John Hudak
William J. Gedney's Comparative Tai Source Book
OCEANIC LINGUISTICS SPECIAL PUBLICATIONS Numbers 1 through 25 are no longer available. I. English in Hawaii: An Annotated Bibliography. Stanley M. Tsuzaki and John E. Reinecke. 1966. 2. An Ivatan Syntax. Lawrence Andrew Reid. 1966. 3. Manobo-English Dictionary. Richard E. Elkins. 1968. 4. Nguna Texts. Albert J. Schiitz. 1969. 5. Nguna Grammar. Albert J. Schlitz. 1969. 6. A Grammar of Kaliai-Kove. David R. Counts. 1969. 7. Chrau Grammar. David D. Thomas. 1971. 8. Philippine Minor Languages: Word Lists and Phonologies. Edited by Lawrence A. Reid. 1971. 9. Japanese Pidgin English in Hawaii: A Bilingual Description. Susumu NagaTa. 1972. to. Kapampangan Syntax. Leatrice T. Mirikitani. 1972. II. Isneg-English Vocabulary. Morice Vanoverbergh. 1972. 12. Outline ofSre Structure. Timothy M. Manley. 1972. 13. Austroasiatic Studies, Parts I and II. Edited by Philip N. Jenner, Laurence C. Thompson, and Stanley Starosta. 1976. 14. A Bibliography of Pidgin and Creole Languages. Compiled by John E. Reinecke, Stanley M. Tsuzaki, David DeCamp, Ian F. Hancock, and Richard E. Wood. 1975. IS. A Handbook of Comparative Tai. Fang Kuei Li. 1977. 16. Syntactic Derivation of Tagalog Verbs. Videa P. De Guzman. 1978. 17. The Genetic Relationship of the Ainu Language, James Patrie. 1982. 18, A Grammar of Manam. Frantisek Lichtenberk. 1983. 19. The History of the Fijian Languages. Paul A. Geraghty. 1983. 20. For Gordon H. Fairbanks. Edited by Veneeta Z, Acson and Riehard L Leed, 1985. 21. The Causatives of Malagasy. Charles Randriamasimanana. 1986. 22. Echo of a Culture: A Grammar of Rennell and Bellona. Samuel H. Elbert. 1988. 23. A Guide to Austroasiatic Speakcrs and Their Languages. Robert Parkin, 1991. 24. Tonality in Austronesian Languages. Edited by Jerold A. Edmondson and Kenneth J. Gregerson. 1993. 25, Tinrin Grammar. Midori Osumi. 1995. 26. Toward a Reference Grammar ofTok Pisin: An Experiment in Corpus Linguistics. John W. M. Verhaar. 1995. 27. An Erromangan (Sye) Grammar. Terry Crowley, 1998. 28. From Ancicnt Cham to Modem Dialects: Two Thousand Years of Language Contact and Change. Graham Thurgood. 1999. 29, Grammatical Analysis: Morphology, Syntax, and Semantics: Studies in Honor of Stanley Starosta. Edited by Videa P. De Guzman and Byron W. Bender. 2000. 30. ,!,;handa: An Aboriginal Language of Western Australia. Juliette Blevins. 2001. 31. Bislama Reference Grammar. Terry Crowley. 2004. 32. Otto Dempwolff's Grammar afthe Jabem Language in New Guinea. Translated and edited by Joel Bradshaw and Francisc Czobor. 2005. 33. A Grammar of South Efale: An Oceanic Language of Vanuatu, Nicholas Thieberger. 2006. 34. William 1. Gedney's Comparative Tai Source Book. Thomas John Hudak. 2007, Publications may be ordered electronically from www.uhpress.hawaii.edu or by mail from University of Hawai'i Press, 2840 Kolowalu Street, Honolulu, Hawai'i 96822, USA.
Oceanic Linguistics Special Publication No. 34
William J. Gedney's Comparative Tai Source Book
Thomas John Hudak
University of Hawai'j Press Honolulu
© 2008 University of Hawai 'j Press All rights reserved Printed in the United States of America 13 12 II 10 09 08
6 5 4 3 2 I
Library of Congress Cataloging-in. Publication Data
Hudak, Thomas 1. William 1. Gedney's comparative Tai source book I Thomas John Hudak. p. cm. - (Oceanic linguistics special publication; no. 34) ISBN 978-0-8248-3190-5 (pbk. : alk. paper) I. Tai languages-Phonology, Comparative. 2. Proto-Tai language-Phonology. 1. Gedney, William J. II. Title. PL4113.H832008 495.9'1-dc22 2007041673
Camera-ready copy for this book was prepared under the supervision of the series editor. University of Hawai 'i Press books are printed on acid-free paper and meet the guidelines for permanence and durability of the Council on Library Resources Printed by IBT Global
CONTENTS
Acknowledgments .................................. VlI Abbreviations ........................................................... ix Map 1: Tai~speaking Areas in Southeast Asia and Southern China ................. "......... ".............. xi Chapter 1: Introduction ............................... 1 Chapter 2: Southwestern Tai Dialects .................... 5 Siamese (Standard Thai) .......................... 5 White Tai (Tai Khaw) ............................ 8 Black Tai (Tai Dam) ............................ 11 Shan ......................................... 14 The Tai Dialect of Nong Khai ..................... 17 Lue .......................................... 19 The Tai Dialect ofChiengmai ..................... 23 Chapter 3: Central Tai Dialects ........................ 27 The Tai Dialect of Lei Ping ....................... 27 The Tai Dialect of Lungming ...................... 30 The Tai Dialect of Western Nung .................. 34 The Tai Dialect ofBac Va ........................ 37 The Tai Dialect of Lungchow ..................... 39 The Tai Dialect of Ping Siang ..................... 42 The Tai Dialect ofNing Ming ..................... 45 Chapter 4: Northern Tai Dialects . ..................... . 49 Yay .......................................... 49 Saek ......................................... 53 The Tai Dialect ofWuming ....................... 58 The Tai Dialect ofPo-ai .......................... 61
v
Comparative Tai Source Book
Chapter 5: Cognates ................................. "..... 65 Southwestern, Central, and Northern Tai Cognates ..... 65 References .......... ....... " ....................... . 195 Index ............................................... 203
vi
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
This volume could not have been produced without the generous assistance and good humor of numerous individuals. Much of the early work, creating formats and proofreading, for example, benefitted from the expertise of Chelle Brookes, Aloysius Canete, Alberto Perez-Pereiro, Joseph Maranville, and Michael Zier. References and encouragement were kindly provided by Karen L. Adams, Dawn Bates, Anthony Diller, Jerold A. Edmondson, Thomas Gething, Yongxian Luo, and Christopher Miller. At Arizona State University, two individuals contributed large amounts oftheir time and energy: Barbara Stark took time from her own research and created the map for this volume, and Marsha Schweitzer was always there to explain the mysteries of the software and to rescue me from never-ending computer errors. And at the University of Hawai'i Press, one could not ask for a more efficient and knowledgeable editor than Keith Leber. To all of these people, r extend my heartfelt gratitude and thanks.
vii
ABBREVIATIONS
The Proto-Tai category of each cognate follows its gloss or the lexical item in question. Languages and dialects represented by the same set of symbols are separated by commas: S, W, B, Sh 7aw 1; otherwise, semi-colons are used: LP 1aw2; LM 7aw4 • In the Saek section (p.53), OG refers to the older generation and YG to the younger. For the Tai dialect of Lungchow (LC), 'current in the countryside' refers to the 1930s and 1940s when Li did his research.
SW
Southwestern Tai Dialects Siamese (Standard Thai) White Tai (Tai Khaw) Black Tai (Tai Dam) B Shan Sh LNK the Tai dialect ofNong Khai LCH Lue of Chieng Hung LMY Lue of Muong Yong the Tai dialect ofChiengmai CM
S W
CN
Central Tai Dialects LP the Tai dialect of Lei Ping LM the Tai dialect of Lungming the Tai dialect of Western Nung WN the Tai dialect of Bac Va BV the Tai dialect of Lungchow LC PS the Tai dialect of Ping Siang NM the Tai dialect ofNing Ming
N
Northern Tai Dialects Yay Y Sk Saek WM the Tai dialect of Wuming P the Tai dialect ofPo-ai
ix
N
o
----l1500 km
1L-_ _ _
KEY 1-Siamese. 2-White TaL 3-Black TaL 4-Shan. 5-Nong Khai TaL 6-Chieng Hung Lue. 7-Muong Yong Lue. 8-Chiengmai TaL 9-Lei Ping TaL 1O-Lungming TaL 11-Western Nung. 12-Bac Va TaL 13-Lungchow TaL 14-Ping Siang TaL 15-Ning Ming TaL 16-Yay. 17-Saek. 18-Wuming TaL 19-Po-ai TaL
Map 1. Tai-speaking areas in Southeast Asia and Southern China.
CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION
The Tai language family extends from Assam in the west to northern Vietnam in the east, from southern China in the north to the Malay peninsula in the south. At the far western end of this area, in Assam, the related, but extinct, literary language Ahom can be found. In adjacent Myanmar (Burma), the main representatives ofthe Tai family include Shan and a variety of dialects on the border of Assam and Yunnan. The Lue inhabit the Sipsongpanna region of southern Yunnan, northern Thailand, and Laos. Further south, the whole ofThailand is covered by Siamese and Tai local and regional dialects. A similar situation occurs in Laos where Lao dialects extend throughout the country as well as into northeastern Thailand. Unlike the other Tai languages which are spoken by minority groups, those in Thailand and Laos are socially and politically dominant. Moving into northern Vietnam, White, Black, and Red Tai appear in the northwest and varieties ofTay (formerly identified as Tho) and Nung in the northeast. Yay is spoken in the extreme northern part of Vietnam in the area of the Hong (Red) River and the Lo River (Riviere Claire). Tai dialects in southern China, related to the Nung of northern Vietnam, have been grouped together by the Chinese under the name Zhuang, although individual linguistic studies identify dialects by localities such as the Tai dialect ofLungming or the Tai dialect of Lungchow. Finally, at the farthest point east on the island of Hainan there also exist a number of dialects closely related to the Tai family. Edmondson and Solnit (1997b: 1) estimate the total Tai population to be greater than 80 million. In two major publications Fang-kuei Li (1959, 1960), using phonological and lexical criteria, divided the Tai family into three main branches: the Southwestern with Siamese, Lao, Shan, White, Black, and Red Tai, etc.; the Central with Tay, the dialects spoken at Lungchow, Lei Ping, Ping Siang, Ning Ming, etc.; and the Northern with Yay, Saek, the dialects spoken at Wuming and Po-ai, etc. For the most part linguists follow this tripartite division, although Gedney (1989:62-66) has proposed that the Central and Southwestern probably represent a single group with gradual transition between the languages within it. Haudricourt (1956), on the other hand, suggests that the Northern and Central branches may very well form a single group. For both Gedney and Haudricourt, then, the Tai family may ultimately consist of two major groups rather than three. Both Luo (1996: 17-18) and Edmondson and Solnit (l997b: I 0-12) discuss this tripartite division and the related issues raised by Gedney and Haudricourt. With the exception ofloanwords, all of the different varieties ofTai are monosyllabic. Each syllable has a tone, an initial consonant or consonant cluster, a vocalic nucleus (vowel or diphthong), and an optional final consonant. The tones of each of the Tai dialects had their origin in an earlier system ofthree tones on
Comparative Tai Source Book
open syllables (those ending in a vowel, semivowel, or nasal) and no tonal contrast on checked syllables (those ending in p - t - k). Those tones on open syllables have been conventionally designated as A - B - C and the fourth category, the checked syllables, as D. The tones in each of these categories underwent phonemic splits, conditioned by the phonetic nature of the initial consonant of each syllable. The phonetic nature ofthese initials can be divided into four different tiers: 1) voiceless fricatives such as [s], [t], [x], [h] and voiceless aspirated stops [ph], [th], [kh]; 2) voiceless unaspirated (plain) stops [p], [t], [k]; 3) glottal sounds, glottal stop [7] and preglottalized consonants [7b], [7d], [7y]; and 4) voiced sounds. With the D category, the splits were further conditioned by whether the vowel was short or long. As the following chart demonstrates, this four-way split between initials and tones allows for a possible total of twenty proto-tones for anyone Tai dialect, although no dialect has shown all these possibilities. Most Tai dialects range between five and seven tones. Initial\Tone voiceless friction sounds voiceless unaspirated stops glottal sounds voiced sounds
A 1 2 3 4
B 5 6
7 8
C 9 10 11 12
D-short D-Iong 13 17 14 18 19 15 16 20
Research on this family oflanguages and dialects began in the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries; however, most of this research was done by individuals with little or no training in linguistics. The results ofthis lack oftraining were publications filled with errors and inaccuracies. Of course, there were exceptions such as the Siamese and Shan dictionaries, but by and large these early studies must be approached and used with caution. Even so, these early lists are valuable for they give a general idea of the phonological structure of the word and at the same time provide evidence of the word in a particular language or dialect. It was only in the mid-twentieth century that the rigorous scientific investigation of these languages was begun by Fang-kuei Li who worked primarily on the Tai languages in southern China and their relationship to Siamese; Andre-Georges Haudricourt who worked on the Tai languages in northern Vietnam and southern China; and William J. Gedney. William J. Gedney's work with the Tai family began in the 1950s with his investigations into Siamese and then in 1964 with otherTai languages. Emphasizing tonal and phonological systems, Gedney worked with native informants first to determine the tonal system of the dialect (Gedney 1972). With the tones described, he then moved on to a more general list arranged according to cultural and semantic spheres (Hudak 2004). In cases where the informant was particularly adept, Gedney was able to elicit every phonologically possible syllable as in his Yay, Saek, and Lue dictionaries (Hudak 1991a, 1993, 1996). Generally, Gedney would use Siamese, Lao, or Black Tai to elicit the data, and only rarely did he resortto English and an interpreter as in his work with the Tai dialects at Lei Ping, Lungming, Ping Siang, and Ning Ming. Because of the close similarity, culturally and linguistically,
2
Introduction between Siamese and the languages being investigated, Gedney was able to arrive at clear and exact one-word translations. Elicitation sessions were taped, replayed, reviewed, and then transcribed with the aid of the informant checking for accuracy. These word lists and texts were recorded in notebooks, indexed word-by-word and syllable-by-syllable on 3x5 slips, and organized into comparative lists. These slips and lists came to play an important part in Gedney's scholarly work: 1) they provided the data for his Tai linguistic research (Bickner et al. 1989); 2) they were the source for his courses on comparative Tai; and 3) they were to form the basis of a book on comparative Tai. They were also often borrowed by students and other linguists for their own research. The book, never completed, was to provide accurate and reliable data of a variety of dialects so that additional phonological studies could be made of individual dialects as well as on the entire language family. Gedney was particularly interested in the role these data would play in the reconstruction of the Proto-Tai language family and in determining its wider genetic relationships. A meticulous and cautious investigator, Gedney frequently took a 'wait until we have more data' attitude on the wider genetic affiliations of the Tai languages as set forth in the TaiKadai and Kadai hypotheses (Luo 1996: 14-18, Edmondson and So Init 1997b:2-4). For the proposed book on comparative Tai, Gedney compiled a list of 1159 words, in their cognate forms, that were common to the Tai languages in the three branches of the Tai family. For the Southwestern (SW) branch, he used Siamese (S), White Tai (W), Black Tai (B), Shan (Sh), the Tai or Lao dialect at Nong Khai (LNK) in northeastern Thailand, the Lue dialects at Chieng Hung (LCH) in Yunnan and Muong Yong (LMY) in Myanmar, and the Tai dialect spoken in Chiengmai (CM). For the Central (CN) branch, he included the Tai dialects found in China at Lei Ping (LP), Lungming (LM), Lungchow (LC), Ping Siang (PS), and Ning Ming (NM). He also incorporated the dialect designated as Western Nung (WN) spoken in extreme northern Vietnam and the Tai dialect at Bac Va (BV) in northeastern Vietnam. For the Northern (N) branch, he chose Yay (Y), found in northern Vietnam, Saek (Sk), a linguistic island in northeastern Thailand and across the Mekong in Laos among Southwestern Tai languages, and the Tai dialects in China at Wuming (WM) and Po-ai (P). Data for the dialects at Lungchow, Wuming, and Po-ai came from Li's remarkable individual studies of these dialects (1940, 1944, 1957a, 1957b, 1977). For each of these cognates, he also indicated the ProtoTai tone category to which it potentially belonged. The data reproduced for this source book of comparative Tai were taken from the slips and lists compiled by Gedney over his career. As part of the original plan, an individual phonological description for each dialect or language, which includes the location where it is spoken, has been added. The second part, the comparative section proper, allows the comparison of the sound system (the consonants, vowels, and tones) of the cognate forms in the above languages and dialects. Following this section are the complete references and an index of the 1159 cognates. For ease of comparison to the original sources from which the data have been taken, the original notation system has been retained and explained in each phonological description. Thus, in some dialect descriptions final vowels, which are 3
Comparative Tai Source Book
phonetically long, are written with a single vowel, [a], while in others double vowels are used, [aa]. Throughout the data, however, Gedney consistently treated the syllable-final semivowels as consonants and wrote them with the consonant symbols [w], [y], and [llj]. In addition, the unrounded mid back vowel [v], characteristic of the Tai languages, has been used throughout this volume rather than the less accurate [a]. Traditional names of the languages used in the literature have also been kept, although variations are noted. A map has been included to show the general location where these languages and dialects are spoken. It is hoped that this volume will make a contribution to Tai language and dialect studies and that it will help to clarify, and perhaps put to rest, a variety of controversies that continue to surround the current historical studies related to the Tai language family.
4
CHAPTER 2: SOUTHWESTERN TAl DIALECTS
The Southwestern branch of the Tai family covers the largest territory and has the largest number of speakers. Probably the most well known languages in this branch are Siamese or Standard Thai in Thailand and Lao in Laos, where both are politically and socially dominant in their respective countries. Other languages and dialects can be found in northern and northeastern Myanmar as well as in Yunnan in southern China. While many of these languages are considered to be mutually intelligible, Luo (1996:81) notes that some are so different, for example, Chinese Shan and Lue, that they must be considered only distantly related even though they are geographically quite close. Following Li, Luo (1996:81-82) lists the following characteristics as the most salient features for distinguishing the Southwestern branch from the other two: I) the original proto-voiced stops *b, *d, and *g have developed into voiceless aspirated stops Iph/, /th/, and Ikh/; 2) proto-labial clusters *br and *bl have become an aspirated labial stop Iphl and proto-velar clusters *gr and *gl have become an aspirated velar stop /kh/; 3) the proto-voiceless velar fricative *x has been retained in some dialects such as White Tai; 4) proto *hr and *r have been laryngealized; 5) the proto-initial clusters *thr and *xr have merged into the laryngeal fricative Ih/ in most dialects; 5) the proto-voiced velar fricative *'1. has become a voiceless aspirated velar stop Ikh/; 6) there has been a three-way tone split in all three tone categories A, B, and C along with a variety oftone mergers; and 7) there is a set of lexical items different from the other two branches. Cognates used to represent this branch include the following: Siamese or Standard Thai (S), White Tai or Tai Khaw (W), Black Tai or Tai Dam (B), Shan (Sh), the Tai or Lao dialect found at Nang Khai (LNK) on the border of Thailand and Laos in northeast Thailand, the Lue dialects at Chieng Hung (LCH) in Yunnan and at Muong Yang (LMY) in northeastern Myanmar, and the Tai dialect in Chiengmai (CM) in northern Thailand.
Siamese (Standard Thai) -
S
Belonging to the Southwestern branch ofthe Tai language family, Siamese (Thai), the national language of Thailand, is probably the most recognized of the Tai languages. Significant studies have been made by Haas (1942a, 1942b, 1946, 1956), Gedney (1947, 1961, 1989), Henderson (1949), Abramson (1962), and Noss (1964), to name a few. Two notable dictionaries include McFarland (1944) and Haas (1964). 5
Comparative Taj Source Book
Phonology As in other dialects and languages of the Tai family, the phonological pattern of Siamese is based on the syllable. Each syllable has distinctions in tone, initial (consonant or consonant cluster), nucleus (vowel or diphthong), and optional final consonant.
TOiles On open syllables (those ending with vowel, semivowel, or nasal), Siamese has five tones. Here pitch levels are based on the Chao 5-pitch scale. I - mid level, 33: khaa l - stuck 2 - low level, 22: khaa2 - galangal 3 - falling, from mid-high to low, 41: khaa3 - price 4 - high level, glottalized, 55: khaa4 - to trade 5 - rising, mid-low to mid-high, glottalized, 24: khaas - leg Checked syllables (those ending in p - t - k) with short vowels exhibit tones phonetically similar to tones 2 and 4 of open syllables: mat" 'flea', mot4 'ant'. Checked syllables with long vowels have tones phonetically similar to tones 2 and 3 of open syllables: 7aap2 'to bathe', luuk3 'child'. The five tones of Siamese had their origin in an earlier system of three tones on open syllables and no tonal contrast on checked syllables. Those tones on open syllables have been conventionally designated as A - B - C and the fourth category, the checked syllables, as D. The tones in each of these categories underwent phonemic splits, conditioned by the phonetic nature of the initial consonant of each syllable. With the D category, the splits were further conditioned by vowel length. Table 1 shows the patterns of these splits in Siamese. Table 1 Pattern of Tonal Splits in Siamese Initial\Tone Voiceless friction sounds Voiceless unaspirated stops Glottal sounds Voiced sounds
A 5
1 1 I
B 2 2 2
C 3 3
3
4
3
D-short D-long 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 3
ConSOllants Siamese has the following initial consonants: Voiceless unaspirated stops. p - t - c - k - 7: piP - year, tae - to cut, cayl heart, kaw2 - old, 7im 2 • full. 6
Southwestern Tai Dialects
Voiceless aspirated stops. ph - th - ch - kh: phom s - hair, thaml - to do, chaa114 - elephant, khiP - to ride. Voiced stops. b - d: baa111 - thin, daam 3 - handle. Nasals. m - n - 11: muu 5 - pig, nay! - in, l1uu l - snake. Voiceless spirants. f - s - h: faa 4 - sky, sae - animal, huu s - ear. Sonorants. 1- r - w - y: lek2 - iron, raw l - we, wan l - day, yaak3 - difficult. Initial clusters consist ofa consonant plus [I], [r], or [w]. There are no final clusters. Clusters with [I]. pi - phl- kl- khl: plaa l - fish, phluu l - betel, klwa l - salt, khlam J - abundant. Clusters with [r]. pr - phr - tr - thr (rare) - kr - khr: praayl - to scatter, phraan' - hunter, tram l - to endure, thrj4sadii l - theory, kraan 3 - coarse, rough, khraam l - indigo. Clusters with [w]. kw - khw: kwaal1 I - deer, khwaayl - water buffalo. Final consonants include nasals m - n - 11 and voiceless stops p - t - k -7. For final w - y, see Diphthongs. Nasals. m - n -11: num3 - soft, spongy, baan3 - house, thu115 - bag. Voiceless stops. p - t - k - 7: sip2 - ten, phuue - to speak, paak 2 - mouth, kE7 2 - sheep. Vowels
Siamese has nine vowels, three high: i - w - u; three mid: e - 'I - 0; and three low: E - a - 0, all of which may be either short or long. All vowels are phonetically long in final position and written with a double vowel. High. i, ii - w, ww - u, uu: thin 2 - place, thiip2 - to kick, nW112 - one, thww 5 - to hold, carry, buk 2 - to invade, thuup 3 - incense. Mid. e, ee - 'I, n - 0, 00: ten J - to jump, thee l - to pour out, l1yn' - money, chnn 1 - to invite, khan! - person, 100k3 - world. Low. E, EE - a, aa - 0, 00: tEm' - full, tEE111 - melon, cae - to arrange, caan 1 - dish, phro?4 - because, dook 2 - flower.
7
Comparative Tai Source Book
Diphthongs There are three centering diphthongs, ia - wa - ua: thian 1 - candle, swa5 - tiger, hua 5 - head. Other diphthongs may be analyzed as a vocalic nucleus plus a final w - y. Diphthongs with final [w]. iw - iaw - ew - eew - 'IW - 'lYW - etw - aw aaw: hiw 5 - hungry, khiaw s - green, rew! - fast, leew l - bad, payl rew l pay! r1'w l - go fast!, payl thjaw~ payl th'IYw3 - to go around, letw4 - finished, 7aw l - to take, 7aaw2 - bay, gulf. Diphthongs with final [y]. wy (rare) - wwy (rare) - way - uy - uay - 1'y1'1'y - ooy - ay - aay - ::K)Y: hwy4 - not so!, hwwy4 - not so!, nwayl indifferent, puyl - fluff, suay5 - beautiful, 7¥y4 - an exclamation, kh1'1'ySson-in-law, 700yl - ouch, may3 - not, baay2 - afternoon, rooy4- hundred.
White Tai (Tai Kbaw) -
W
A member of the Southwestern branch of the Tai language family, White Tai is found in the extreme northwestern part of Vietnam, and possibly over the border in parts of Yunnan. The chief center is the town ofLai Chao (m1'Tj4Iay 5), with another center further to the north in Muong Te (m1'Tj4 te4 ). The White Tai refer to themselves and their language as tal don 2, probably because of the white blouses worn by the women. The usual word for 'white' in White Tai is don 2, while the cognate for Siamese khaaw 5 'white' is xaaw1• Excellent studies can be found in Minot (1940, edited and republished in Hudak 2001, 1949a, 1949b), Donaldson (1963), and Donaldson and Edmondson (1997). Gedney (1964) and Fippinger and Fippinger (1970) offer comparative studies. A comprehensive dictionary can be found in Dieu and Donaldson (1972). Hartmann (1985) offers a discussion of the White Tal alphabet. Gedney obtained his data at Tung Nghia, near Dalat, Vietnam, in 1964 and can be found in Hudak (1994). Most of the data come from an informant from Muong Te by the name of Dao van Thuong (th1'TJ6). Phonology As in other dialects and languages of the Tai family, the phonological pattern of White Tai is based on the syllable. Each syllable has distinctions in tone, initial (consonant or consonant cluster), nucleus (vowel or diphthong), and optional final consonant.
8
Southwestern Tai Dialects
Tones On open syllables (those ending with vowel, semivowel, or nasal), White Tai has six tones. Here pitch levels are based on the Chao 5-pitch scale. 1 - level, slightly lower than mid, 22: kaa l - crow 2 - high-rising, 45: kaa2 - all the way to 3 - low-rising, glottalized, 24: kaa3 - young rice plant 4 - level, somewhat higher than mid, 44: kaa4 - stuck 5 - level, somewhat higher than mid with a rise and fall, 454: kaa 5 - price 6 - falling, glottalized, 31: kaa6 - to trade Checked syllables (those ending in p - t - k) with short vowels exhibit tones phonetically similar to tones 2 and 4 of open syllables: sat2 'animal', mot4 'ant'. Checked syllables with long vowels have tones phonetically similar to tones 2 and 4 of open syllables: 7aap2 'to bathe', laat4 'to cover'. The six tones of White Tai had their origin in an earlier system of three tones on open syllables and no tonal contrast on checked syllables. Those tones on open syllables have been conventionally designated as A - B - C and the fourth category, the checked syllables, as D. The tones in each of these categories underwent phonemic splits, conditioned by the phonetic nature of the initial consonant of each syllable. With the D category, the splits were further conditioned by vowel length. Table 1 shows the patterns of these splits in White Tai.
Table 1 Pattern of Tonal Splits in White Tai Initial\Tone Voiceless friction sounds Voiceless unaspirated stops Glottal sounds Voiced sounds
A
B 2 2 2 5
1 1 4
C 3 3 3 6
D-short D-long 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 4
Consonants White Tai has the following initial consonants: Voiceless unaspirated stops. p - t - c - k - 7: p:>5 - father, tu l - door, c:>n 6 spoon, kaa'lll - middle, 7aa'll2 - basin. Voiceless aspirated stops. ph - th - ch - kh: phaa3 - cloth, thiw l - to whistle, chay2 - egg, kh0 3 - to cook. Voiced stops. b - d: b'tnl - moon, d:>n 2 - white.
9
Comparative Tai Source Book
Nasals. m - n - ]1 -11: mWT]4 - you, naa3 - face, ]1UT]4 - mosquito, llaa/easy. Voiceless spirants. f - s - x - h: faa ' - lid, S0111 - two, xai - tallow, hy2 sweat. Sonorants. v - 1- y: vaan l - sweet, 10T]4 - dragon, yol- to drooL In slow, careful speech, initial [y] is often pronounced as [z] through Vietnamese influence. Gedney groups the spirant (fricative) [v] with the sonorants because of its sonority and low level offriction. In addition, [v] and [w] are in complementary distribution, with [v] appearing initially and [w] after a consonant. Initial clusters consist of a consonant plus [w]. There are no final clusters. Clusters with [w]. kw - khw - 11w - xw: kwaa 5 - to visit, khwe l 11waas - fig, xwan 4 - smoke.
-
to dig,
Final consonants include nasals m - n - 11 and voiceless stops p - t - k -7. For final w - y - UJ, see Diphthongs. Nasals. m - n -11: tEm) - to write, twn l - to wake up, kwaall1 - deer. Voiceless stops. p - t - k - 7: hup2 - to smoke, sut4 - to sip, mak4 - to like, 7w7 2 - squash. In close transition, final glottal stop may be deleted and the vowel reduced: maa7 2 'fruit' may be realized as maa2, ma7 2 , or ma2 . Vowels
White Tai has nine vowels, with a length distinction only in [a]. All vowels are phonetically long in final position, although written with a single vowel with the exception of [a] which is written with a double voweL High. i - w - u: thi2 - closely spaced, tw 4 - to hold, pu4 - betel. Mid. e - y - 0: le 4 - to lick, m¥111 - ditch, 70e - to plug. Low. E - a, aa - 0: tE 6 - truly, kam ' - handful, 7aan l - saddle, ko' - clump. Diphthongs
In White Tai, the diphthongs ia - wa - ua have been lowered to the monophthongs e - Y - 0, respectively: me4 - wife (Siamese mia l ), h¥4 - boat (Siamese rwa l ), hOi head (Siamese hua s).
10
Southwestern Tai Dialects
Other diphthongs may be analyzed as a vocalic nucleus plus a final w y - UJ. Diphthongs with final [w]. iw - ew - ew - aw - aaw: siw ' - pimple, newt tough, sticky, ke,,0 - to chew, kaw3 - nine, daaw ' - star. Diphthongs with final [y]. uy - 'ty - oy - ay - aay Qy: tui - guava, m'ty5_ stiff and tired, koy3 - banana, lay' - to flow, laay' - many, hQy' - mollusk. Diphthongs with final [UJ]. aUJ: baUJ' - leaf.
Black Tai (Tai Dam) -
B
Black Tai is a member of the Southwestern branch of the Tai language family with its chief center located at Son La (m'tT]4 laa5) in northwestern Vietnam. Other locations appear south of the White Tai-speaking area and in and around Dien Bien Phu. In Thailand, known as Lao Song (laaw l SOOT)3) by the Siamese, Black Tai speakers can be found in the areas of Ratburi and Phetburi. In the United States, a large group of speakers resides in Iowa. The Black Tai refer to themselves and their language as tal dam l or tallam l , a name generally attributed to the black blouses the women wear or to the fact that they originally lived in the area of the Black River (Riviere Noire) in northern Vietnam. An early dictionary of apparently the Son La dialect was done by Diguet (1895) in a largely impressionistic transcription. More recent dictionaries have been done by Hartmann (1981) and Baccam et al. (1989). Gedney (1964) and Fippinger and Fippinger (1970) have provided comparative studies while Fippinger (1975) has investigated Black Tai syntax. More recently, Hartmann has written on Black Tai scripts (1985,1986) and literary texts (1981,1992, 1994). Gedney obtained his Black Tai data in 1964 from two sources: 1) a family from mwaT)4 piaT)4, a town about forty-four kilometers northwest of Son La; and 2) a teacher, bak 5 kam 4s ~l, from baan 3 ciaT)4 di', a village about thirty-five kilometers northwest of Son La. These data can be found in Hudak (1994). Phonology
As in other dialects and languages of the Tai family, the phonological pattern of Black Tai is based on the syllable. Each syllable has distinctions in tone, initial (consonant or consonant cluster), nucleus (vowel or diphthong), and optional final consonant.
II
Comparative Tai Source Book
Tones On open syllables (those ending with vowel, semivowel, or nasal), Black Tai has six tones. Here pitch levels are based on the Chao 5-pitch scale. 1 - level, slightly lower than mid, 22: kaa l - crow 2 - high-rising, 45: paa2 - forest 3 - low-falling, glottalized, 21: 7aa3 - to open 4 - high level, 55: naa4 - rice field 5 - level, somewhat higher than mid, 44: kaa5 - price 6 - falling, glottalized, 31: faa6 - sky
Checked syllables (those ending in p - t - k) with short vowels exhibit tones phonetically similar to tones 2 and 5 of open syllables: sar2 'animal', motS 'ant'. Checked syllables with long vowels have tones phonetically similar to tones 2 and 5 of open syllables: 7aap2 'to bathe', laat5 'market'. The six tones of Black Tai had their origin in an earlier system of three tones on open syllables and no tonal contrast on checked syllables. Those tones on open syllables have been conventionally designated as A - B - C and the fourth category, the checked syllables, as D. The tones in each of these categories underwent phonemic splits, conditioned by the phonetic nature of the initial consonant of each syllable. With the D category, the splits were further conditioned by vowel length. Table I shows the patterns of these splits in Black Tal. Table 1 Pattern of Tonal Splits in Black Tai Initial\Tone Voiceless friction sounds Voiceless unaspirated stops Glottal sounds Voiced sounds
A
B 2 2 2 5
1
4
C 3 3 3 6
D-short D-Iong 2 2 2 2 2 2 5 5
Consonants Black Tai has the following initial consonants: Voiceless unaspirated stops. p - t - c - k - 7: paa1 - fish, taa5 caam 4 - indigo, kinl - to eat, 7aa'll2 - basin.
-
landing,
Voiceless aspirated stops. th - kh: thua2 - bean, khaw3 - rice. Voiced stops. b - d: bwan l - month, daaw l - star. Nasals. m - n - ]l- 'll: maa4 - to come, nW'll3 - to steam, ]lenl - civet cat, 'llaa4 - tusk. 12
Southwestern Tai Dialects
Voiceless spirants. f - s - h: fa/- fire, san2 - to shake, hom! - fragrant. Sonorants. v - I - y: vaaTJI - thin, lin 3 - to play, yaawl - house. In slow, careful speech, initial [y] is often pronounced as [z] through Vietnamese influence: YOTJ2 or ZOTJ2 'on tiptoe'. Depending upon the locality, there are also fluctuations between [d] and [I], di l or Iii 'good', as well as [b] and [v], baan l or vaan l 'sweet'. Gedney groups the spirant (fricative) [v] with the sonorants because of its sonority and low level offriction. In addition, [v] and [w] are in complementary distribution, with [v] appearing initially and [w] after a consonant. Initial clusters consist ofa consonant plus [w]. There are no final clusters. Clusters with [w]. kw - khw - TJw: kwaa/- water buffalo, khwaa1 - right, TJwaa4 - yesterday. Final consonants include nasals m - n - TJ and voiceless stops p - t - k -7. For final w - y - UJ, see Diphthongs. Nasals. m - n - TJ: cwm4 - cool, pan 4 - thousand, koTJ6 - gong. Voiceless stops. p - t - k - 7: ]1aapz - coarse, yet 5 - to do, fak 2 - vegetable, bo 72 - flower. Vowels
Black Tai has nine vowels, with a length distinction only in [a]. All vowels are phonetically long in final position, although written with a single vowel with the exception of [a] which is written with a double vowel. High. i - w - u: bi l - comb, mw 4 - hand, thuTJ4 - pail. Mid. e - Y- 0: tenl - short, SYk 2 - enemy, fon l - rain. Low.
& -
a, aa - 0: k&2 - old, cam l - near, 7aan2 - to read, non 4 - to sleep.
Diphthongs
Diphthongs include ia - wa - ua: siaTJ! - sound, swal - shirt, nuae - beard. Other diphthongs may be analyzed as a vocalic nucleus plus a final w - y - UJ. Diphthongs with final [w]. iw - iaw - ew - &W - aW - aaw: siw l - pimple, niaw1 - tough, sticky, payl 7ew2 paa2 - to go hunting, kh&w l - green, kawl nine, daaw l - star.
13
Comparative Tai Source Book
Diphthongs with final [y]. way - uy - uay - yy - oy - ay - aay - oy: mway5 stiff and tired, cuyl kan 1 - to box, kua/- banana, fyt - yard of a house, koi - hip, lay! - to flow, laayl - many, hoi - mollusk. Diphthongs with final [L11]. aL11: baL11 l
-
leaf.
Shan-Sh Shan belongs to the Southwestern branch of the Tai language family. Gedney obtained his Shan data list from Cushing's 1881 Shan-English dictionary (2 nd edition 1914; edited and republished in Hudak 2000) in which Cushing used Burman Shan from the principalities of Laihka and Mongnai as the basis for the dictionary. In their background and history of the dialects known as Shan, Edmondson and Solnit (1997a:339) note that the Shan are believed to be one ofthe first Tai groups to leave China for Southeast Asia and are therefore referred to as Tai Long 'the great TaP. Those groups leaving later came to be know as Tai Noy 'the lesserTai'. Additional sources of Shan data include Mix (1920), Egerod (1957, 1960,1961), and Young (1985). Moeng (1995) has published the original Cushing dictionary with the updated spelling system. Gedney's own work with a variety of Shan dialects can be found in Hudak (1994). These dialects include Hsi Paw Shan, Tai Maaw Shan, Che Fang Shan, Muong Khawn Shan, and Keng Tung Shan. Phonology As in other dialects and languages of the Tai family, the phonological pattern of Shan is based on the syllable. Each syllable has distinctions in tone, initial (consonant or consonant cluster), nucleus (vowel or diphthong), and optional final consonant. Tones On open syllables (those ending with vowel, semivowel, or nasal), Shan has five tones. Here pitch levels are based on the Chao 5-pitch scale and taken from Li (1977: 15) and Egerod (1957: 121-22). Cushing's descriptions of the tones (1914:9) appear in parentheses. Italics are Cushing's. 1 - rising, 35, (the natural pitch of the voice with a slight rising inflection at the end; may be called the natural tone): taw l - to search for 2 - low level, glottalized, 11 or 21, (deep bass tone; may be called the grave tone): taw2 - turtle 3 - mid level, 33, (even tone, in pitch, between the first and second tones; may be called the straight forward tone): ta~ - to come
14
Southwestern Tai Dialects
4 - high level, glottalized, 55, (a more elevated pitch than the first tone; may be called the high tone): taw4 - moss 5 - falling, glottalized, 53, (an abrupt, explosive tone; may be called the emphatic tone): tawS - to support with something A sixth tone, which tends to be emphatic and prolonged with a slight drop at the end, is recognized by some speakers. Cushing describes this tone as slightly circumflex with a falling inflection at the end. Checked syllables (those ending in p - t - k) with short vowels exhibittones phonetically similar to tones 4 and 5 of open syllables: tap4 'liver', nok 5 'bird'. Checked syllables with long vowels have tones phonetically similar to tones 2 and 3 of open syllables: 7aap2 'to bathe', mie 'knife'. The five tones of Shan had their origin in an earlier system ofthree tones on open syllables and no tonal contrast on checked syllables. Those tones on open syllables have been conventionally designated as A - B - C and the fourth category, the checked syllables, as D. The tones in each of these categories underwent phonemic splits, conditioned by the phonetic nature of the initial consonant of each syllable. With the D category, the splits were further conditioned by vowel length. Table 1 shows the patterns of these splits in Shan. Table 1 Pattern of Tonal Splits in Shan
Initial\Tone Voiceless friction sounds Voiceless unaspirated stops Glottal sounds Voiced sounds
B 2 2 2 3
A
4
C 3 ..) " 3 5
D-short D-Iong 4 2 4 2 4 2 5 3
COllSOllants Shan has the following initial consonants: Voiceless unaspirated stops. p - t - k - 7: po} - father, taa4- to smear, kay2_ chicken, 7en 1 - muscle. Voiceless aspirated stops. ph - th - kh: phil - spirit, thaam 1 - to ask, kheffrog. Nasals. m - n - Jl- TJ: maa l - dog, naa4 - rice field, JlOp4 - to grab, TJam l - to grasp. Voiceless spirants. s - sh - h: saaTJ5 - elephant, shon l - garden, haa} - five. The [s] is unaspirated and slightly palatalized while the [sh] is aspirated and slightly palatalized (Li 1977: 152, 164).
15
Comparative rai Source Book
Sonorants. I - r - w - y: laaw 1 - star, raap3 - place, win 3 - broken off, yaak3 difficult. Initial clusters consist of a consonant plus [r], [w], or [y]. There are no final clusters. Clusters with [rl. pr - phr - tr - kr - khr - mr - sr: praat> - to slip, phraa3 god, traa4 - law, kraaT]3 - with a body in violent motion, khraa2 - useful, mraae - to exceed, sraaw l - to leap. Clusters with [w]. pw - tw - thw - kw - khw - sw - shw - Iw: pwaaT]4 - to open, twaa4 - unable to walk, thwaak 3 - to leave the monkhood, kwaa2 - to go, khwaa l - right side (not left), swaa 1 - to have a bad odor, shwaaT]2 - to rejoice, IwaaT]5 - to run. Clusters with [y]. py - phy - ky - khy - my: py02 - happy, phy02 - to dilute, kyaa l - to cook rice and things together, khyoT]2 - to fear, myaaT]5 - in bad condition. Final consonants include nasals m - n - T] and voiceless stops p - t - k. For final wy - ll.j, see Diphthollgs. Nasals. m - n -11: phom l - hair, puns - yonder, ph¥114 - straw. Voiceless stops. p - t - k: haap2 - to carry on the shoulder, khot 5 - to scoop out, hak4 - to break. Vowels
Shan has nine vowels, with a length distinction only in [a]. All vowels are phonetically long in final position, although written with a single vowel except [a] which is written with a double vowel. In the fifth tone, [aa] tends to be somewhat shorter and is therefore written with a single vowel: mas - horse. High. i - w - u: hi4 - long, kwm 4 - firm,
lUi -
rat.
Mid. e - ¥ - 0: khe 2 - to scratch the earth, n¥5 - flesh, hal - head. Edmondson (2000a) reports that with a number of Shan dialects he has studied, [¥] is closer to [a]. Low. E- a, aa - 0: mEl - mother, panl - to give, paan l - birthmark, 110nl - to howl.
16
Southwestern Tai Dialects
Diphth01lgs Diphthongs may be analyzed as a vocalic nucleus plus a final w - y - UJ. Diphthongs with final [w]. iw - ew - ew - aw - aaw: niw s - finger, sew4 quick, thew! - a row, khaw3 - rice, phaaw - to scatter.
-
Diphthongs with final [y]. uy - oy - ay - aay - oy: huy! - to open, woy! - a dipper, payl - to step, khwaay! - to turn around, may! - body hair. Diphthongs with final [UJ]. aUJ: kaUJ3 - near.
The Tai Dialect of Nong Khai -
LNK
Belonging to the Southwestern branch of the Tai language family, the Tai dialect ofNong Khai, also referred to as a Lao dialect, is spoken in and around the city of Nong Khai on the border of Laos in northeastern Thailand. Gedney obtained his data from a student at the University of Michigan in 1967 and can be found in Hudak (1997).
Phonology As in other dialects and languages of the Tai family, the phonological pattern of the Tai dialect ofNong Khai is based on the syllable. Each syllable has distinctions in tone, initial (consonant or consonant cluster), nucleus (vowel or diphthong), and optional final consonant.
TOlles On open syllables (those ending with vowel, semivowel, or nasal), Nang Khai has six tones. Here pitch levels are based on the Chao 5-pitch scale. I - low-rising, 24: naa l - thick 2 -low, with a slight drop at the end, 11: 7aa2 - father's younger sister 3 - mid-high, 44: thaa3 - landing 4 - mid-low, glottalized, 22: naa4 - face 5 - falling, sometimes glottalized, 42: naas - mother's younger sibling 6 - high level, 55: naa6 - field Checked syllables (those ending in p - t - k ) with short vowels exhibit tones phonetically similar to tones I and 3 of open syllables: sip I 'ten', moe 'ant'. Checked syllables with long vowels have tones phonetically similar to tones 2 and 5 of open syllables: ?aap2 'to bathe', faak 5 'bamboo flooring'.
17
Comparative Tat Source Book
The six tones ofNong Khai had their origin in an earlier system of three tones on open syllables and no tonal contrast on checked syllables. Those tones on open syllables have been conventionally designated as A - B - C and the fourth category, the checked syllables, as D. The tones in each of these categories underwent phonemic splits, conditioned by the phonetic nature of the initial consonant of each syllable. With the D category, the splits were further conditioned by vowel length. Table 1 shows the patterns ofthese splits in Nong Khai.
Table 1 Pattern of Tonal Splits in Nong Khai Initial\Tone Voiceless friction sounds Voiceless unaspirated stops Glottal sounds Voiced sounds
A
B
C
1
3 3 3 3
4
2 2
6
D-short D-long 1 2 2 2 3 5
5 5 5
COllsonants Nong Khai has the following initial consonants: Voiceless unaspirated stops. p - t - c - k - 7: puak2 - white ant, ta~ - turtle, con 2 - poor, kay3 - chicken, 7aw2 - to take. Voiceless aspirated stops. ph - th - ch - kh: phaat S - to lay across, tham4 cave, choo l - part of a name, khaam6 - indigo. Voiced stops. b - d: baat2 - wound, d'i'in 2 - to walk. Nasals. m - n - ]1- '1'): mww s - day, naa l
-
thick, ]1al- big, 'l')aal- easy.
Voiceless spirants. f - s - h: fon l - rain, sin4 - skirt, het l - mushroom. Sonorants. 1- w - y: leem l
-
sharp-pointed, waan l
-
sweet, yen 2 - cool.
There are no initial or final clusters. Final consonants include nasals m - n - 'I') and voiceless stops p - t - k - 7. For final w - y, see Diphtholtgs. Nasals. m - n - TJ: 7um 5 - to carry in the arms, 7un 3 imprison.
-
warm, khaTJI - to
Voiceless stops. p - t - k - 7: haap2 - to carry on the shoulders, khut l dig, kaak2 - ringworm, khu7 3 - water container.
18
-
to
Southwestern Tai Dialects
Vowels Nong Khai has nine vowels, with distinction in length undetermined. All vowels are phonetically long in final position and written with a double vowel. High. i - w - u: biF - gallbladder, fwwn 6 - firewood, fun 3 - dust. Mid. e - y - 0: kep2 - to keep, bye - to be born, hom 3 - shade. Low. e - a - 0: nee 6 - to aim, dapl - to extinguish, dook2 - flower.
Diphthongs In Nong Khai, the diphthongs include ia - wa - ua: khian 1 - to write, dwan 2 - month, khua 1 - bridge. Other diphthongs may be analyzed as a vocalic nucleus plus a final w - y. Diphthongs with final [w]. iw - iaw - eew - eew - aw - aaw: kiw3 - narrow, 7iaw5 - to turn aside, heew l - chasm, keew5 - glass, khaw4 • rice, khaaw1 white. Diphthongs with final [y]. uy - uay - yyy - oy - ooy - ay - aay - oy - ooy: khuy3 - reed flute, khual - buffalo, h¥yl - vocative particle, 70l exclamation of annoyance, booi- to flog, kha/- to open, khaai - to sell, hoyl • mollusk, khool- to wait for.
Lue -
LCH and LMY
Belonging to the Southwestern branch of the Tai language family, Lue, or Tai-Lue, can be found in a number of different regions: I) in Chieng Hung, the capital city of Sip song panna and throughout southern Yunnan province; 2) in Muong Yong and vicinity in northeastern Burma; 3) in the provinces ofChiengmai and Chiengrai in northern Thailand; 4) in Muong Sing and Luang Prabang in Laos; and 5} in and around Binh Lue in northwest Vietnam. Gedney obtained his data over a period of fifteen years, synthesizing much of it in 1969. This synthesis was published in Hudak (1996). Gedney's data come from Chieng Hung (LCH) and Muong Yong (LMY). In both of these dialects, Gedney was never able to find a contrast between (xl and [kh], the two sounds fluctuating in free variation. Li (1964), however, did find such a contrast at Cheng Tung in southeastern Sipsongpanna. Later research by Gedney uncovered the fact that this dialect is in an area contiguous and continuous with the White Tai area in Vietnam which does preserve this contrast. Other Lue linguistic
19
Comparative Tai Source Book
studies can be found in Hartmann (1984) and anthropological studies in Moreman (1965, 1988) and Davis (2005). The origin of the ethnonym Lue, iww6 , is unclear. Various sources have suggested it is related to the common Tai word for 'north' (n\,\,1 in Lue and nwa5 in Siamese); however, this appears to be impossible since neither the initial, the vowel, nor the tone agree. The term may simply represent a combination of linguistic, cultural, and political factors. The Lue capital city is named ceTJ4 hUTJ5 and means 'city of the dawn'. Nor was Gedney able to find a clear and accurate explanation for the name of the Lue-speaking area, Sipsongpanna. While sipsong meant 'twelve' and panna' a type of administrative unit', no accurate listing ofthese units was ever obtained. Phonology As in other dialects and languages of the Tai family, the phonological patterns of the Lue dialects at Chieng Hung and Muong Yong are based on the syllable. Each syllable has distinctions in tone, initial (consonant or consonant cluster), nucleus (vowel or diphthong), and optional final consonant
Tones On open syllables (those ending with vowel, semivowel, or nasal), Chieng Hung Lue has six tones. Here pitch levels are based on the Chao 5-pitch scale. 1 - high level, 55: haa l - to seek
2 - low-rising, 12: haa2 - rain shower 3 - low level, glottalized, 11: haa J - five 4 - low-falling, 21: haa4 - mold 5 - mid level, 33: haaS - epidemic 6 - falling, glottalized, 31: haa 6 - to ferment Checked syllables (those ending in p - t - k) with short vowels exhibit tones phonetically similar to tones 1 and 5 of open syllables: sipl 'ten', moe 'ant'. Checked syllables with long vowels have tones phonetically similar to tones 2 and 5 of open syllables: 7aap2 'to bathe', faak 5 'split bamboo'. The six tones of Chi eng Hung Lue had their origin in an earlier system of three tones on open syllables and no tonal contrast on checked syllables. Those tones on open syllables have been conventionally designated as A - B - C and the fourth category, the checked syllables, as D. The tones in each of these categories underwent phonemic splits, conditioned by the phonetic nature of the initial consonant of each syllable. With the D category, the splits were further conditioned by vowel length. Table 1 shows the patterns of these splits in Chieng Hung Lue.
20
Southwestern Tai Dialects
Table 1 Pattern of Tonal Splits in Chieng Hung Lue Initial\Tone Voiceless friction sounds Voiceless unaspirated stops Glottal sounds Voiced sounds
1
B 2 2 2
4
5
A 1
C 3 3
3 6
D-short D-Iong 1 2 2 1 2 5
5
The phonetics of Muong Yong tones are slightly different from those at Chieng Hung: I - high-rising, 45: haa! - to seek 2 -low-rising, 12: haa2 - rain shower 3 - low level, glottalized, 11: haa3 - five 4 - mid, with slight rise and fall, 342: haa4 - mold 5 - mid level, 33: haaS - epidemic 6 - falling, glottalized, 31: haa6 - to ferment Like those in Chi eng Hung Lue, checked syllables with short vowels in Muong Yong Lue have tones phonetically similar to tones 1 and 5 of open syllables: dipl 'raw', fok s 'swollen', Tones 2 and 5 appear on the long checked syllables: duuk 2 'bone', hEEtS 'rhinoceros', In both dialects, short checked syllables ending in a glottal stop frequently have the glottal stop deleted with a corresponding reduction in vowel and neutralization ofthe tone to tone 5, Thus, the word for door may be pronounced as pa7 1 tuu l or more frequently pa-tuu l , Syllabic [m] also appears with or without a tone: m2 or m 'classifier for fruit', I I Gedney (Hudak 1996:xxii) notes that Muong Yong Lue has tone sandhi, where certain tones are altered when in close juncture with other tones, This involves tone 4 changing to tone 5 when following tone 5; thus kaa s PE114 'price is high' can also be pronounced as kaa 5 PE115, As Table 2 demonstrates, the tonal splits in Muong Yong are the same as the Chieng Hung splits except that words with the Proto-Tai A tone and originally preglottaJized initials have the same tone as words with originally voiced initials, Table 2 Pattern of Tonal Splits in Muong Yong Lue Initial\Tone Voiceless friction sounds Voiceless unaspirated stops Glottal sounds Voiced sounds
A
B
C
1
2 2 2 5
3
4 4
21
D-short D-long
3
1 1 1
6
5
3
2
2 2 5
Comparative Tai Source Book
Consonants
The two Lue dialects have the following initial consonants. Frequently, there is an hlr variation, [h) in the spoken form, hums 'shade', and [r] in the literary, rums. In the data in this volume, Gedney also records literary variants with initial [I], lum s. Unless noted, the examples provided occur in both dialects. Voiceless unaspirated stops. p - t - c - k - 1: pHs - older sibling, taa114 road, caa/- male, kin I - to eat, 7um3 - to hold in the arms. Voiceless aspirated stops. ph - th - ch (LMY only): phOOI - husband, tha~ - old, su7 1 chit l - to crush. Voiced stops. b - d: baat2 - foot, dam 3 - handle. Nasals. m - n - JI (LMY only) -1']: moo 3 - pot, naa3 - face, JlEn 4- to clench, 1']aayl - face up. In LMY, [r] appears as an allophone of 1111 before [i) and [E]. Voiceless spirants. f - s - x - h: faa 6 - sky, sweat.
4
SEW -
sharp, xay- - egg, hyy2_
Sonorants. I - r - v - y: luuk' - child, raak s - root, val- to keep, yyy2 - bait. Gedney groups the spirant (fricative) [v] with the sonorants because of its sonority and low level of friction. In addition, [v] and [w] are in complementary distribution, with [v] appearing initially and [w) after a consonant. Initial clusters occur with a consonant followed by [r] or [w]. There are no final clusters. Clusters with [r]. tr - thr: traa l - brand, thrii 4 - solder. Clusters with [w]. kw - tw (LMY only) - thw (LMY only) - xw: kwaan l axe, twipS - continent, thwaayl - to give to royalty, xwaa/- buffalo. LMY also records [xl] in xlwk5 - the sound of bone cracking when turned slowly. Final consonants include nasals m - n -1'] and voiceless stops p - t - k -7. For final w - y, see Diphthongs. Nasals. m - n -1']: nam 6 - water, non 4 - to sleep, m01']4 - gong. Voiceless stops. p - t - k - 7: baap2 - sin, het S - to do, paak2 - mouth, ne7 l lean. 22
Southwestern Tai Dialects
Vowels Each of the two Lue dialects has nine vowels, occurring short and long. All vowels are phonetically long in final position and written with a double vowel. High. i, ii - w, ww - u, uu: min! - stink, IiF - to squint, thwlll - to reach, mwwt5 - dark, hum 2 - to cover, puu4 - betel. Mid. e, ee - 'I, 't'l - 0, 00: xew! - green, veek 5 - work, l'lml - python, 1'1'1 5 to saw, monS - fun, mook2 - hat. Low. e, ee - a, aa - 0, 00: nen3 - solid, hee s - ore, san l - short, naaw! - cold, h01l6 - to call, took 2 - bamboo strip.
Diphthongs Diphthongs may be analyzed as a vocalic nucleus plus a final w - y. Diphthongs with final [w]. iw - ew - ew - aw - aaw: xiw2 - bad smell, 7ew2 - business, sew! - bad smell, law3 - liquor, faaw6 - to hurry. Diphthongs with final [y]. uy - Yy - oy - ay - aay - oy: tuf - fat, nY/ tired, kof - banana, pal- to snare, 7aa/- to lie in wait, ho/- to string.
The Tai Dialect of Chiengmai -
CM
Gedney does not list his source for the Chiengmai data in this comparative list. However, since it is close to his own research in 1964 (Hudak 1997), his tone descriptions have been added. The Tai dialect of Chiengmai belongs to the Southwestern branch ofthe Tai language family and is spoken in and around the city of Chiengmai in northern Thailand. Phonology As in other dialects and languages of the Tai family, the phonological pattern ofthe Tai dialect ofChiengmai is based on the syllable. Each syllable has distinctions in tone, initial (consonant or consonant cluster), nucleus (vowel or diphthong), and optional final consonant.
23
Comparative Tai Source Book
Tones On open syllables (those ending with vowel, semivowel, or nasa!), Chiengmai has six tones. Here pitch levels are based on the Chao 5-pitch scale. 1 - mid-high, 44: pii' - fat 2 - low-rising, 14: pii 2 - year 3 - mid-low, 22: siP - four 4 - falling, 41: pjj4 - older sibling 5 - high-falling, (glottalized ?), 53: khii 5 - excrement 6 - high-rising-falling (glottalized ?), 454: cii 6 - to point Checked syllables (those ending in p - t - k ) with short vowels exhibit tones phonetically similar to tones 2 and 6 of open syllables: hap2 'to close', sak6 'to wash clothes'. Checked syllables with long vowels have tones phonetically similar to tones 3 and 4 of open syllables: 7aap 3 'to bathe', Iwak4 'to choose'. The six tones of Chiengmai had their origin in an earlier system of three tones on open syllables and no tonal contrast on checked syllables. Those tones on open syllables have been conventionally designated as A - B - C and the fourth category, the checked syllables, as D. The tones in each of these categories underwent phonemic splits, conditioned by the phonetic nature of the initial consonant of each syllable. With the D category, the splits were further conditioned by vowel length. Table 1 shows the patterns of these splits in Chiengmai.
Table 1 Pattern of Tonal Splits in Chiengmai Initial\Tone Voiceless friction sounds Voiceless unaspirated stops Glottal sounds Voiced sounds
B
A 2 2
3
C 5
3 3 4
5 6
D-short D-Iong 3 2 2 3 2 3 4 6
5
Consonants Chiengmai has the following initial consonants: Voiceless unaspirated stops. p - t - c - k - 7: pii4 - older sibling, tuu S cupboard, cii 6 - to point, kEe 3 - old, 7uu 3 - cradle. Voiceless aspirated stops. ph - th - kh: phua2 spaced, miserly, khii 3 - to ride.
-
-
husband, thiP - closely
Voiced stops. b - d: baa3 - shoulder, dwa' - cockspur. Nasals. m - n - ]1-l]: mww 6 - a turn, naw4 - rotten, ]1wa3 - bait, l]ua' - ox.
24
Southwestern Tai Dialects
Voiceless spirants. f - s - h:
tW - a boil, sia1l2 - sound, hww 5 - to give.
Sonorants. I - w - y: Ioae - spool, waan 2 - sweet, yaa l
-
medicine.
Initial clusters appear with a consonant followed by [w]. There are no final clusters. Clusters with [w]. kw - khw - 7w: kwaa1l5 - wide, khwaa1l4 - to throw, 7waai - steam, vapor. Final consonants include nasals m - n - II and voiceless stops p - t - k -7. For final w - y, see Diphthongs. Nasals. m - n -11: 7im3 - full, khwn 5 - to go up, ki1l3 - branch. Voiceless stops. p - t - k - 7: dip2 - raw, cee - seven, piik3 - wing, pe7 6 goat.
-
Vowels Chiengmai has nine vowels, with distinction in length undetermined. All vowels are phonetically long in final position and written with a double vowel. High. i - w - u: bit2 - to twist, cww 4 - name, khun 3 - turbid. Mid. e - " -
0:
pen 2 - to be, d"k2 - late at night, 70e - to endure.
Low. e - a - a: tee1l2 - cucumber, caa1l6 - elephant, naok4 - outside.
Diphthongs In Chiengmai, the diphthongs include ia - wa - ua: siam 2 - spade, cwak4 - rope, nuae - beard. Other diphthongs may be analyzed as a vocalic nucleus plus a final w - y. Diphthongs with final [w]. iw - iaw - ew - EEW - aw - aaw: siw2 - pimple, khia~ - green, pew2 - flame, hew l - waist, 7aw l - to take, naaw 2 - cold. Diphthongs with final [y). way - uay - "y - ay - aay - oy - ooy: pwayZ naked, cuay4- to help, accustomed, 7ai - to cough, taay2 - to die, poy3 - to release, Iooi - to float.
hi -
25
CHAPTER 3: CENTRAL TAl DIALECTS
The languages and dialects of the Central branch ofthe Tai family can be found in southern China and in northern Vietnam. Luo (1996:78) delimits the geographical boundaries of this group as follows: from the You River (You Jiang or Yu Jiang), which forms the upper and middle reaches of the Xi River, in Guangxi in the north to the Red River in Vietnam in the south; and from the Gulf ofTonkin (Beibu Gulf) off the Vietnamese coast in the east to the Sino-Vietnamese border in Yunnan, China, in the west. As noted in the Introduction, the formation of the Central branch has remained in dispute with some (Gedney) believing it should not be separated from the Southwestern branch and others (Haudricourt) suggesting it belongs with the Northern group. With this line of reasoning, the Central branch would then form an intermediate or transitional group rather than a separate branch. Summarizing Li, Luo (1996:78) lists the following features as the most salient characteristics for distinguishing the Central branch from the other two: 1) the proto-initial clusters *tr and *thr have merged into the voiceless aspirated stop Ith/; 2) traces of proto-initial clusters *pr, *7bllr, and *vllr have been retained and realized as [phy], [by], and [py] respectively; 3) the proto-voiceless labiodental fricative *f has developed into a voiceless aspirated labial stop Iph/; 4) the protovoiced velar fricative *y has developed into a voiceless unaspirated velar stop Ik/; 5) there is a set of lexical items different from the other two branches. Cognates used to represent this group are from the dialects spoken in Guangxi at Lei Ping (LP), Lungming (LM), Lungchow (LC), Ping Siang (PS), and Ning Ming (NM). Also included are two other dialects: 1) a variety ofNung similar to those in far northeastern Vietnam but located much farther to the west and designated as Western Nung (WN) by Gedney; and 2) another variety of Nung spoken at Bac Va (BV) near Phu Lang Thuong (Bac Giang) in northeastern Vietnam.
The Tai Dialect of Lei Ping -
LP
Belonging to the Central branch of the Tai language family, the Tai dialect of Lei Ping (lal phiTJ4, Pinyin Leiping) is spoken in Lei Ping in southwest Guangxi, approximately thirty mile southwest of Lungming and twenty-five miles northeast of Lung chow. Gedney obtained the data in Hong Kong in 1966 from a 62-year-old informant by the name of Liang Shao-Iu (lyaaTJ4 saaw3 nuu4). Dominic Yip acted as interpreter in the sessions. The informant provided the following sentence to describe his native language: TJ005 caaTJ3 poon 3 thiP vaa5 'I speak the native
27
Comparative Tai Source Book
language'. References to the Lei Ping dialect can be found in Gedney's individual linguistic studies (1995a, 1995b; Bickner et al. 1989) and in Sarawit (1973). Gedney's complete data appear in Hudak (1995). Phonology As in other dialects and languages of the Tai family, the phonological pattern of Lei Ping is based on the syllable. Each syllable has distinctions in tone, initial (consonant or consonant cluster), nucleus (vowel or diphthong), and optional final consonant.
Tones On open syllables (those ending with vowel, semivowel, or nasal), Lei Ping has five tones. Here pitch levels are based on the Chao 5-pitch scale. 1 - high rising-falling, 454: maa l - dog 2 - high level, with a final drop before pause, 44: maa 2 - to soak 3 - rising, glottalized, 13: maa3 - horse 4 - low-falling, 21: maa4 - to come 5 - low level, 11: taa 5 - maternal grandfather Checked syllables (those ending in p - t - k) with short vowels exhibit tones phonetically similar to tones 2 and 4 of open syllables: khap2 'step', lak4 'to steal'. Tone 5 usually appears on syllables that have cognates elsewhere with a long vowel, for example, lop5 'to stroke' (Siamese luup 3). Checked syllables with long vowels have tones phonetically similar to tones 2 and 5 of open syllables: nuuk2 'deaf, byook5 'flower'. The five tones of Lei Ping had their origin in an earlier system of three tones on open syllables and no tonal contrast on checked syllables. Those tones on open syllables have been conventionally designated as A - B - C and the fourth category, the checked syllables, as D. The tones in each of these categories underwent phonemic splits, conditioned by the phonetic nature of the initial consonant of each syllable. With the D category, the splits were further conditioned by vowel length. Table 1 shows the patterns of these splits in Lei Ping.
Table 1 Pattern of Tonal Splits in Lei Ping Initial\Tone Voiceless friction sounds Voiceless unaspirated stops Glottal sounds Voiced sounds
A I 2 2
B 2 5 5
4
5
28
C 3 3 3 3
D-short D-Iong 2 2 2 5 2 5 4,5 5
Central Tai Dialects
Consonants
Lei Ping has the following initial consonants: Voiceless unaspirated stops. p - t - c - k - 7: pii 2- year, tyk 2 - to shoot, cef - seven, kee 5- old, 7aa115 - basin. Voiceless aspirated stops. ph - th - ch - kh: pheek2 - to explode, thyyl - to carry, chim4 - to taste, khap4 - to catch. Voiced stops. b - d: baa3 - crazy, dik2 - child. The [d] is pronounced with a simultaneous glottal release. Nasals. m - n -11: mii l - bear, noon 4 - to lie down, T)00y4- to see. Voiceless spirants. f -;. - s - h: fyn 4 - firewood, fyyl - tiger, syyk5 - rope, ho04 - person. Sonorants. v - I - y: vaam 4 - language, laaT)3 - to wash, yiin 2 - tobacco. Gedney groups the spirant (fricative) [v] with the sonorants because of its sonority and low friction level. In addition, [v] and [w] are in complementary distribution, with [v] appearing initially and [w] after a consonant. Initial clusters consist of a consonant plus [w] or [y). There are no final clusters. Clusters with [w]. kw - khw: kwaa2 - melon, khwaa2 - pants. Clusters with [y]. py - phy - ky - khy - by - my - hy - Iy: pyaa2 - fish, phyaa3 - orphan, kyaaT)2 - middle, khya/- egg, byookS - flower, myaak 5 slippery, hyaaT)2 kaaT)2 - Hong Kong, lyaaT)4 - the informant's name. Final consonants include nasals m - n - T) and voiceless stops p - t - k - 7. For final w - y - Uj, see Diphthongs. Nasals. m - n - T): neem l - to paste, yin4 - to hear, hiT)1 - voice. Voiceless stops. p - t - k - 7: ceep5 - chaff, phat2 - to winnow, hok 2 - six, 1007 5 - grammatical particle. Vowels
In his elicitation, Gedney (Hudak 1995: 119) noted that there was no distinction between [v] and [w], although [v] is a little higher after labials such as [f] and [ph]. Nor is there a contrast between [0] and [u] as in [ok] and [uk}, but [uJ is very high
29
Comparative Tai Source Book
and there is a definite long [uu] as in nuuk 2 'deaf' and cuuks 'white ant'. With these points in mind, Gedney posited the following vowel system: High. i, ii - uu: 7im 5 - full, ciin s - to spin, kuuk s - hoe. Mid.
'I, '1'1:
CYT]2 - to steam, chYYT]5 - elephant.
Low. e, ee - a, aa - 0, 00: 7ee - one, meeT]4 - insect, 7ay2 - to cough, 7aafto lean back, fOll4 - to roof, hooks - shell. In the transcription system used, [e] and [0] are phonetically more open, [e] and [0] respectively. Long vowels tend to be more open [k&e 2 'old', kheek 2 'guest', mo0 3 'pot', mooe 'mold'] and short vowels more closed [cee 'seven', khon! 'body hair']. Vowels in syllable-final position have a pronunciation close to a long vowel and are therefore written with a double vowel.
Diphthongs Diphthongs may be analyzed as a vocalic nucleus plus a final w - y - Uj. Diphthongs with final [w]. iiw - eew aw - aaw: khiiw! - bad-smelling, 7eew'l - to bend, 7aw2 - to take, haaw1 - to yawn. Diphthongs with final [y]. uuy - ay - aay - ooy: vuuf - seed, dai - can, haayl- to die, 700yl - sugarcane. Diphthongs with final [Uj]. aUj: daUj2 - in.
The Tai Dialect of Lungming -
LM
Belonging to the Central branch of the Tai language family, this Tal dialect is spoken in the town and county ofLungming (colloquialloT]4 7ill\ formalloll 4 mill!, Pinyin Longming) in southwestern Guangxi. Gedney obtained his data from 1966 through 1976 from an informant living in Hong Kong. The informant, a 42-year-old male named thaall! theen 4 sinl, was born in thiiml tall3 (formal theen l hnl) about forty Chinese miles from Lungming. Born in 1924, he moved to Hong Kong in 1949 where he worked in a Chinese schooL Dominic Yip acted as interpreter because the informant spoke only Cantonese. Upon questioning, the informant identified his native language simply as vaam 4 thool 'native language or dialect', with thool meaning 'local or native' and not a specific ethnic group as various Western scholars and researchers have treated it. Throughout this Tai-speaking region the question of ethnonyms remains a confusing issue. Many of the speakers refer to themselves as thoo 3 , with kaall3 tho0 3 meaning 'to speak the local or native language'. On the other hand, kaall3 30
Central Tai Dialects
kheek4 has the specific meaning of ' to speak Mandarin'. Li (1977:105) notes that the Tai-speakers of Lung chow and Lungming use the term tal 'Tai' to refer to the Tai-speaking people of Vietnam and not to themselves. In contrast, the Central Tai speakers in Vietnam and in some parts of China use the term Nung (from Vietnamese nOT] or n~T], depending on the dialect) for themselves. Western scholars have borrowed this term to refer to the Tai dialects of western Guangxi. Other Tai groups in Vietnam refer to themselves as TaL In China, however, all of the Tai dialects are officially referred to as Zhuang, which appears in the Lungming expressions kaaT]3 COOT]s 'to speak Zhuang' and kYn 4 COOT]s 'a Zhuang person'. Specific studies of Lungming have been restricted to Gedney's massive glossary (Hudak 1991 b) and to his various linguistic papers (1995a, 1995b, 1995c; Bickner et al. 1989). Sarawit (1973) has also used Lungming data. Phonology As in other dialects and languages of the Tai family, the phonological pattern of the Lungming dialect is based on the syllable. Each syllable has distinctions in tone, initial (consonant or consonant cluster), nucleus (vowel or diphthong), and optional final consonant. TOlles
On open syllables (those ending with vowel, semivowel, or nasal), Lungming has six tones. Here pitch levels are based on the Chao 5-pitch scale. 1 - high level, 55: laa l - to seek 2 - high-rising, 45: laa2 - a flock 3 - mid level, glottalized, 33: laa3 - cracked 4 - low-falling, from mid-low to low, 21: laa4 - to take one's leave 5 - low level, 11: laas - epidemic 6 - falling, from mid-low to low and then rising to mid-low, glottalized, 212: laa6 - to snatch Checked syllables (those ending in p - t - k) with short vowels exhibit tones phonetically similar to tones 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5 of open syllables: 107 1 'final imperative particle', 107 2 'final imperative particle', phae 'to winnow', kok4 'to simmer', piks 'crowded'. Checked syllables with long vowels have tones phonetically similar to tones 1, 2, 3, and 5 of open syllables: teepl 'to drink with pleasure, smacking the lips', kook2 'rice husks', yiip3 'to pickle in brine', laaps 'to dry meat'. Tone 3 on the checked syllable is not glottalized as it is on the open syllable. Note that the checked syllables with short vowels and tones 1,2, or 5, and the checked syllables with long vowels and tones 1 or 3 do not reflect the historical development of the tones. These syllables with their respective tones probably resulted from the secondary shortening of the vowel, or they represent distinctive
31
Comparative Tai Source Book
vocabulary, for example, loanwords and particles or syllables resulting from onomatopoeic processes. The six tones of Lungming had their origin in an earlier system of three tones on open syllables and no tonal contrast on checked syllables. Those tones on open syllables have been conventionally designated as A - B - C and the fourth category, the checked syllables, as D. The tones in each of these categories underwent phonemic splits, conditioned by the phonetic nature of the initial consonant of each syllable. With the D category, the splits were further conditioned by vowel length. Table 1 shows the patterns of these splits in Lungming. Table 1 Pattern of Tonal Splits in Lungming
Initial\Tone Voiceless friction sounds Voiceless unaspirated stops Glottal sounds Voiced sounds
B 2 2 2 5
A
4 4
C 3 3 3 6
D-short D-Iong 2 3 3 2 ,., .) 2 4 5
Consonallts Lungming has the following initial consonants: Voiceless unaspirated stops. p - t - c - k - 7: paak2 - mouth, taam 3 gallbladder, co03 - ancestor, kYn4 - person, 7aa4 - to crow.
-
Voiceless aspirated stops. ph - th - ch - kh: phaaTJ5 - to strike, thml - to swallow, chuu l - rough, khan l - to crow. Nasals. m - n - TJ: mie - to pinch, naa2 - to scold, TJee 6 - fish barbel. Nasals are often preglottalized before the vowels [ww) and [uu). Voiceless spirants. f - s - S - h: foon 6 - brown, sif - to abandon, SOp3 - to smell, huuTJ5 - chief. Sonorants. v - 1- w - y - Uj: vel- fence, laaTJ5 - to unroll, pOOTJI mo0 4-wa4 - a herd of oxen, yiim4 - salt, maUj4_Uja4 - a leaf. Note that [w] and [Uj] only occur initially due to assimilation processes. Gedney groups the spirant (fricative) [v] with the sonorants because of its sonority and low friction level. In addition, [v] and [w) are in complementary distribution, with [v] appearing initially and [w] after a consonant. Initial clusters consist of a consonant plus [w] or [y]. There are no final clusters. Clusters with [w]. kw - khw: kwaat 2 - to rake, khwiin 1 - circle.
32
Central Tai Dialects
Clusters with [y]. py - phy - ty - thy - cy - ky - khy - my - ny -Iy - sy - hy: pyom l - to take down, phyaa l - rocky mountain, tyook 2 - to chop fine, thyaaw6 7uu l - to dance, cyaa116 vaa4 - to speak, kyaU{3 - near, khyow4 ball, myook 2 - flower, nyae - very tired, Iyan' - to play, syow! - pimple, hyaa6 - summer. Final consonants include nasals m - n -11 and voiceless stops p - t - k • 7. For final w - y - U{, see Diphthollgs. Nasals. m - n • 11: saam! - three, nan 3 - to itch, soo11 1 - two. Voiceless stops. p - t - k - 7: pOOp2 - bubble, chooe - to incite, loks - child. The final glottal stop only occurs in la7 3 'final emphatic particle', le7 3 'sentence-final emphatic particle', 107! 'final imperative particle', 107 2 'final imperative particle', 107 3 'emphatic clause-final particle', ne73 'this, these' . Vowels
Gedney (Hudak 1991 b:xxvi) arrived at the following vowel inventory for Lungming; however, it was unclear from the data whether or not the absence of short [w] and short [u] was accidental or systematic. High. i, jj - ww - uu: kin! - to eat, 7iip2 - to step on something, IWW11 5 loose, thuu l - head. Mid. Y, YY: phYn l - rain, yeen 4 syy4 - color. Low. e, ee - a, aa - 0, 00: ne7 3 - this, these, cheek2 - to tear, vat4 - to dip, thaa l - eye, tho'll! - to leak, cook2 - cup. The short vowels [e] and [0] are phonetically more open, [&] and [0] respectively. Vowels in open syllables tend to be long except for the short vowels [e] and raJ in the indefinite particle _a4 and in various particles. Single vowels denote a short vowel and double vowels long vowels. Diphthollgs
Diphthongs analyzed as consisting of a vocalic nucleus plus a final w - y - U{ also occur. The diphthongs ey - ¥U{ - ow, in many cases, reflect the earlier high monophthongs ii - ww - uu, respectively: khwey2 'to ride' (Siamese khii 2), S¥U{6 'to buy' (Siamese sww 4), mow l 'pig' (Siamese muu s). Diphthongs with final [w]. iiw - eew - aw - aaw - ow: kiiw l - to call, leew6 - completely, law3 - liquor, laaw 1 - to fear, yo~ - to stay.
33
Comparative rai Source Book
Diphthongs with final [y]. uuy - ey - eey - ay - aay - ooy: tuu/- person, peyl - to go, 7eey4 - vocative particle, khayl - to open, laa/ - striped, nooy2 - little. Diphthongs with final [Uj]. '\IUj - aUj: S'\lUj6 - to buy, maUj2 - new.
The Tai Dialect of Western Nung - WN Western Nung, a variety ofNung, belongs to the Central branch ofthe Tai language family and is spoken at Muong Khuong (mwlj4 khaaljl) in the northern Vietnamese province of Lao Kay and its vicinity. The town of Muong Khuong is located about forty kilometers north and slightly east of Lao Kay. The speakers refer to themselves and their language as nOlj4 or nUljs, and many of them have the surname Nung. Gedney notes that this dialect clearly belongs to the group ofTai languages spoken in the extreme northeastern part of Vietnam and adjacent parts of China, variously known as Nung and Tho. This dialect, however, is a linguistic isolate located much farther to the west of the main group oflanguages, and for this reason, Gedney decided to refer to the dialect as Western Nung. These linguistic islands are identified on the old French ethnolinguistic map, Carte Ethnolinguistique, 1949 edition, compiled by L'Ecole Franyaise d'Extreme-Orient. Aside from Gedney's extensive glossary (Hudak 1995), there appears to be little published information on this particular dialect, with the exception of Tingsabadh (1976). Tingsabadh examines the speech of two informants, one from Ban Pa Kha, located about sixty kilometers northeast of Lao Kay, and the other from Ban Phak Thung, about seven kilometers north of Lao Kay. Western Nung is of particular interestto students ofTai linguistics because it differs considerably in vocabulary from the other varieties ofNung although it is similar in other respects. The question that arises is which dialect groups made the lexical innovations. Gedney obtained his data in the years 1964 and 1968-69 from Muong Khuong refugees living in Vientiane, Laos. The data collected represents three different localities: Muong Khuong (mwlj4 khaaljl); Ban Lao (baan 3 Iaw 5), located twenty-two kilometers north of Lao Kay, toward Muong Khuong; and Muong Thin Na (mw114 thinS naa4 ), located across the border in China, an overnight journey or about thirty kilometers from Muong Khuong. The speech found in these three localities is identical in phonological structure and phonetic detail, although differences in vocabulary do occur.
34
Central Tai Dialects
Phonology
As in other dialects and languages of the Tai family, the phonological pattern of the Western Nung dialect is based on the syllable. Each syllable has distinctions in tone, initial (consonant or consonant cluster), nucleus (vowel or diphthong), and optional final consonant.
TOiles On open syllables (those ending with vowel, semivowel, or nasal), Western Nung has six tones. Here pitch levels are based on the Chao 5-pitch scale. 1 - low-rising, 14: Ciil - to strain 2 - low-falling, 21: di 2 - to borrow 3 - mid-low level, glottalized, 22: de - how many 4 - mid-high level, 44: di 4 - flag 5 - mid-falling, 31: cii s - to soak 6 - high level, glottalized, 55: cii6 - to point Checked syllables (those ending in p - t - k) with short vowels exhibit tones phonetically similar to tones 6 and 4 of open syllables: bak6 'dipnet', cak 4 'to level ground'. Checked syllables with long vowels have tones phonetically similar to tones 2 and 5 of open syllables: dok 2 'flower', luk s 'child'. The six tones of Western Nung had their origin in an earlier system of three tones on open syllables and no tonal contrast on checked syllables. Those tones on open syllables have been conventionally designated as A - B - C and the fourth category, the checked syllables, as D. The tones in each of these categories underwent phonemic splits, conditioned by the phonetic nature of the initial consonant of each syllable. With the D category, the splits were further conditioned by vowel length. Table 1 shows the patterns of these splits in Western Nung. Table 1 Pattern of Tonal Splits in Western Nung
Initial\Tone Voiceless friction sounds Voiceless unaspirated stops Glottal sounds Voiced sounds
A 1
4
35
B
C
2 2 2 5
3 3 3
6
D-short D-Iong 6 2 6 2 6 2 4
5
Comparative Tal Source Book
Consonants
Western Nung has the following initial consonants: Voiceless unaspirated stops. p - t - c - k - 7: payl - to go, tem 3 - to light, dn l - to eat, bn 2 - before, 7aan l - saddle. Voiceless aspirated stops. ph - th - ch - kh: phwwl - we, thii 2 - closely spaced, chu1'}3 - pungent, khaw3 - rice. Voiced stops. b - d: baan3 - village, dwi - navel. Nasals. m - n - p - 1'}: mai - to burn, nam 6 - water, piP - to flee, 1'}uu4 snake.
-
Voiceless spirants. f - s - S - h: faa 6 - sky, siw - chisel, soy4 - to swing, ho0 2 - thing. Sonorants. v - 3 - 1- y: viiI - a comb, 3al- dry field, le1'}6 - dry, yiw2 - to be at. Gedney grouped the spirants (fricatives) [v] and [0] with the sonorants because of their sonority and low friction level. In addition, [v] and [w] are in complementary distribution, with [v] appearing initially and [w] after a consonant. The only recorded initial cluster is [kw] in kwaayZ- stubborn. Final consonants include nasals m - n - 1'} and voiceless stops p - t - k - 7. For final w - y - It(, see Diphthongs. Nasals. m - n -1'}: hom 6 - to fence, chon 3 - to converge, caa1'}5 - artisan. Voiceless stops. p - t - k - 7: kaap2 - husk, p<:t2 - eight, chok6 - six. A final glottal stop appears only in the particle lor. Vowels
Western Nung has nine vowels, with a length distinction only in a, aa. Final vowels are phonetically long and are therefore written with a double vowel. High. i - w - u: ci1'}1 - first, nW1'}3 - to steam, ouu4 - hole. Mid. e - ¥ - 0: yen 4 - tendon, 1'}¥k2 - gums, ho0 4 - neck. Low. &- a, aa - 0: h&&5 - to cut, sak6 - just, laak5 - root, bk6 - base.
36
Central Tai Dialects
DiphtlWllgs
Diphthongs may be analyzed as a vocalic nucleus plus a final w - y - llI. Diphthongs with final [w]. iw - ew - EW - aw - aaw: siw2 - wrinkle, tew4 to flee, SEW3 - to embroider, paw - to blow, paaw2 - to announce. Diphthongs with final [y]. wy - uy - ay - aay - oy: swf - to wash, tufkind of nut, 7ayl - to cough, baai - to clear weeds, 7ol- sugarcane. Diphthongs with final [llI]. alll: nalll3 - light (not heavy).
The Tai Dialect of Bac Va - BV Belonging to the Central branch of the Tai language family, the Tai dialect ofBac Va is one variety of the dialects known as Nung. Bac Va is located near Phu Lang Thuong (Bac Giang) in northeastern Vietnam. Gedney obtained the data from Tran Phuc Ky in DaIat, Vietnam, in 1964. The complete data appear in Hudak (1997). Phonology As in other dialects and languages of the Tai family, the phonological pattern of the Tai dialect ofBac Va is based on the syllable. Each syllable has distinctions in tone, initial (consonant or consonant cluster), nucleus (vowel or diphthong), and optional final consonant.
TOiles On open syllables (those ending with vowel, semivowel, or nasal), Bac Va has eight tones. Here pitch levels are based on the Chao 5-pitch scale. 1 - low-rising, 14: iW - four 2 - high-rising, 45: mii 2 - bear 3 - mid level, 33: mii 3 - to have 4 - low-falling, gIottalized, 21: khii4 - to ride 5 - mid-falling, glottalized, 32: pii 5 older sibling 6 - low level, glottalized, 11: khii 6 - excrement 7 - low level, 11: fom 7 - sour 8 - high level, 55: Iins - tongue Checked syllables (those ending in p - t - k) with short vowels exhibittones phonetically similar to tones 3 and 8 of open syllables: nok3 'bird', matS 'flea'. Checked syllables with long vowels have tones phonetically similar to tones 1 and 5 of open syllables: paakl 'mouth', luk 5 'child'. 37
Comparative Tai Source Book
The eight tones of Bac Va had their origin in an earlier system of three tones on open syllables and no tonal contrast on checked syllables. Those tones on open syllables have been conventionally designated as A - B - C and the fourth category, the checked syllables, as D. The tones in each of these categories underwent phonemic splits, conditioned by the phonetic nature of the initial consonant of each syllable. With the D category, the splits were further conditioned by vowel length. Table 1 shows the patterns ofthese splits in Bac Va. Table 1 Pattern of Tonal Splits in Bac Va
Initial\Tone Voiceless friction sounds Voiceless unaspirated stops Glottal sounds Voiced sounds
A 1 2 2
B
C
4
6 7 6 7 8
4 5
2
3
D-short D-long 3 I 8 8 8
3
5
The Tai dialect of Bac Va is unique in that it exhibits a tonal split in the voiceless friction sounds that does not occur in other dialects Gedney has studied. In this case, the proto-initials in the top row include voiceless aspirated stops and voiceless fricatives such as [f] and [h]. In the second row are the preaspirated sonorants and [s]. Consonants Bac Va has the following initial consonants: Voiceless unaspirated stops. p - t - c - k - 7: pjjS - older sibling, taa 5 -long river, cetS - seven, kaw! - old, 7et8 - one. Voiceless aspirated stops. ph - th - kh: phon! - rain, thin! - stone, khi1')! ginger. Voiced stops. b - d: ballJ2 - leaf, dek 8 - child. Nasals. m - n - jl - 1'): mii 3 - to have, n~~n3 - to sleep, jlii s - two, 1')aa3 sesame.
-
Spirants. f -;. - s - z « Vietnamese?) - h: faa 8 - sky, fiw! - chisel, sim ' - to taste, zuu 4 - to be at, h:lk' - six. Sonorants. I - v - y: laayl- stripe, vaan 2- sweet, yww 3 - cucumber. Gedney grouped the spirant (fricative) [v] with the sonorants because of its sonority and low level of friction.
38
Central Tai Dialects
There are no initial or final clusters in the data. Final consonants include nasals m - n - 'll and voiceless stops p - t - k - 7. For final w - y - UJ, see Diplltflollgs. Nasals. m - n - 'll: phom' - hair, 'llwn3 - silver, pi'll2 - leech. Voiceless stops. p - t - k - 7: thaap' - to carryon a shoulder pole, PE:Et' eight, phuk 3 - to tie, n07 s - outside. Vowels
Bac Va has nine vowels, with distinction in length undetermined. Final vowels are phonetically long and are therefore written with a double vowel. High. i - w - u: pii 3 - fat, twk 3 - young male, nuu 2 - rat. Mid. e - 'I
- 0:
pd - duck, p'I'Ik' - peel, poos - male.
Low. E: - a - 0: tEm2 - full, thaa' - eye, nok 3 - bird. Diphthollgs
Diphthongs may be analyzed as a vocalic nucleus plus a final w - y - UJ. Diphthongs with final [w]. iw - ew - E:W - aw - aaw: siw' - pimple, ce~ to look, hEWs - to trap, 7aw2 - to take, haaw' - to yawn. Diphthongs with final [y]. uy - '1y - '1'1y - oy - ay - aay: khuy1 - mountain stream, m'lY- bear, Tj'l'lY' - to send, soy boo3 - hammer, day - good, haay' - moon. Diphthongs with final [UJ]. aUJ: maUJ4 - new.
The Tai Dialect of Lungchow -
LC
Belonging to the Central branch of the Tai family, this dialect is spoken in and around the city of Lung chow (Pinyin Longzhou) located in the southwestern corner of Guangxi province. Li obtained his Lungchow data in 1935 in the city of Lungchow and subsequently published it in 1940 along with folk tales, stories, and poems. Li reevaluated his data for phonemicization in his 1977 A Handbook of Comparative Tal. Gedney acquired the data from Li (1940) and used it in his various linguistic studies (199Sa, 1995b; Bickner et al. 1989). Sarawit (1973) also used it in her study of the proto-Tai vowel system. 39
Comparative Tai Source Book
Phonology As in other dialects and languages of the Tai family, the phonological pattern of the Tai dialect of Lunge how is based on the syllable. Each syllable has distinctions in tone, initial (consonant or consonant cluster), nucleus (vowel or diphthong), and optional final consonant.
Tones On open syllables (those ending with vowel, semivowel, or nasal), Lungchow has six tones. Here pitch levels are based on the Chao 5-pitch scale. 1 - mid level, 33: haa l - to seek 2 - high level, 55: haa2 - heavy shower 3 - rising, 24: haa3 - five 4 - mid-falling, 31: naa4 - rice field 5 • low level, 11: naa 5 - mother's younger sibling 6 - low-falling, glottalized, 21: maa 6 - horse Checked syllables (those ending in p - t- k) with short vowels exhibit tones phonetically similar to tones 2 and 4 of open syllables: i-ip2 'ten', kut4 'to dig'. Checked syllables with long vowels have tones phonetically similar to tones 2 and 4 of open syllables: 7aap2 'to bathe', laak4 'root'. The six tones of Lungchow had their origin in an earlier system of three tones on open syllables and no tonal contrast on checked syllables. Those tones on open syllables have been conventionally designated as A - B - C and the fourth category, the checked syllables, as D. The tones in each of these categories underwent phonemic splits, conditioned by the phonetic nature of the initial consonant of each syllable. With the D category, the splits were further conditioned by vowel length. Table 1 shows the patterns of these splits in Lungchow. For his own comparative work, Gedney renumbered the tones as indicated below. U's original numbering follows in parentheses. Table 1 Pattern of Tonal Splits in Lungchow Initial\Tone Voiceless friction sounds Voiceless unaspirated stops Glottal sounds Voiced sounds
A 1 1 1 4 (2)
40
B
C
2 (5) 2 (5) 2 (5) 5 (6)
3
3 3 6 (4)
D-short D-long 2 (5) 2 (5) 2 (5) 2 (5) 2 (5) 2 (5) 4 (2) 4 (2)
Central Tai Dialects
Consonants Lungchow has the following initial consonants: Voiceless unaspirated stops. p - t - c - k - 7: piP - year, taay! - maternal grandmother, cit2 - seven, kay2 - chicken, 7aa3 - to open the mouth. Voiceless aspirated stops. ph - th - kh: phie - spicy hot, thut2 - to remove, khie - excrement. Nasals. m - n - Tj: mal- to burn, nuu! - rat, Tjuu 4 - snake. Voiceless spirants. f -;. - s- h: faa 6 - sky, faUj! - clear, siik2 - to tear, haa! eye. Sonorants. v - I - y: vit4 - mushroom, lin 6 - tongue, yiif - to stretch. Li (1977:9) grouped the spirant (fricative) [v] with the sonorants because of its sonority and low friction level. In addition, [vJ and [w] are in complementary distribution, with [v] appearing initially and [w] after a consonant. Initial clusters consist ofa consonant plus [w] or [y]. There are no final clusters. Clusters with [w]. kw - khw: kwaa2 - to pass, khwiF - to ride. Clusters with [yJ. py - phy - ky - khy - by - my - hy: pyaw4 - late meal, phyaw2 - to hunt, kyaa 3 - young rice plant, khyaw! - they, other people, byook2 - flower, myaak5 - slippery, hyaaw3 - to compare. One [pi] cluster exists. pi: pleetS - flat and thin. Final consonants include nasals m - n - Tj and voiceless stops p - t - k. For final w-
y - Uj, see Diplltllollgs. Nasals. m - n - Tj: mums - beard, kin! - to eat, IiTj4 - monkey. Voiceless stops. p - t - k: khoop2 - to bite, boot2 - blind, nak2 - heavy.
Vowels Lungchow has the following vowel inventory: High. i, ii - ww - U, uu: bit2 - fish hook, nuuk 2 - deaf.
41
pjj4 -
fat, kww 1 - salt, huk2 - six,
Comparative Tai Source Book
Mid. e - Y, '('( mook2 - fog.
0 :
7eek2 - yoke, phyn l - to grind, d'('(n l - earthworm,
Low. a, aa: mae - flea, khaat2 - torn The mid vowels [e] and [0] are phonetically long and more open, [e] and [0] respectively. Vowels in open syllables tend to be long and are written with a long voweL Here, [v] is used for U's [e]. In A Handbook o/Comparative Tai (1977:10-11), U phonemicized the 1940 data and arrived at the following vowel inventory: High i - w - u; Mid e - 0; Low a. He made the following comments: 1) the high and low vowels may be long or short in closed syllables, but are always long in open ones; 2) the mid vowels are always long and between [e] and [&] and [0] and [0] in quality; 3) Short Iii and lui are more open; 4) long Iwl is close to a central vowel in closed syllables; and 5) short Iwl is [y]. Diphthongs
Diphthongs may be analyzed as a vocalic nucleus plus a final w - y - Uj. Diphthongs with final [w]. iiw - eew - aw - aaw: niiw6 - finger, toe, kheew l - green, kaw3 - nine, laaw 1 - to fear. Diphthongs with final [y]. uuy - ny - ooy - ay - aay: pyuuy2 - to release, khnyl - son-in-law, cooi - to help, layl - to flow, vaal- water buffalo. Diphthongs with final [llj]. allj: balljl -leaf.
The Tai Dialect of Ping Siang -
PS
Belonging to the Central branch of the Tai family, the dialect referred to as the Tai dialect of Ping Siang (phY114 saa114 following the Mandarin pronunciation; pha114 ch'(Y11 4 following the Cantonese pronunciation; and dalljl ;'aa11 4 following the local pronunciation) is spoken in and around the town of Ping Siang (Pinyin Pingxiang) in Guangxi province about twenty-five miles west of Ning Ming near the Vietnamese border. Gedney interviewed the informant, Chiuh Hahn (caaw3 h'(11 4 following the Mandarin), in Hong Kong June 13-19 and July 3-15, 1966. The informant had been educated in the town of Lunge how and had lived there for seven years from about the age of twelve. He left Ping Siang at about the age of twenty. When interviewed, the informant had been living in Hong Kong for about twenty years. He referred to his language as tho0 3 as in 1100 2 kyaa113 tho0 3 vaa5 '1 speak Tho'. Dominic Yip acted as interpreter during the interviews.
42
Central Tai Dialects
Gedney's complete data for this dialect can be found in Hudak (1995). Additional references appear in his linguistic studies (1995a, 1995b, 1995c; Bickner et al. 1989). Phonology
As in other dialects and languages of the Tai family, the phonological pattern of Ping Siang is based on the syllable. Each syllable has distinctions in tone, initial (consonant or consonant cluster), nucleus (vowel or diphthong), and optional final consonant.
TOlles On open syllables (those ending with vowel, semivowel, or nasal), Ping Siang has six tones. Here pitch levels are based on the Chao 5-pitch scale. 1 - mid level, 33: maa l - dog 2 - high level, 55: maaz - to soak 3 - rising, 24: maa3 - to grow, rise 4 - low-falling, 21: maa4 - to come 5 - low level, II: kaa 5 - branch 6 - falling, glottalized, 31: maa 6 - horse Checked syllables (those ending in p - t- k) with short vowels exhibit tones phonetically similar to tones 2 and 4 of open syllables: dip2 'raw', m...t 4 'ant'. Tone 5 often appears on syllables that have cognates elsewhere with a long vowel, for example, lopS 'to stroke' (Siamese luup 3). Checked syllables with long vowels have tones phonetically similar to tones 2 and 5 of open syllables: khuup2 , year', 1......t5 'blood'. The six tones of Ping Siang had their origin in an earlier system of three tones on open syllables and no tonal contrast on checked syllables. Those tones on open syllables have been conventionally designated as A - B - C and the fourth category, the checked syllables, as D. The tones in each of these categories underwent phonemic splits, conditioned by the phonetic nature of the initial consonant of each syllable. With the D category, the splits were further conditioned by vowel length. Table 1 shows the patterns of these splits in Ping Siang. Table 1 Pattern of Tonal Splits in Ping Siang
Initial\Tone Voiceless friction sounds Voiceless unaspirated stops Glottal sounds Voiced sounds
A
B 2 2 2 5
4
43
C 3 3
"'J 6
D-short D-Iong 2 2 2 2 2 2 4,5 5
Comparative Tai Source Book COIl~'Ollal1ts
Ping Siang has the following initial consonants: Voiceless unaspirated stops. p - t - c - k - 7: pjjl - year, tuu l - door, caa4 tea, kim4 - tongs, law l - to take. Voiceless aspirated stops. ph - th - kh: phyom l - hair, thom l - pond, khi111 ginger. Voiced stops. b - d: baa3 - crazy, doo l - enough. Nasals. m - n - 11: maw4 - drunk, naay4 - dew, 11aal- morning meal. Voiceless spirants. f - t - s - h: faa 6 - sky, fiiw l - pillar, siin l - thousand, haayl- to die. Sonorants. v - 1- y: vuui - mountain stream, lom4 - to forget, yiml - to borrow. Gedney groups the spirant (fricative) [v] with the sonorants because of its sonority and low friction level. In addition, [v] and [w] are in complementary distribution, with (v] appearing initially and [w] after a consonant. Initial clusters consist of a consonant plus [w] or [y]. There are no final clusters. Clusters with [w]. kw - khw: kwaa l - melon, khwan 1 - spirit. Clusters with [y]. py - phy - ky - khy - by - my: pyaa 1 - fish, phyak2 vegetable, kyaaw3 - hairknot, khyallj3 - near, byook2 - flower, myaak 5 slippery. A single [kl] cluster appears in klik2 taa 5 taa5 - sound of a partridge. Final consonants include nasals m - n -11 and voiceless stops p - t - k. For final wY - llj, see Diphthongs. Nasals. m - n - 11: liim 4 - sickle, bini - to fly, n01l5 - to wear. Voiceless stops. p - t - k: Cip2 - to fold, bif - to pinch, luuk 5 - to scald.
Vowels In his elicitation, Gedney recorded seven vowels with a length distinction in each: High. i, ii - w, ww - u, uu: kiml - gold, yiin 1 - tobacco, nWlll - one, kww l salt, kuk2 phyaa l - foot ofa mountain, YUUk2 - banana stem.
44
Central Tai Dialects
Mid. ¥, ¥¥: 7¥k2 - chest, c¥¥k s - rope. Low. e, ee - a, aa - 0, 00: 7ee - one, ceen l - to fry, yap4 - to sew, 7aap2 - to bathe, kon3 - buttocks, noon I - worm. In the transcription system used, [e] and [0] are phonetically more open, [&] and [::>] respectively. Final vowels are phonetically long and are written with a double voweL
Diphthongs Diphthongs may be analyzed as consisting of a vocalic nucleus plus a final w - y Uj. Diphthongs with final [w]. iiw - eew - aW - aaw: yiiw l scissors, 7aw l - to take, khaaw l - white.
-
waist, keew4
-
Diphthongs with final [y]. uuy - ¥¥y - ay - aay - ooy: thuul- bowl, kh¥¥yl - son-in-law, khyayZ - egg, kaal- shoes, 7001- sugarcane. Diphthongs with final [Uj]. aUj: kaUj5 - swollen.
The Tai Dialect of Ning Ming -
NM
Belonging to the Central branch of the Tai family, the Tai dialect ofNing Ming is spoken in and around the town of Ning Ming (n¥1']4 m¥1']4, Pinyin Ningming), located about twenty-five miles east of Ping Siang and twenty-five miles southeast of Lungchow in the province of Guangxi. Gedney obtained his data July 8-16, 1966, in Hong Kong, from a 52-year-old informant, Mr. Wong Gong (khwaaTJ4 kyaaTJI in the local dialect), who had come to Hong Kong in 1949. Dominic Yip assisted as interpreter in the interviews. Gedney's complete data can be found in Hudak (1995) with additional references in his linguistic studies (1995a, 1995b, 1995d; Bickner et al. 1989).
Phonology As in other dialects and languages of the Tai family, the phonological pattern of Ning Ming is based on the syllable. Each syllable has distinctions in tone, initial (consonant or consonant cluster), nucleus (vowel or diphthong), and optional final consonant.
45
Comparative Tai Source Book
Tones On open syllables (those ending with vowel, semivowel, or nasal), Ning Ming has six tones. Here pitch levels are based on the Chao 5-pitch scale. 1 - mid level, 33: maa l - dog 2 - high level, 55: maa2 - to soak 3 - rising, glottalized, 25: naa 3 - face 4 - low-falling, 21: maa4 - to come 5 - low level, 11: taa S - river 6 - low-falling, glottalized, 21: maa6 - horse Checked syllables (those ending in p - t - k) with short vowels exhibittones phonetically similar to tone 4 of open syllables: kap4 'tight'. Besides tone 4, a few morphemes with short vowels also have tones 1,2, and 5: kOpl 'frog', cip2 'to fold', and lok s 'overgrown'. Checked syllables with long vowels have tones phonetically similar to tones 2 and 5 of open syllables: 700k2 'to go out', laaks 'child'. The six tones ofNing Ming had their origin in an earlier system of three tones on open syllables and no tonal contrast on checked syllables. Those tones on open syllables have been conventionally designated as A - B - C and the fourth category, the checked syllables, as D. The tones in each of these categories underwent phonemic splits, conditioned by the phonetic nature of the initial consonant of each syllable. With the D category, the splits were further conditioned by vowel length. Table 1 shows the patterns of these splits in Ning Ming. Table 1 Pattern of Tonal Splits in Ning Ming
Initial\Tone Voiceless friction sounds Voiceless unaspirated stops Glottal sounds Voiced sounds
A
B 2
1 1 1
2 2 5
4
C 3 3 3 6
D-short D-Iong 4 2 4 2 4 2 4
5
ConSOllallts Ning Ming has the following initial consonants: Voiceless unaspirated stops. p - t - c - k - 7: peyl - year, tef - place, call.f5it is, keel - old, 7aw l - to take. Voiceless aspirated stops. ph - th - ch - kh: phyaws - ashes, thuu l - bean, chap2 - to transplant, khyo1']2 - cage. Voiced stops. b - d: baa2 -shoulder, da/ - can, to get.
46
Central Tai Dialects
Nasals. m - n - p - rr may3 - to burn, neew4 - urine, pallj5 - Indian corn, 11aay4 - morning meal. Voiceless spirants. f - 'I- - s - h: faa6 - sky, 'l-aay4 - sand, saa' - fork, haalshoes. Sonorants. v - I - y: vaa 5 - to say, Iww4 - boat, yow2 - to be in a place. Gedney groups the spirant (fricative) [v] with the sonorants because of its sonority and low friction level. In addition, (v] and [w] are in complementary distribution, with [v] appearing initially and [w] after a consonant. Initial clusters consist of a consonant plus [w] or [y]. There are no final clusters. Clusters with [w]. chw - kw - khw -11W: chwayl - to blow (7), kwiin4 - fist, khwi? - to whistle, 11waa6 - tile. Clusters with [y]. py - phy - ky - khy - by - my - 'l-y - hy: pyaa l - fish, phyaa' - cliff, mountain, kyaw3 - hairknot, khyow 1 - ear, byook2 - flower, myaak 5 - slippery, 'l-yaw2taaw' - small knife (< Chinese), hyoo11 , - loud « Cantonese). Final consonants include nasals m - n -11 and voiceless stops p - t - k - 7. For final w - y - llj, see Diphthongs. Nasals. m - n - 11: hoom' - fragrant, noon 4 - to sleep, noo116 - younger sibling. Voiceless stops. p - t - k - 7: tap4 - liver, kat4 - to bite, nooks - outside, p)( cur - centipede.
r
Vowels
In his elicitation, Gedney recorded seven vowels with a length distinction in five ([w] and [nJ do not appear in the corpus): High. i, ii - ww - U,UU: cip2 - to fold, yii 5 - two, 11WW4 - snake, khup2 - year, luu11 1 - big. Mid. )(: h)(11 1 - ginger. Low. e, ee - a, aa - 0,00: ben' - to fly, peen3- board, dam l - black, naam 1 thorn, lom4 - wind, noo115 - calf of the leg.
47
Comparative Tai Source Book
In the transcription system used, [e] and [0] are phonetically more open, [e] and [:>] respectively. Final vowels are phonetically long and are written with a double vowel. Diphthongs
Diphthongs may be analyzed as a vocalic nucleus plus a final w - y - Ll!. In Ning Ming, the high vowels ii - ww - uu have been diphthongized: deyl - good (Siamese diP), +aLl!1 - writing (Siamese sww5), kow4 - I (Siamese kuu l ). Diphthongs with final [w]. iiw - eew - aw - aaw - ow: diiw3 - hot, angry, kheew l - green, ha~ - to enter, daaw l - star, lows - to leak. Diphthongs with final [y]. uuy - ey - ay - aay - ooy: kuul- son-in-law, pel- fat, kay - chicken, laal- saliva, 700/ - sugarcane. Diphthongs with final [Ll!]. aLl!: daLl!1 - in.
48
CHAPTER 4: NORTHERN TAl DIALECTS
The Northern branch of the Tal family forms the second largest group of Tai speakers. Luo (1996:75) describes its geographical boundaries as extending from southeastern Guizhou in the north to southern Guangxi and northern Vietnam in the south, and from northeastern Guangxi in the east to the border of Yunnan and Guangxi in the west. In addition, another northern language, Saek, forms an isolated island among Southwestern Tai languages on the border of northeastern Thailand in Nakhon Phanom province and Laos in Khammouan province. Following Li, Luo (1966:96) lists the following salient features as characteristic of the Northern branch: 1) no distinction between the original aspirated and unaspirated consonsants; 2) regular split between etymologically voiceless and voiced initials in all tone categories: 3) the proto-voiceless velar fricative *x is realized as [x]/[h]; 4) in some dialects some proto-preglottalized items in the A column follow the voiceless pattern whereas some in the Band C category follow the voiced pattern; 5) proto *ml is realized as IfI; 6) clusters such as *nr, *dr, *thr, *xr, and *tl merge into liquids and are usually realized as [r] or [I] in modern dialects; 7) proto *tr splits into Irl, ItI, or Ipr/; 8) proto-clusters *thl and *vr develop into sibilants; 9) monothongization of proto-diphthongs and triphthongs occurs; and 10) there is a set oflexical items different from the other two branches. Cognates used to represent the Northern group have been taken from Yay (Y) in the extreme northern part of Vietnam, Saek (Sk), and the dialects spoken at Wuming (WM) in Guangxi province and Po-ai (P) in Yunnan.
Yay-Y The Tal dialect known as Yay belongs to the Northern branch of the Tal language family and is spoken in the extreme northern part of Vietnam near the Chinese border in the area ofthe Hong (Red) River and the Lo River (Riviere Claire). Major Yay centers in this area include Muong Hum (mwa1l4 hum') located to the west of Lao Kay (Iaaw4 kaayi) and eha Pa (sa' pa2) to the southwest of Lao Kay, both in the province of Phong Tho, which until 1947 belonged to the province of Lao Kay. Other Yay villages near Muong Hum include baan6 gew4, seven kilometers from Muong Hum; daUjI mwa1l4, nine kilometers from baan 6 gew4; paak2 9aat 2 , eight kilometers from daUjI mwa1l4; and pom 2 9iallS, one kilometer from daUjI mwa1l 4 • Also in the vicinity to the west and southwest are mwa1l4 90 1 (Phong Tho), ram 6 ge l, baan 6 maw4 , na4 kU'l16, na4 vaa1l5, mwa'l141w5, kol lal , caw3 na4 , t01l5 pan 2 , daan 2 haaw" and ram6 bon'. Northeast of Lao Kay are baan 2 law5 and na4 sir{ In the 49
Comparative Tai Source Book
village of8aan 1 thaallS, north ofmwall4lws, Yay is mixed with na 5, the dialect of another group ofTai speakers. In China, Yay speakers can be found in ciw6 faalls and 8aan l cal ma6 ten 2 • Yay speakers are also said to live in the Vietnamese area of Ha Giang (haS yaalll), although this dialect has a different tonal system. Yay speakers refer to themselves as pu 6 yay6 'Yay person' and to their language as san4 yay6. In linguistic literature and on linguistic maps, however, the terms used include Nhang or Yang, Nhang deriving from the older Vietnamese term Nhiing, and Yang from the pronunciation of the official Vietnamese name in other Tai languages, yallS in White Tai, for example. The current official name in Vietnamese is Giay. Other Vietnamese spellings include Gi~y and Giay. References to Yay and other cognate northern dialects by early French scholars include Dioi or Dioy (7yoy4 or 7joy4) where 'di' was an attempt to reproduce [7y] or [7j]. In Vietnamese, orthographic 'd' has the value of a palatal glide [y] in central and southern Vietnam and [z] in northern Vietnam. This same ethnonym occurs as Jui in the Po-ai dialect recorded by Li (see this volume) and as Yi in the Bouyei material recorded by Chinese scholars in Guizhou. The following description and examples have been taken from Gedney's studies of Yay (1965; Hudak 1991 a.; Bickner et al. 1989). Gedney obtained his data between 1964 and 1969 from two informants, nUllS t0 5 faalll from Muong Hum living in Vientiane, Laos, and Jus 7a l faalll from Cha Pa in Tung Nghia, Vietnam. Other than Gedney's work, studies of Yay are few. Bonifacy (1907) probably has the earliest recording with a list of 146 words in six Tai languages, one of which is labeled Giay. In 1908 Esquirol and Williatte produced a Yay dictionary based on a Pu-Yi dialect in southwestern Guangxi. A 1938 French survey by L'Ecole Francaise d'Extreme-Orient lists three dialect points as Giay or Nhang. Part of this survey appears in Haudricourt 1960 and 1972. In a 1952 study, Durand lists about 400 topically arranged words in two Tai languages, one identified as Nhang. More recent treatments of Yay can be found in Sarawit (1973), Edmondson (2000b), and Edmondson and Gregerson (2001). Phonology As in other dialects and languages of the Tai family, the phonological pattern of Yay is based on the syllable. Each syllable has distinctions in tone, initial (consonant or consonant cluster), nucleus (vowel or diphthong), and optional final consonant. TOiles
On open syllables (those ending with vowel, semivowel, or nasal), Yay has six tones. Here pitch levels are based on the Chao 5-pitch scale. I - level, slightly lower than mid, 33: hun l - rain 2 - low level, 22: hun 2 - a tracing copy 3 - rising, 13: hun3 - hardened, solidified 4 - high, with a slight rise and fall toward the end, 454: hun 4 - person
50
Northern Tai Dialects
5 - falling, 41: hun s - to seek, search 6 - higher than mid, with a slight rise toward the end, 45: hun 6 hungry
-
very
Checked syllables (those ending in p - t - k) with short vowels exhibit tones phonetically similar to tones 3 and 1 of open syllables: rok 3 'six', rok' 'bird'. Those with long vowels are similar to tones 2 and 5 of open syllables: rok2 'a loom', rok s 'outside'. Although infrequent, tones 4 and 6 may also appear on checked syllables: 7aap 4 7aap4 or 7aap2 7aap2 'sound of a duck quacking'; fik 6 or fik 3 'vacuum bottle' (GedneyI965: 181). The appearance of these two tones on checked syllables has probably resulted from loans or onomatopoeia processes. The six tones of Yay had their origin in an earlier system ofthree tones on open syllables and no tonal contrast on checked syllables. Those tones on open syllables have been conventionally designated as A - B - C and the fourth category, the checked syllables, as D. The tones in each of these categories underwent phonemic splits, conditioned by the phonetic nature of the initial consonant of each syllable. With the D category, the splits were further conditioned by vowel length. Table 1 shows the patterns of these splits in Yay. Table 1 Pattern of Tonal Splits in Yay Initial\Tone Voiceless friction sounds Voiceless unaspirated stops Glottal sounds Voiced sounds
A
B
C
1 1
2 2 2 5
3 3 6 6
1 4
D-short D-long 2 3 3 2 3 2 5
COiISOIlOllts
Yay has the following initial consonants: Voiceless unaspirated stops. p - t - c - k - 7: pu fi - person, tu' - door, ca3 young rice plants, ka' • leg, 7e3 - infant. Voiceless aspirated stops. ph· th· ch· kh: pha5 - to mate (of animals), th02 - rabbit, cha' - to despise, khu' - rotten (of wood). Gedney notes that the aspirated sounds appear far less frequently than the unaspirated ones and that the informants often identifY these forms as loanwords. In his 1965 study (pp. 181-82), Gedney records variant forms with and without the aspiration: phaaw5 orpaaw5 'to plane wood', thia~ kwn' ortiaw5 kwn' 'a spoon for eating'. Voiced stops. b - d • g: be 2 - water dipper, di' - good, gallbladder, (g or y) gek3 - to draw or sketch a line. In his Yay glossary (Hudak 1991 a), Gedney lists [g] only in the Vietnamese loan gek3. 51
Comparative Tai Source Book
Nasals. m - n - p - 11: mo s - grave, nul - rat, mouse, puS - to urinate, 110 2 hungry. Voiceless spirants. f - 9 - s - h: fa4 - iron, 9i 2 - four, sa4 - tree, plant, hw l market. Sonorants. v - r - I - y: va2 - trousers, ri s - dry field, law3 - liquor, ya5 paternal grandmother, wife, woman. Gedney notes that in careful speech and words in isolation, speakers often substitute [z] or [z] for initial [y], a result of Vietnamese influence. He further notes that this substitution also appears among educated speakers of other Tai languages in northern Vietnam (Hudak 199 I :xxiii). More recent research by Edmondson (2000b: 144) and Edmondson and Gregerson (2001) suggests that with some speakers [z] is now an inheritance in the phonological system. Gedney groups the spirant (fricative) [v] with the sonorants because of its sonority and low friction level. In addition, [v] and [w] are in complementary distribution, with [v] appearing initially and [w] after a consonant. The most common clusters consist ofaconsonant plus [w] or [y]. There are no final clusters. Clusters with [w]: kw - ?w - llw - yw - hw: kwe 4 - bent, 7wa6 - stupid, 11wayl - to stagger, ywaa/ or ywua/ - soft and rotten, hwa2 - to melt. Clusters with [y]. py - by - my: pya l slippery.
-
fish, byan 6 - to grumble, myaak S -
Rare clusters include kl - Iw - 9w: kluk l paak2 - to rinse the mouth vigorously to remove things from the teeth, IwetS - to spread or smear on thinly and lightly, yu2 9waa112 - comfortable. Final consonants include nasals m n - 11 and voiceless stops p - t - k. For final wy - Ui, see Diphthongs. Nasals. m - n - 11: nuam l - python, tinl - foot, ne114 - insect. Voiceless stops. p - t - k: 7Up 3 - to close, bie - to pinch, twk 3 - to shoot. In Gedney's Yay glossary (Hudak 1991a.), a final glottal stop appears only once in py?3 'nothing left, there isn't any'. Gedney believes that the word is probably a loan from another Tai language, with the native Yay word being 9aUi I .
52
Northern Tai Dialects
Vowels
Yay has seven vowels, three high: i - w - u and three low: e - a - 0; the seventh vowel, unrounded mid back [y], appears in final position but rarely with a final consonant. Distinction in length only appears with the vowel [a] and only before a final consonant. All vowels are phonetically long in final position, although written with a single vowel, and of indeterminate length and duration in medial position. The vowels e - 0 are more open, [e] and [0], respectively. High. i - w - u: mi 4 - to have, fw 6 - a meal, mu l - pig. Mid. y: chyl - car. Low. e - a, aa - 0: cem} - cheek, taTJ2 - chair, taaTJ2 - to differ, mol - new. Diplttllollgs
Three centering diphthongs include ia - wa - ua: pial - river, nwa3 - crossbow, kua l salt. Other diphthongs may be analyzed as a vocalic nucleus plus a final w - y - Uj. Diphthongs with final [w]. iw - iaw - ew - aw - aaw: kiw 3 - mother's younger brother, yiaw l - to reach, hew4 - to swim, 7aw l - to take, taaw 2 to return. Diphthongs with final [y]. way - uy - uay - yy - ay - aay - oy: 9wal - to wash, luy2 - to mill rice, 7ua/- dirty, 7¥l- a grammatical particle, calegg, 7aayl - goiter, coy3 - banana. Diphthongs with final [Uj]. aUj: baUjI - leaf.
Saek-Sk Spoken in Nakhon Phanom province in Northeastern Thailand and directly across the river in Khammouan province in Laos, Saek is a member of the Northern branch of the Tai language family. Four Saek villages are generally identified in Thailand, all located in Nakhon Phanom province: 1) baan3 7aat6 saa l maatS (or baan3 khooTJ2), five kilometers north of the city ofNakhon Phanom in Nakhon Phanom district on the banks of the Mekong River on the road to Uthen; 2) baan 3 phay6 100m3 (probably the same as baan3 saw l law3), located in Nakhon Phanom district one mile inland from Ban At Samat; 3) baan3 d01"]1 moo 4 in sii l S01"]l khraam 4 district; and 3 3 4 3 l 4) baan baa vaa in ki1"]6 naa vaa district. Two other Saek villages, apparently abandoned, include baan 3 thaa5 vaal, located between the city ofNakhon Phanom 53
Comparative Tai Source Book
and Ban At Samat, and baan 3 naa4 la7 6 vaal on the road to Sakol Nakhon. In his study of Saek (1988 :9), Morev lists the same four villages. In the same study (p. 9), Morev claims that there are about ten Saek viJIages in Khammouan province in the districts ofNhommarat, Mahaxay, Kham Khet, and Tha Khek. Ethnologue cites the village of Na Kadok in Khamkeut district, Borikhamxay province. These speakers claim to have originated in Phu Quan and Ban Pho Quang in Due Tho district, Ha Tinh province, Vietnam. In texts collected by Gedney, the villages ofbaan 3 thook 5 , baan3 pho04 khaml, and baan 3 thaa5 khEs4 are listed as Saek-speaking. In one of his notebooks, Gedney also lists baan 3 phaa5 thUTjl (in Siamese) as having a true Saek population and baan3 phoon 3 Tjaam 1 with a half-Saek and half-Lao one. In Vietnam, he notes, the villages of baan' tr')(')(Tj3 and baan 3 tssn l are said to have Saek speakers. Two different histories appear in texts collected by Gedney and Morev. Gedney's texts place the Saek in northern Vietnam where, because of the scarcity of food, they killed and ate a white elephant owned by a local ruler. Faced with a heavy fine, they fled to Laos and Thailand. Morev cites a story that describes the Saek as forced by the Thai to the Bangkok region to construct a canal around the city sometime in the nineteenth century. Upon completion of the canal, they settled in the region. Abandoned Saek villages in Vietnam include baan 3 b')(k4 naa4 tY¥\ baan 3 sin4 naa 4 m')('l(l, baan 3 trY¥TjI, baan 3 thruu\ and the city of SOOTj4. In the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries, Saek was noted by French travelers and researchers in Indochina. Some oftheir largely impressionistic word lists and brief grammars can be found in Aymonier (1895), Riviere (1902), Macy (1905), Maspero (1912), and Bonifacy (1919). Seidenfaden (1930), Creder (1935), Blanchard (1957), and Lebar, Hickey, and Musgrave (1964) all identify Saek as a Mon-Khmer language. In a series of papers in the 1950s and 60s, however, Haudricourt (1958, 1963a, 1963b, 1976) concludes that Saek is a Tai language belonging to the Northern branch. Fraisse (1950:338) also lists Saek as a Tai language. Then in 1970, based on his own field work, Gedney confirms this placement. The most extensive treatment of Saek has been done by Gedney (1970; Hudak 1993) with an extensive glossary and collection of texts. References can be found throughout his linguistic studies (1993a, 1993b, 1997; Bickner et al. 1989) and in Sarawit (1973), Khanitthanan (1975, 1976), Thongkum (1976), and Benedict (1997). Most of his data come from a wide range of informants in a series of interviews that span the years from 1964 to 1976. In the course of the fieldwork, Gedney discovered significant differences between the older and younger generations, differences that have probably disappeared under the hegemony of Lao and Thai. Among the cognates in this volume, lexical items from the older generation are marked as (OG) and those from the younger generation as (YG). Speakers of both generations refer to themselves and their language as thrsEk 6 (Siamese sEsk2): thaI thrE£k6 'Saek people', cian s thrEsk 6 'Saek language'. The following phonological description and examples are based on Gedney's extensive fieldwork.
54
Northern rai Dialects
Phonology
As in other dialects and languages of the Tai family, the phonological pattern of Saek is based on the syllable. Each syllable has distinctions in tone, initial (consonant or consonant cluster), nucleus (vowel or diphthong), and optional final consonant. TOiles On open syllables (those ending with vowel, semivowel, or nasa!), Saek has six tones. Here pitch levels are based on the Chao 5-pitch scale. 1 - mid level, with rise on the end, 34: piP - year 2 - low level, 11: maa2 - dog 3 - mid, falling to low, with glottal constriction, 31: rii 3 - stream 4 - high rising-falling, 454: naa4 - rice field 5 - high-falling, 52: phii 5 - older sibling 6 - mid level, with a slight fall, with glottal constriction, 32: nii 6 - this Checked syllables (those ending in p - t- k) with short vowels exhibit tones phonetically similar to tones 4 and 6 of open syllables: kap4 'frog', mek6 'ant'. Those with long vowels exhibit tones 6 and 5: riit6 'sunshine', ):x)k5 'outside'. Although infrequent, tone 2 may also appear on short checked syllables as well as on long checked syllables: phae .and then', muak2 'hat'. Only in rare occurrences does tone 4 appear on long checked syllables: 7iit4 700i 'a little'. The six tones of Saek had their origin in an earlier system of three tones on open syllables and no tonal contrast on checked syllables. Those tones on open syllables have been conventionally designated as A - B - C and the fourth category, the checked syllables, as D. The tones in each of these categories underwent phonemic splits, conditioned by the phonetic nature of the initial consonant of each syllable. With the D category, the splits were further conditioned by vowel length. Table 1 shows the patterns of these splits in Saek. Table I Pattern of Tonal Splits in Saek
Initial\Tone Voiceless friction sounds Voiceless unaspirated stops Glottal sounds Voiced sounds
A
2, I 1 1 4
B 6 6
6 5
C 3 3 3 6
D-short D-long 4 6
4 4
6 6
6
5
Saek exhibits a simple two-way split between proto-voiceless and protovoiced initials; however, there are two tones in the top box of column A, where normally a single tone appears (original tone A with a voiceless friction sound as in Siamese maa5 'dog' and khaa 5 'leg'). Gedney (Hudak 1993:xxiv-xxv) explains 55
Comparative Tai Source Book
that tone 2 seems to be the normal development, as in Saek maa2 'dog'. In contrast, Saek has tone 1 for kwaa' 'leg'. Gedney further explains that this word along with others lost their aspiration before the time of the tonal splits so that they then fell together with other words having unaspirated initials.
Consonants Saek has the following initial consonants: Voiceless unaspirated stops. p. t· c· k· 7: pan' • to divide, tit4 • attached, caTJ3 - to stop, keeTJ' - curry, 7ay' • to cough. Voiceless aspirated stops. ph· th· ch (rare) • kh: phiap 5 - full to the brim, thop6 • to fold, chom4 phuu 4 thiip' - name of a mythical continent, khwaan 3 • to wind into a coil. Voiced stops. b d - (g): bwl' - to fly, deem3 - to taste, gaw6 • rice. The initial voiced velar stop [g] is usually pronounced by the younger generation with the older generation favoring the voiced velar spirant [y]. Nasals. m - n - ]1- TJ: mwaTJ 1 • a ditch, naTJs - to sit, ]1eJ2 • civet cat, TJat6 to pry. Voiceless spirants. f - s - h: fooTJ3 - to bring a lawsuit, saak5 - to wake up, haTJ3 • fence. The spirant [f] does not appear in native Saek words, but only in loans from Lao or Thai and thus may have either a [f] or [ph] initial: fooTJ3 or phooTJ3 'to bring a lawsuit'. Voiced spirants. y: yaw6 • rice. The voiced velar spirant [y] is favored by the older generation. Compare the voiced velar stop [g]. Sonorants. v - r - 1- w - y: viall' - rice straw, rok 4 - six, luan 4 - to crawl, yaa 5 thaw} wan 6 - that old lady there, yua1l6 - a step. Gedney groups the spirant (fricative) [v] with the sonorants because of its sonority and low friction level. In addition, [v] and [w] are in complementary distribution, with [v] appearing initially and [w] after a consonant. Initial [r] is pronounced by apparently all speakers at all Saek localities with an initial alveolar stop release, [dr]. Initial [w] occurs only as a result of assimilation with the final consonant of the preceding word. Saek exhibits a wide range of initial clusters, some of which appear in no other Tai languages. There are no final clusters. Clusters with [w]: thw - kw - khw - ?w - T)W - sw - hw - Iw: thwaay2 - to give, kway' - to stir, kh wyy 6 daughter-in-law, 7waay6- to turn around,
56
Northern rai Dialects
l1waak5 - to turn the head to look, swaa s - to be famous, hwaa113 - to be worried, IwaatS - overly full. Clusters with [I]. pl- phl- tl- thl- bl- ml: plaa l - fish, phluu 4 - betel, tlual - salt, thlaa2 - tray, blian l - month, moon, mbo s - meat. Clusters with [r]. pr - phr - tr - thr: praa l - eye, phrak4 - vegetable, tre&11 4 sharp (of a knife), thruu4 - similar. Final consonants include nasals m - n - 11, voiceless stops p - t - k - 7, and -I, characteristic of the older generation. For final w - y, see Diphthongs. Nasals. m - n -11: Iiam 4 - sickle, keen l - arm, saa112 - high. Voiceless stops. p - t - k - 7: 7aap 6 - to bathe, vuat6 - the waist, suk4 happy, kh& 76 - tired of.
-
Final -I: thual 5 - forest. Vowels
Saek has nine vowels, three high: i - w - u, three mid: e - )( - 0, and three low: &- a o. All nine show distinctions in length. Long vowels frequently reduce to a short vowel in fast speech without any change in tone: hooy2 and hOT 'to comb'. High. i, ii - w, ww - u, uu: rip4 - raw, kii 3 - how many, bwk4 - big, mww 4 hand, suk6 - cooked, kuu l - 1. Mid. e, ee - )(, )()( - 0,00: khel1l - kind offish, leeS - to choose, t)(p6 t)(p6_ sound of people walking barefoot, rnl - in, cok 4 - a hoe, 7ook6 - snaiL Low. e, EE - a, aa - 0, 00: tlel l - to snore, 1&&t5 - to paint, nanG - that, baatGtime, rok 4 - six, 700kG- to go out. Diphthongs
Three centering diphthongs include ia - wa - ua: cia5 - paper, rwa4 - formerly, kua l leg. The diphthong [ua] is characteristic of the speech of the younger generation. Other diphthongs may be analyzed as a vocalic nucleus plus a final w - y. Diphthongs with final [w]. iw - iiw - iaw - uaw - eew - e&w - aw - aaw: riw3 - to carry by hand, as a suitcase, siiw - spoiled (offood), riaw4 - charcoal, ruaw2 - to laugh, heew2 - green, I&Ew6 - finished, haw3 - to enter, haaw2 white.
57
Comparative Tai Source Book
Diphthongs with final [y]. way - uy - uuy - uay - ¥¥y - ooy - ay - aay - ooy: pwayl - naked, mu/ - to sneeze, muuy4 - blue, muay4- to box, d¥¥yl free, idle, rooy2 - bee, yay4- fish trap, kwaayl - to sell, hooy6 - I.
Notable Sociolinguistic Features During his fieldwork, Gedney found pronunciation differences between the older generation of speakers (OG, aged fifty or more) and the younger (YG). As noted earlier, many of these differences have probably disappeared with the growing hegemony of Lao and Thai. 1) OG speakers keep a clear distinction between final [-I] and final [on]. YG speakers, on the other hand, have merged the two. OG speakers, thus, distinguish between bwl' 'to fly' and bwn' 'sky' whereas YG speakers have the single form bwn' for both meanings. 2) OG speakers retain clear distinctions between clusters such as [pl-] and [pro], [phl-] and [phr-], [tl-] and [tr-], [thl-] and [thr-]. Thus OG speakers distinguish between plaa' 'fish' and praa' 'eye, cockspur' whereas YG speakers use praa l for both meanings. 3) OG speakers keep clusters with an initial consonant plus [w] and long [aa]: kwaayl 'to sell'. Through Lao infl uence, Y G speakers, especially those in their twenties and younger, replace the long vowel with the diphthong [ua]: kuayl 'to sell' . 4) OG speakers have a voiced velar spirant as an initial: yaW' 'rice'. YG speakers have replaced this spirant with a voiced velar stop: gaw6 • Most of Gedney's work was done with OG speakers so forms with the spirant rather than with the stop are listed in the cognate section. 5) OG speakers show no contrast between short [-iw] and long [-iiw] or between short [-uy] and long [-uuy], using the phonetically long sequences in both cases: 11ii~ 'kapok" muu/ 'to sneeze'. For the YG speakers, there is a clear eontrast between the short and long sequences. This situation suggests that Saek originally had no such distinctions and that the contrasts have arisen from Lao and Thai loanwords. In the cognate section, both forms are listed. 6) OG speakers have relatively few Lao and Thai loanwords.
The Tai Dialect of Wuming - WM The Tai dialect of Wuming belongs to the Northern branch of the Tai language family and is spoken in and around the city ofWuming (Pinyin Wuming) in central Guangxi. A notable glossary with texts was produced by Li (1956), and it is from this publication that Gedney obtained his data for this and other research (1995c). Li also discusses the dialect in his 1977 A Handbook of Comparative Tai. A more recent discussion of Wuming tone sandhi can be found in Snyder and Tianqiao (1997).
58
Northern Taj Dialects
Phonology As in other dialects and languages of the Tai family, the phonological pattern of the Tai dialect ofWuming is based on the syllable. Each syllable has distinctions in tone, initial (consonant or consonant cluster), nucleus (vowel or diphthong), and optional final consonant.
TOiles On open syllables (those ending with vowel, semivowel, or nasal), Wuming has six tones. Here pitch levels are based on the Chao 5-pitch scale. 1 - mid level, 33: maa l - dog 2 - low-falling, 31: naa2 - rice field 3 - high level, 55: naa3 - face 4 - high-falling, 51: maa4 - horse 5 - mid-rising, 24: naa 5, arrow of crossbow 6 - low-rising, 13: taa6 - river Checked syllables (those ending in p - t - k) with short vowels exhibittones phonetically similar to tones 5 and 6 of open syllables: 7ak5 'chest', mako 'ink'. Checked syllables with long vowels also exhibit tones phonetically similar to tones 5 and 6 of open syllables: paak5 'mouth', raak6 'root'. The six tones of Wuming had their origin in an earlier system of three tones on open syllables and no tonal contrast on checked syllables. Those tones on open syllables have been conventionally designated as A - B - C and the fourth category, the checked syllables, as D. The tones in each of these categories underwent phonemic splits, conditioned by the phonetic nature of the initial consonant of each syllable. With the D category, the splits were further conditioned by vowel length. Table 1 shows the patterns of these splits in Wuming. Table 1 Pattern of Tonal Splits in Wuming Initial\Tone Voiceless friction sounds Voiceless unaspirated stops Glottal sounds Voiced sounds
B 5 5 5 6
A 1 1 I 2
C 3 3 3 4
D-short D-Iong 5 5 5 5 5 5
6
6
ConSOllallts Wuming has the following initial consonants: Voiceless unaspirated stops. p - t - k - 7: pi 2 - fat, tu 6 - bean, ke 3 - to undo, untie, 7aa ' - crow. 59
Comparative Tai Source Book
Glottalized. 7b - 7d - 7w - 7y: 7baa5 7wuan3 - bowl, 7ywak S - hungry.
-
shoulder, 7dewl
-
single, same,
Nasals. m - n - P - TJ: mF - to have, naw l - rat, mouse, pw 3 - grass, TJW2 snake. Voiceless spirants. f - 8 - s - x - h: faa l - wall, lid, 8aaw 1 unmarried woman, saa2 - tea, xum 2 - to itch, haa3 - five.
-
young
Sonorants. 1- r - w - y: IUTJ2 - uncle, raa l - to seek, wen 3 - to hang up, yaa6 _ paternal grandmother. Initial clusters consist ora consonant plus [I], [w], or [y]. There are no final clusters. Clusters with [I]. pi - kl - ml: plaa3 - thunder, klaa3 - young rice plant, mlaay - saliva. Clusters with [w]. kw • klw - 7dw - nw - TJW - 8w - sw - xw - lw: kwaa2 right (hand), klwe 3 - a small frog, 7dway l - negative, nwaayS - tired, TJwaa2 - tile, 8waa113 - comfortable, cool, swi - to blow a musical pipe, xwaay water buffalo, Iwet 6 - to spread, smear. Clusters with [y]. ky: kyaa l - home. There is also one c1user with [r] in pral.Lj2 - who. Final consonants include nasals m - n -11 and voiceless stops p - t· k. For final wy - l.Lj, see Diphthongs. Nasals. m - n -11: 8aam! - three, tinl - foot, 7diTJl - red. Voiceless stops. p - t - k: si p 6 - ten, ditS - sunshine, kuk 2 - tiger. Vowels
Wuming has seven vowels: three high, i - w - u; three mid, e - ¥ - 0; and one low a,aa. Distinction in length only appears with the vowel [a] and only before a final consonant. All vowels are phonetically long in final position, although written with a single vowel except for [a], and of indeterminate length and duration in medial position. The vowels e - 0 are more open, [e] and [0], respectively. In his publications Li used [0] (1940) and [0] (1977) for [v]. Mark and Li (1966:167) appear to identifY it mistakenly as a front rounded vowel. Here, [v] is used for Li's [0] and [0].
60
Northern Tal Dialects
High. i ~ w - u: pliTJI - leech, hwn 3 ~ to go up, klu l - salt. Mid. e - v - 0: heTJI - chopping board, hi - tree, plant, roTJ2 - to go down. Low. a, aa: haw l - to smell bad, haawl - white.
Diplltllollgs Three centering diphthongs that occur with a final consonant include ia - wa - ua: kiaTJ2 - tripod, hwat 5 - the waist, ruak6 - to vomit. Other diphthongs may be analyzed as a vocalic nucleus plus a final w - y - UJ. Diphthongs with final [w]. iw - iaw - ew - aw - aaw: ni~ - scab, riaw l - to laugh, hew l - green, law3 - liquor, 7baaw5 - young unmarried man. Diphthongs with final [y]. wy - uy - vy - oy - ay - aay: mwyl - bear, fui mountain stream, 7d¥yl - hill, mountain, 7doyl - good, klay2 - to desire, plaai - to walk. Diphthongs with final [UJ]. al1J: 7baUJI - leaf.
The Tai Dialect of Po-ai -
P
The Tai dialect ofPo-ai belongs to the Northern branch ofthe Tai language family and is spoken in and around the town of Po-ai (Pinyin Bo'ai), located in the southeastern corner of Yunnan province near the Guangxi border. Speakers of the dialect use the term lui to refer to the dialect. Gedney obtained his data from studies ofthe dialect made by Li (1944, 1957a, 1957b). Li also uses Po-ai data to illustrate the Northern branch of the Tai language family in his 1977 A Handbook of Comparative TaL
Phonology As in other dialects and languages of the Tai family, the phonological pattern ofthe Tai dialect ofPo-ai is based on the syllable. Each syllable has distinctions in tone, initial (consonant or consonant cluster), nucleus (vowel or diphthong), and optional final consonant.
61
Comparative Tai Source Book
TOiles
On open syllables (those ending with vowel, semivowel, or nasal), Po-ai has six tones. Here pitch levels are based on the Chao 5-pitch scale. 1 - rising, from mid-low to mid-high, 24: maa1 - dog 2 - high level, 55: maa2 - to soak 3 - mid-high level, 44: maa3 - to increase 4 - mid level, 33: maa4 - horse 5 - mid-low, 22: maa5 - shoulder 6 - falling, from mid to low, 31: taa6 - river Checked syllables (those ending in p - t - k) with short vowels exhibit tones phonetically similar to tones 2 and 3 of open syllables: mat2 'flea', m:>e 'ant'. Those with long vowels exhibit tones similar to tones 5 and 6: kaat5 'torn', 100k6 'outside'. Tone 4 occurs rarely on checked syllables with short vowels and tone 2 on checked syllables with long vowels (U \977:14). The six tones ofPo-ai had their origin in an earlier system of three tones on open syllables and no tonal contrast on checked syllables. Those tones on open syllables have been conventionally designated as A - B - C and the fourth category, the checked syllables, as D. The tones in each of these categories underwent phonemic splits, conditioned by the phonetic nature of the initial consonant of each syllable. With the 0 category, the splits were further conditioned by vowel length. Table 1 shows the patterns of these splits in Po-ai. Table 1 Pattern of Tonal Splits in Po-ai Initial\Tone Voiceless friction sounds Voiceless unaspirated stops Glottal sounds Voiced sounds
A
B
I 1
5
6
5 5
C 3 3 3
2
6
4
D-short D-Iong 2 5 2 5 3 5 3 6
Consonants
Po-ai has the following initial consonants: Voiceless unaspirated stops. p - t - c - k - 7: piil - year, tuu l - door, cee3 to undo, untie, kal- chicken, 7al- to cough. Voiceless aspirated stops. ph - th - ch - kh: Aspirated stops have only occurred on recent Chinese loans and are therefore omitted in this study. Nasals. m - n - rr mal- wood, nee1l2 - insect, 1l:-m2 - day.
62
Northern Tai Dialects
Voiceless spirants. f - .. - s - h: fwwn 2 - firewood, fooTJ1 - two, siiTJ4 - to tend animals, hue - to dig. Sonorants. v - I - y: vie - mountain stream, lii 2 - to lick, yjj5 - don't. Li (1977: 12) groups the spirant (fricative) [v] with the sonorants because of its low friction level and sonority, In addition, [v] and [w] are in complementary distribution, with [v] appearing initially and [w] after a consonant. Initial clusters consist ofa consonant plus [w] or [y]. There are no final clusters. Clusters with [w]. tw - cw - kw - 7w - nw - TJW - fw - sw - hw - lw - yw: kwaa5 - to pass, 7ween 5 - swallow (the bird), nwayl - snow, fwii 1 - to follow, IwW - track, footprint, ywaay6 - soft and rotten. Li provides no examples for the remaining clusters: tw - cw - TJw - sw. Clusters with [yJ. py - cy - ky - my - ny - fy - sy - Iy: pyaw1 - to burn, kwaf kyaa" - helmet and armor, myaak6 - slippery, lyuu z - to laugh. Li provides no examples for the remaining clusters: cy - ny - fy - sy. Final consonants include nasals m - n - TJ and voiceless stops p - t - k. For final wy - Uj, see Diphthollgs. Nasals. m - n - TJ: lam 2 - bran, man 2 - potato, piTJ1 - leech. Voiceless stops. p - t - k: sipl - ten, pwtZ - lung, mie - knife. Vowels
Po-ai has nine vowels, three high: i - w - u and three low: E - a - 0, all of which may be either short or long. There are also three mid vowels, e - 'I - 0, which are always long. All vowels are phonetically long in final position and written with a double vowel. Here, ['I] is used for Li' s [a]. High. i, ii - w, ww - u, uu: yipJ - to sew, yiik5 - hungry, TJWk2 - gills, TJWWk5 - palate, tupl - to beat, nuuTJ4 - younger sibling. Mid. e - Y -
0:
peetS - eight, khy:x)6 tyy 6 - to feel, 700k5 - to go out.
Low. E, ee - a, aa - 0, 00: nEe - seed, mEETJ6 - thin, not thick, tap2 - liver, kaat 5 - torn, bk2 - six, fooyl - cursed.
63
Comparative Tal Source Book
Diphthol1gs Diphthongs may be analyzed as a vocalic nucleus plus a final w - y -Ill. Diphthongs with final [w]. iiw - eew - EEW - aw - aaw: iiiw5 - chisel 4 (ii~?), leew5 - withered, mEEw - cat, kaw l - horn of an animal, haaw fishy smell. Diphthongs with final [y]. wwy - uuy - ooy - ay - aay - ooy: kWwy - sonin-law, tuuy4 - bowl, cup (tuy4?), 700/ - sugarcane, lal - to chase, taayl to die, iooyl - cursed. Diphthongs with final [Ill]. aLlJ: malll6 - leaf.
64
CHAPTER 5: COGNATES The following Tai cognates are listed in the three branches of the Tai family: the Southwestern (SW), the Central (CN), and the Northern (N). Representing the Southwestern branch are Siamese (S), White Tai (W), Black Tai (B), Shan (Sh), the Tai dialect ofNong Khai (LNK), the Lue dialect of Chi eng Hung (LCH), the Lue dialect of Muong Yong (LMY), and the Tai dialect of Chiengmai (CM). The Central branch includes the Tai dialects of Lei Ping (LP), Lungming (LM), Western Nung (WN), Bac Ya (BY), Lungchow (LC), Ping Siang (PS), and Ning Ming (NM). Within the Northern branch are Yay (Y), Saek (Sk), the Tai dialect of Wuming (WM), and the Tai dialect of Po-ai (P). Detailed explanations of the phonology and the symbols used for each dialect can be found in the phonological descriptions. The Proto-Tai category for each cognate follows its gloss.
Southwestern, Central, and Northern Tai Cognates 0001 - to bathe, DL3 SW - S, W, B, Sh, LNK, LCH, LMY ?aap2; CM ?aap 3 CN - LP ?aaps; LM, WN, LC, PS ?aap2 N - Y ?aap2; Sk 7aap 6; P 7aap 5 0002 - to take, A3 SW - S, W, B, Sh 7aw\ LNK ?aw2 ; LCH ?aw l ; LMY 7aw4 ; CM ?aw l CN - LP ?aw2; LM ?aw4 ; WN 7aw l , BY 7aw2 ; LC, PS, NM ?aw l N - Y, Sk, WM 7aw l ; P ?aw6 0003 - to cough, A3 SW - S, W, B, Sh 7ay1; LNK ?ay2; LCH 7ay1; LMY ?al; CM ?ayl CN - LP ?ay2; LM ?ay\ WN, LC, PS, NM ?ayl N - Y, Sk, WM ?ayl; P 7al 0004 - steam, vapor, A3 SW - S 7ay l; W, B, Sh 7aayl; LNK 7aay2; LCH 7aayl; LMY 7aay4; CM 7waayl CN - LP yaay2; LM yaal; WN, LC, PS, NM yaayl N - Y Swayl; Sk sooy2 (Al)
65
Comparative Tal Source Book
0005 - waist, A3, (cf. 0793) SW - S 7ew l; W, B, Sh 7ew l ; LNK 1£S\0l (modern pron. by some 7eew2); LCH 1£w l ; LMY 1£w4 ; CM 7env l CN - LP yiiwl; LM yiiwl, 7iiw4; LC yiiw l 'kidney' (Li says < Chinese); PS, NM yiiw l N - Y 7ew l 'narrow waist'; Sk 7esw l 0006 - yoke, DL3 SW - S 1£sk2; W, B 1£7 2; Sh 1£k2; LNK, LMY 7eek2 ; CM 7eek 3 CN - LP 7eek5 ; LM 7eek2 ; WN 1£k2 ; LC, PS, NM 7eek2 N - Y 7ek2 ; Sk 7sek6 0007 - full (after eating), B3 SW - S, W, B, Sh 7im 2 ; LNK 7im3 ; LCH, LMY 7im2 ; CM 7im 3 CN - LP 7im 5 ; LM, WN, LC, PS 7im2 ; NM 70m 2 N - Y 7im 2 ; Sk 7iim6 ; WM, P 7ims 0008 - the chest, DS3 SW - S 70k2 ; W, B hk2 ; Sh 70k4 , 7wk4 ; LNK, LCH, LMY 7yk l , 70k l ; CM 70k2 CN - LP hk2 ; LM hk3 ; WN 7ak6 ; LC, PS 7Yk2 ; NM 7wk4 N - Y 7ak3; WM 7ak 5 0009 - to go hungry, DS3, (cf. 0727) SW - S 70t2; W, B 7wt2 ; LNK 7wt J ;LCH 7Wpl; LMY 70e 'to endure'; CM 70e 'to endure' N - Sk 7d 0010 - to go out, DL3 SW - S 700k 2 ; W, B 707 2 ; Sh 7ok2 ; LNK, LCH, LMY 7ook 2 ; CM 7ook3 CN - LP 700k5; LM 700k2; WN 70k2; LC, PS, NM 700k2 N - Y 70k2 ; Sk 7ook6 ; WM hk 5 ; P 7ook5 0011 - young; soft, B3 SW - S 700n2 ; W, B, Sh 70n 2 ; LNK 700n 3 ; LCH, LMY 7on2 ; CM 70on} CN - LP 7oon s; LM 700n 2 ; WN 70n 2 ; LC, PS, NM 700n2 N - Y 7un2 ; Sk 7uun 6 ; WM 7un s 0012 - sugarcane, C3 SW - S, W, B, Sh 7oy3; LNK 7ooy5; LCH, LMY 70l; CM 700/ CN - LP, LM 700l; WN 7ol; LC, PS, NM 700l N - Y 70t; Sk 7ool; P 700l 0013 - to carry in the arms, C3 SW - S, W, B, Sh 7um}; LNK 7um5 ; LCH, LMY 7um3 ; CM 7um s CN - LP, LM 70m 3 ; WN, LC 7um 3 N - Y 7um6 ; Sk 7uum 3 ; WM, P 7um3 66
Cognates
0014 - to plug (a hole), DS3, (cf. 1007) SW - S 7ue; w, B 70e; Sh 7ut4 ; LNK 7ut l; LMY 7we; eM 7wt2 eN - LP 70t2 ; LM 70e; WN 70t6; Le 7ut2; PS 7of; NM 70t4 N - Sk 70t4 0015 - crazy, e3, (cf. 0877) SW - S, W, B baa3 ; Sh maa3 ; LNK baas; LeH, LMY baa3 ; eM baas eN - LP baa3 ; LM maa3 ; WN vaal 'dumb' (perhaps not cognate); Le, PS baa3 N - Sk kwaa3 (OG), kua3 (YG) (probably not cognate) 0016 - not, B3 SW - W, B baw"; Sh maw2 ; LNK b:d; LeH, LMY baw2 (but usually syllabic [mJ in ordinary speech); eM boo) eN - WN boo 2, bo0 2 ; Le bawl, bo0 2 (current in the countryside) N - Y baw2, b0 2 ; Sk boo 6 ; WM 7bawl (e3) 0017 - dumb, mute, e3 lllJ SW - S ba',3· J -W ' , B balll """1 ) 'stupid" , Sh ma -, 'silly, foolish" , LNK bays." LeH LMY baf (also, 'stupid'); eM bayS 0018 - leaf, A3 SW - S bayl; W, B ba14l; Sh ma14l; LNK bay2; LeH bayl; LMY bal; eM ba141 eN - LP ba142; LM ma144; WN, Le, PS, NM ba14l N - Y ba14l; Sk bnl; WM 7ba14l; P ma146 0019 - fish hook, DS3 SW - S, W, B bee; Sh met\ wet4 ; LNK, LeH, LMY betl; eM bet2 eN - LP bie; LM myatl; WN bot6, bat6; Le, PS bie 0020 - to fly, A3 SW - S, W, B bini; Sh mini; LNK bin2 ; LeH bini; LMY bin4 ; eM bini CN - LP bin 2; LM min4 ; WN ban\ LC, PS bini; NM ben! N - Y bin!; Sk bwl l (OG), bwn! (YG); WM 7bin l; P min6 0021 - master, owner; you, C2 SW - S caawl 'master', cawl 'you'; W, B caw); Sh saw); LNK caws 'you (polite), royal personage'; LCH, LMY caw3 ; CM caws eN - LP, LM, WN, LC, PS caw3 N - Y eu 3 ; Sk cawl in many expressions, but phoos suu 3 'owner' 0022 - heart, breath, A2, (cf. 1106) SW - S cayl; W, B ca14!; Sh sa14l; LNK cayl; LCH, LMY cayl; CM cayl eN - LP ca142; WN, LC ca141 N - Y sw 1; Sk cww!; WM sa14!
67
Comparative Tai Source Book
0023 - to hurt, DS2 SW - S, W, B cep2; Sh sep4; LNK, LCH, LMY cepl; CM cep2 CN - LP cip2; LM cap3; LC, PS cip2 0024 - seven, DS2 SW - S, W, B cet2 ; Sh set4; LNK, LCH, LMY cetl; CM cetz CN - LP cet2 (cie?); LM cat3; WN cd; LC, PS cit2; NM cet4 N - Y satl; Sk cet4; WM 5at5; P see 0025 - to lead by the hand, A2 SW - S CUUYjI; W, B cUyj!; Sh sUyj!; LNK CUUYj2; LMY cUyj!; CM CUUYj2 CN - LP COYj2; LM cOyj!; WN, LC cUyj!; PS, NM COYjI N - Sk ciiYjl 0026 - tea, A4 SW - S chaa!; W, B ce 4 ; LNK saa6 ; LCH, LMY saa4 (more frequent laa6); CM chaa 1, saa l CN - LP chaa\ LM, WN, LC, PS caa4 ; NM saa4 N - Y sa 4; Sk saa4; WM, P saa2 0027 - spider, Al SW - W (chiYj2) chaaw! (A?); B (siYj2) saaw l; Sh (k01']2) kaaw 1; LCH (me1']4 bU1']3) kwaaw1 ; LMY (k01']3) kwaaw 1 CN - LP -haaw 1; LM -laaw!; WN chaaw!; LC (khyaa1']3) khyaaw!; PS -khyaawl N - Y (ci1']Z) caaw 1; Sk (thruTJ6) thraaw2 ; WM klwaaw l 0028 - morning, C4, (cf. 1038) SW - S chaaw4 ; W, B caw6 ; Sh saws 'early'; LNK saws; LCH, LMY, CM caw6 CN - LP chaw3, sa~; LM, WN caw6 ; LC caw6 'early'; PS caw6 ; NM sa~ N - Y saw6 'early'; WM saw4 0029 - man, male person, A4 SW - S chaay!; W, B caay4; Sh saay4; LNK saal; LCH, LMY caa/; CM caayl CN - LM, WN, LC caay4 N - Y Saayl; Sk saay2; WM Saayl; P +aayl (AI in N languages) 0030 - to hate, A4 SW - S chaYj!; W, B caYj4; Sh saYj4; LNK sa1']6; LCH, LMY ca1']4; CM caTJI CN - WN, LC caYj4 N - Y, Sk sa1']4; WM saYj2 0031 - skilled; an artisan, B4 SW - S chaYj3; W, B caaYj5; Sh, LNK saaYj3; LCH, LMY caaYj5; CM caaYj4 CN - LP ch'iYYj5; LM CWWYj5; WN caaYj5; LC C¥¥TJ5 (Li says < Chinese) N - Y, Sk saaYj5; WM, P saaTJ6
68
Cognates
0032 - to use, C4, (cf. 1077) SW - S chay\ chaal; W, B call.j6 'to employ as a servant, send on an errand'; Sh sall.j5 'to commission, send'; LNK sai; LCH, LMY, CM cal CN - LP chall.j3 'to serve, wait on'; LM call.j6 'to serve, wait on'; WN call.j6 'to wait on a table'; LC call.j6 'to eat, referring to an honored person' N - Y 8a1l.j3; Sk saf (said to be < Lao); P 'i-a1l.j3 (Cl in N languages) 0033 - to wipe, DS4 SW - S chd; Wed; BeetS; Sh setS; LNK sd; LCH, LMY cetS; CM eet6 CN - WNcd N - Sk s8t6 0034 - to point, C4 SW - S chii4; W, B ci6 ; Sh sis; LNK sii 5; LCH, LMY, CM cii 6 CN - LP ciP; LM ceyl (C?, cognate with 1120?); WN cii6 ; PS, NM ci? (C?) N - Y yi 6 , vi 6 ; Sk pii 6 0035 - to tear, DLl SW - S chiik1 ; W, B ci7 2; Sh shik2 ; LMY siik2 ; CM siik3 CN - LP siik2 ; LM cheek 2 ; LC siik2 ; PS siik2 ; NM siik 2 N - Sk siik6; WM 8ik5 (Li says < Chinese) 0036 - to taste, A4 SW - S chiml; W, B cim 4 ; Sh sim4; LNK sim6 ; LCH, LMY cim 4 ; CM cim l CN - LP chim 4 ; LM, WN, LC, PS cim 4 N - Y sim4 ; WM sim' 0037 - rope, cord, DL4 SW - S chwak3 ; W Cy4; B cwa?'; Sh syk3 ; LNK swak5 ; LCH, LMY cyyk5; CM cwak 4 CN - LP chyyk 5; LM cwwk 5; WN cik s; LC CY\'k4; PS cnk'; NM cwwk s N - Y, Sk saak5; WM, P saak6 0038 - crack, hole, B4, (cf. 0318, 0546) SW - S Ch::r'l3; W, B CO'll5; LNK SOO'll3; LCH, LMY CO'll'; CM CO:l'll4 CN - LM COO'll5; WN cO'lls N - Y SO'll5; Sk SOO'll5; WM ~YT)6 0039 - to help, B4 SW - S Chuay3; W, B c:li; Sh soy\ LNK soof; LCH, LMY coi; CM cual CN - LP chooi; LM cooi; WN sai; LC cooi N - Sk sooyS
69
Comparative rai Source Book
0040 - handle (ofa knife), C3 SW - S daam" dam 3; W dam3 ; B dam 3 , lam 3; Sh laam3 'an oar, flat wooden spoon'; LNK daam 5; LCH dam3; LMY dam3, daam 3; CM daam 5 CN - LM naam 3 ; WN dam3 'handle', daam 3 'wooden paddle'; LC daam 3 ; PS dam} N - Y daam 6 'wooden ladle'; Sk daam3 0041 - star, A3 SW - S, W daaw ' ; B daaw\ laaw ' ; Sh laaw l ; LNK daaw2 ; LCH daaw\ LMY daaw\ CM daaw! CN - LP daaw2; LM naaw4 ; WN, LC, PS daaw l dii 2 ; NM daaw l N - Y daaw ' dj2; Sk traaw l ; WM 7daaw1 7doy; P naa~ nii s 0042 - can; to obtain, C3 SW - S daay; W day3; B day 3, lay; Sh lay; LNK day; LCB, LMY day; CM dayS CN - LP day3; LM nay; WN, LC, PS, NM day N - Y dal; Sk day; WM 7day; P nay 0043 - black, A3 SW - S, W dam!; B dam" lam!; Sh lam ' ; LNK dam 2 ; LCH dam!; LMY dam4 ; CMdam! CN - LP dam 2 ; LM nam 4 ; WN, LC, PS, NM dam! N - Sk ram!; WM 7dam! 0044 - stairs, ladder, A3 SW - S (ki?) dai; W day!; B day!, layl; Sh layl a verb 'to slope down, from lay!', as in '[-Iayl] stairs'; LNK (kil-) day2; LCH day'; LMY day4; CM day! CN - LP day2; LM nay4; WN lay!; LC, PS, NM day! N - Y lay!; Sk ray!; WM 10y4 (C4); P tal (A2) 0045 - sunshine, DL3 SW - S d&ef; W det 2; B def, lee; Sh lef; LNK, LCH, LMY ded; CM de&e CN - LP deet5; LM neet2 ; WN det 2; LC, PS, NM deet2 N - Y die (DS3); Sk riit6 ; WM dit' 0046 - single, only one, same, A3 SW - S diaw!; W dew!; B diaw\ Haw!; Sh lew!; LNK diaw2; LCH dew!; LMY dew4 ; CM diaw! CN - LP deew5 (B3); LM neew4; WN dew!; LC, PS, NM deew2 (B3) N - Y dew!; Sk diaw l; WM 7dew!; P neew6
70
Cognates
0047 - month, moon, A3 SW - S dwan l ; W b¥nl; B bwan l; Sh I¥nl; LNK dwan2 ; LCH d¥nl; LMY d¥n4; CM dwan l CN - LP b¥¥n2 ; LM mwwn4 ; WN dwn l; LC, PS b¥Ynl; NM buun l N - Y dwan 1 ; Sk blian l; WM 7dwan l; P nwwn6 0048 - earthworm, A3 SW - S (sal) dwan l; W d¥nl; B dwan l, Iwan\ LNK (khij4 kii-) dwan\ LCH d¥nl; LMY d¥n4; CM dwan l CN - LP d¥Yn 2; LM nwwn 4 ; WN dwn 1; LC, PS d¥¥nl; NM dww l N - Y dwan l; Sk trual 1 (OG), truan 1 (YG); WM 7dwan 1 0049 - cockspur, A3 SW - S dwayl; W d¥l; B dwa!; Sh loy!; LNK dwal; LCH d¥Y!; LMY d¥y4 (cf. LCH d¥yl 'Job's tears'; LMY d¥y4); CM dwa 1 CN - LP d¥¥2; LM nww 4; WN Iwyl, dww\ PS dww 1 N - Y da 1; Sk traal, praa l 0050 - navel, A3, (cf. 0992) SW - S (sa 2) dww 1; W (saay!) bjl; B (saal) bw 1; LNK bww2, dww 2 ; LCH bww 1 ; LMY dww\ CM (sa 2) dww 1 CN - WN dwyl; LC dwa l N - Y dwa l; Sk bww l, dual; WM 7bw 1 ; P nww 6 0051 - late at night, DS3 SW - S dwk2 ; W d¥k2 ; B dwk2, Iwk2; Sh Iwk4; LNK, LCH, LMY d¥kl, dwk 1; CM d¥k2 CN - WN d¥k6 N - Y dak3 ; Sk dwk4 0052 - flower, DL3 SW - S dook2; W, B bo7 2; Sh mok2; LNK, LCH, LMY d:x)k 2 ; CM d::lok3 CN - LP byook S; LM myook2; WN dok2; LC, PS, NM byook2 N - Y dok2; Sk blook 6 0053 - to pickle, A3, (cf. 0927) SW - S dOOll l; W, B bOlll; Sh mOlll; LNK bO::l1l 2, dO::l1l 2 ; LCH bOll!; LMY d01l4, b01l 4 ; CM dOOll! CN - WN do,,1 N - Y dOll 1; Sk bOOll l , dOOTll; P nooTl 6 0054 - classifier for round objects, A3 SW - S duall l; W dOTlI; B duaTl\ luaTll; LNK duaTl2; LMY dOTl4; CM duaTl I
71
Comparative Tal Source Book
0055 - bone, DL3 SW - S (kil 2) duuk 2 ; W dUp2; B du7 2; Sh lup2 (also, infrequent luk2); LNK (ka-) duuk2; LCH, LMY duuk2 ; CM (kil2) duuk3 CN - LP dok 5; LM nok 3 (DS3); WN duk6 (DS3); LC duk2; PS dok 2; NM duuk 5 N - Y dok2; Sk rook 6 ; WM 7dvk5 ; P nook5 0056 - cloud, CI SW - S faa3 'cloudy film, as on glass'; W, B faa 3 ; Sh phaa3 ; LNK faa4 ; LCH, LMY faa 3 ; CM faa 5 CN - LP, LM, LC, PS phaa3 ; NM phww 3 N - Y vwa3 ; Sk via3 ; WM fw 3 ; P fww 3 0057 - sky, C4 SW - S faa4; W, B faa 6 ; Sh pha5 ; LNK faa 5 ; LCH, LMY, CM faa 6 CN - LP faa 3 ; LM, WN, LC, PS, NM faa6 N - Sk phaa3 (Cl?, usual word is bwn l) 0058 - wall; lid, AI, (cf. 0980) SW - S faa 5; W, B faa l; Sh phaa l; LNK, LCH, LMY faa l; CM faa 2 CN - LP, LM, WN, BY, LC, PS, NM phaa l N - Y val; Sk vaal; WM faa l 0059 - astringent in taste, DLl SW - S, W, B faat 2; Sh phaae; LNK, LCH, LMY faat 2 ; CM faae CN - WN phaat2 N - Y vwaf; Sk viat 6
0060 - sheath; pod, DS I SW - S, W, B fak2; Sh phak4; LNK, LCH, LMY fak l; CM fak 2 CN - LP phak2; LM phak3 ; WN phak6 ; PS phak2; NM phak4 N - Y hok3 ; Sk vak4 ; P fak 2 0061 - to incubate, DS4 SW - S, W fak4; B fak 5 ; LNK fak 3 ; CM fak 6 CN - LP, LM, WN, LC, PS, NM fak4 N - Y fakl; P fak 3
0062 - to listen, obey, A4 SW - S fa1']l; W, B fa1']4; LNK fa1']6; LCH, LMY fa1']4; CM fa1']1 CN - LM fa1']4 N - Sk pha1']4 (rare, said to be < Lao or Siamese) 0063 - fire, A4 SW - S fayl; W, B fay4; Sh phay4; LNK fay5; LCH, LMY fay4; CM fay! CN - LP, LM, WN, LC, PS fay4; NM fe/ N - Y fi4; Sk vii 4; WM foy2; P fii2 72
Cognates
0064 - rain, Al SW - S fans; W fwn'; B fan'; Sh phon l; LNK fan'; LCH, LMY fun l; CM fon 2 CN - LP, LM ph¥n'; WN phan l; BV phon'; LC, PS ph¥nl; NM phen' N - Y hun'; Sk vwn 2 ; WM fun'; P hwn l 0065 - heavy shower, B 1 SW - S, W, B, Sh haal ; LNK haal; LCH, LMY haa2 ; CM haa' CN - LP haal ; LM laa2 ; WN chaa 2 ; LC, PS haa 2; NM khyaa2 N - Y ra2 ; Sk raa6; WM raas; P laa 5 0066 - five, CI SW - S, W, B, Sh haa3 ; LNK haa4 ; LCH, LMY haa3 ; CM haas CN - LP, LM, WN, LC, PS, NM haa3 N - Y ha3 ; Sk, WM, P haa3
0067 - to seek, Al SW - S haas; W, B, Sh, LNK, LCH, LMY haa l; CM haa2 CN - LP haa l ; LM laa'; WN chaal ; LC, PS haa'; NM khyaa l N - Y ra l ; Sk raal ; WM raa l ; P laa l 0068 - goose, Bl, (cf. 1056) SW - S, W, B, Sh haan 2; LNK haan 3; LCH, LMY haan 2 ; CM haan 3 CN - LM haan2 'crane'; WN haan 2 N - Y haan 2 ; Sk haan6 ; WM, P haan 5 0069 - tail, Al SW - S haa1']s; W, B, Sh, LNK, LCH, LMY haa1']l; CM haa1']2 CN - LP haa1']l; LM, WN, BV thaa1']l; LC, PS, NM haa1']' N - Y rwa1']'; Sk rua1']2; WM rwa1']'; P lww1']1
0070 - to carry on two ends of a shoulder pole, DLl SW - S, W, B, Sh, LNK, LCH, LMY haap2; CM haap 3 CN - LP haap2; LM, WN thaap2; LC, PS, NM haap2 N - Y raap2; Sk raap6; WM raaps; P laap 5 0071 - to yawn, Al SW - S haaw5; W, B, Sh, LNK, LCH, LMY haaw'; CM haaw2 CN - LP, LM haaw l ; WN 1']aaw' l1 aap5, chaaw' l1aap5; BV haaw l ; LC haaw'; PS haaw' N - Y raaw'; Sk raaw2, haaw2 « Siamese) 0072 - to weep, CI SW - S haa/; W, B, Sh hay3; LNK hay\ LCH, LMY hal; CM hal CN - LP, LM, WN, LC, PS, NM hal N - Y, Sk, WM, P tal
73
Comparative Tai Source Book
0073 - to break (a stick, etc.) (transitive), OSI, (cf. 0355) SW - S, W, B hak2; Sh hak4 ; LNK, LCH, LMY hak!; CM hak2 CN - LP tak2 ; LM tak3 ; WN thak6 ; LC, PS tak2 ; NM thak 4 N - Y rak 3; Sk rak4 ; WM rak s; P lak 2 0074 - to bark, Bl SW - S, W, B, Sh hawl; LNK hawl; LCH, LMY hawl; CM hawl CN - LP, LM, WN, LC, PS, NM hawl N - Y rawl ; Sk haw6 ; WM raws; P laws 0075 - to give, CI SW - S hay3; W, B, Sh hallJ3; LNK hal; LCH, LMY hWld; CM hww 5 CN - LP hl{l{3; LM hYllJ3; WN hallJ3; LC, PS hww 3; NM hallJ3 N - Y hallJ3; Sk h yy 3; WM, P hallJ3 0076 - to see, Al SW - S hens; W hin!; B hen!; LNK hen! (but han! cal 'to breathe'); LCH, LMY hanl; CM han l CN - LP, LM han!; WN than l ; LC, PS, NM han! N - Y ranI; Sk rEn 2 ; P han l 0077 - civet cat, A I SW - S hens; W hin'; B pen!; Sh hen!; LNK hen', heen!; LCH, LMY hinl; CM hen 2 CN - LP, LM hinl; WN hanl; LC hin' 'jungle cat' N - Y pan l ; Sk pEF (OG), pEn 2 (YG); WM pan l 'fox' 0078 - mushroom, OS I SW - S, W, B hee; Sh hep4; LNK, LCH, LMY hee; CM hee CN - LP viie (OS4); LM vie (OS4); WN hat6 ; LC vit4 (OS4); PS vit 5 (OS4); NM ap4 (OS4) N - Y rae; Sk het4 « Lao, usual word is daa'll3); WM ratS; P lEe
+
0079 - dried up, CI SW - S hEE'll3; W, B, Sh hE'll3; LNK hEE'll4; LCH, LMY hE'!)); CM hEE'!)5 CN - WN hE'!)} N - Y re'!)3; Sk hEE'!)3 0080 - withered, B I SW - S hiaw2; W, B hEW2; Sh hew; LNK hia,v3; LCH, LMY hew2 ; CM hiawl CN - LP, LM heew; WN siw 2; LC, PS, NM heew2 N - Y rew2; Sk hEEW3 (CI); WM rew 5; P leew 5
74
Cognates
0081 - stone, Al SW - Shins; W, B, Sh, LNK, LCH, LMY hinl; CM hin z CN - LP hinl; LM, BV thinl; LC, PS hinl; NM hen l N - Y rinl; Sk riif (OG), riin z (YG); WM rinl; P hinl 0082 - six, DS 1 SW - S, W, B hok 2 ; Sh hok4; LNK, LCH, LMY hokl; CM hok2 CN - LP hokz; LM lok3 ; WN chok6 ; LC huk z; PS hok2; NM hok4 N - Y rok 3 ; Sk rok4 ; WM rok5 ; P lok 2 0083 - a spear, DLl SW - S hook2; W, B hO?2; Sh hok2; LNK, LCH, LMY hook2; CM hook 3 CN - LM hook 2 'to throw a spear'; WN chok 2 N - Y rok 2 0084 - fragrant, Al SW - S hooms; W, B, Sh hom l ; LNK hoom l; LCH, LMY hom l; CM hoom 2 CN - LP, LM hoom l; WN hom\ BV hoom\ LC, PS, NM hoom l N - Y hom l; P hoom l 0085 - mollusk, AI, (cf. 1142) SW - S hoi; W, B, Sh, LNK, LCH, LMY hoyl; CM hooy2 CN - LP, LM hooi; WN hoy!; LC hooy! 'kind of snail'; PS hooi 'snail'; NM hooi N - Y, WM8 ay l 0086 - head, Al SW - S hua 5 ; W hOi; B hua l; Sh hOi; LNK hua!; LCH, LMY hool; CM hua2 CN - LP vuu l ; LM, WN, BV thuu l; LC, PS, NM hUUI 0087 - mountain stream, CI SW - S huai; W hoi; B huai; Sh hoi 'a ravine, gully'; LNK hua/; LCH, LMY hoi; CM huays CN - LP khooyl; LM luuyl; WN khuyl; LC vuuy\ huuy); PS vuul; NM khuuy3 N - Y vi 3 ; Sk rii 3 ; WM ruy); P vii 3 0088 - nine, C2 SW - S kaa~; W, B, Sh kaw3 ; LNK kaw5 ; LCH, LMY kaw3 ; CM kaw5 CN - LP, LM, WN, LC, PS kaw 3 ; NM kow1 N - Y ku 3 ; Sk kuu 3 ; WM ka~; P kuu 3 0089 - each other, together, A2 SW - S, W, B, Sh kan l; LNK kan 2; LCH, LMY kan 1; CM kan 2 CN - LP kan2 ; LC, PS kan 1 N - Sk kinl; WM kan l
75
Comparative Tai Source Book
0090 - chicken, B2 SW - S, W, B, Sh kay; LNK kay\ h y 3; LCH, LMY kay2; CM kai CN - LP kay5; LM kai; WN cai; LC, PS, NM kai N - Y kay; Sk kal; WM, P kay5 0091 - old (of living beings), B2, (cf. 0483, 0712) SW - S keE2; W, B ke 2 'adult and married'; Sh kE z 'mature, firm'; LNK keel; LCH, LMY kee"; CM keE3 CN - LP kee 5; LM kee 2 ; WN cee 2 ; LC, PS, NM keel N - Y ce2 ; Sk kee 6 0092 - cheek, C2 SW - S keEm 3; W, 8, Sh kern}; LNK hEms; LCH, LMY kEm 3 ; CM hEms CN - LP, LM, LC keem 3 N - Y cem3; Sk keem l ; WM kem 3 0093 - how many, C2 SW - S kii 2 (B2); W, 8 kP; LCH kiF, kiP; LMY kii\ kij2, kii 3 (depending upon context); CM kiP, kii4 CN - LP, LM kii 3; WN cie; LC, PS ki?; NM keyl (B2) N - Y kP, cj3; Sk kii 3 ; WM koy' (A?); P kii 3 0094 - hoof(as ofa horse), DL2 SW - S kiip2; W kip2 'hoof of a pig'; B, Sh kip2; LNK, LCH, LMY kiip2; CMkii p3 CN - LP kip2 (DS2) N - Sk Hips (DL4) 0095 - middle, A2 SW - S klaaTJ1; W, B, Sh kaaTJ1; LNK kaaTJ2; LCH, LMY kaaTJ1; CM kaaTJ2 CN - LP kyaaTJ2; LM kyaaTJ1; WN caaTJ1; LC, PS, NM kyaaTJ 1 N - Y caaTJ1; Sk tlaaTJl (OG), traaTJl (YG); WM klaaTJ1; P caaTJl 0096 - near, C2 SW - S klai; W chaUj3; B saUj3; Sh kaUj3; LNK kay5; LCH, LMY kay3; CMkal CN - LP caUj3; LM kyaUj3; WN chaUj3; LC, PS, NM khyaUj3 N - Y caUj3; Sk tl yy 3 COG), trn 3 (YG); WM klaUj3; P caUj3 0097 - fish scales, DS2 SW - S klet; W, 8 kef; Sh ket4 ; LNK, LCH, LMY kee; CM kee CN - LP kip2; LM ki p3; WN Ci p6; LC kie N - Y cip\ cap); Sk tlEk4 (OG), tfEk4 (YG); WM kli p5; P cet"
76
Cognates
0098 - chaff, DL2 SW - S kleep2; W, B, Sh kep2; LNK keep2; CM hep} CN - LP ceep5; LM leeps (DL4); WN oeps (DL4); LC, PS, NM keep2 N - Y reps; WM rip6 (DL4 in N languages) 0099 - salt, A2
SW - S klwa l; W hI; B kwa l; Sh hI; LNK kwa2; LCH, LMY hyl; CM kwa2 CN - LP hy2, Cyy2; LM kyww l; WN kWWI; LC, PS, NM kww l N - Y kua l; Sk tlual (OG), trua l (YG); WM klu l; P CUUI 0100 - hollow, A2
SW - S kluaT]l; W kOT]1 'in, inside'; B kuaT]1 'in, inside'; Sh kOl)I; LMY kOT]1 'hollow object'; CM kuaT]2 CN - LM kYUUl)I; WN cUT] I 0101 - banana, C2
SW - S kluayl; W koy); B kuay3; Sh koy3; LNK kuai; LCH, LMY koy3; CM kuai CN - LP kool; LM kyuul; WN kuy\ LC, PS, NM kuuy 3 N - Y cuay3, col; WM klyl; P cool 0102 - to bend over, C2
SW - S kom3 ; W kum l ; B, Sh kom 3; LNK kom s; LCB, LMY kum3 ; CM kom s CN - LP, LM kom3 ; WN kam 3 ; LC kum 3 ; PS, NM kom l N - Sk kam 3 0103 - frog, DS2 SW - S, W, B kOp2; Sh kOp4; LNK, LCH, LMY kopl; CM kop2
CN - LP kOp2; LM kopl; WN kap 6; LC kUpl; PS kop2; NM kopl (tone?) N - Y kapl; Sk kap4; WM kOp5 0104 - also, then, C? SW - S b 3, k:d; W ko 6 ; B ko 3 ; Sh b CMko4 6 N - Y k0 ; WM hI; P ko0 3
3
,
k04; LNK bo5 ; LCH, LMY koo 6 ;
0105 - tree, plant, A2
SW - S kOOI 'clump, as of bamboo'; W, B, Sh kol; LNK bo 2 ; LCH, LMY kOOI; CM bo2 'clump, as of bamboo' CN - LP koo 2; LM, WN, LC, PS, NM kOOI N - Y kol; Sk khoo 6 (B1); WM hi; P kool 0106 - before, B2
SW - S koon 2 ; W kyn 2 ; B, Sh bn 2 ; LNK koon 3 ; LCH, LMY kon 2 ; CM bon3 CN - LP koon s; LM koon 2; WN bn 2; LC, PS, NM koon 2 N Y kon2 ; Sk bon 6 ; WM hn 5 ; P koon s 77
Comparative Tai Source Book
0107 - to snore, A2 SW - S kron\ W (X04) kwn l; B (ko4) kon 1; Sh khon 1; LNK kon 2; LCH, LMY xun l; CM khon 2 CN - WN canl N - Sk tlen l (OG), trenl(YG) 0108 - shrimp, C2 SW - S, W, B, Sh kUTJ3; LNK kUTJ5; LCH, LMY kUTJ3; CM kUTJ5 CN - LP, LM kOTJ3; WN, LC kUTj3; PS, NM kOTJ3 N - Y kUTJ2; Sk kUTj6; WM kUTJ5 (B2 in N languages) 0109 - deer, A2, (cf. 0782,1034) SW - S, W, B, Sh kwaaTjI; LNK kuaTJ2; LCH, LMY kwaaTjl; CM kwaaTJ2 CN - WN kaaTJ l; LC kwaaTJ I N - Y vwaTj4; Sk vuaTJ4 (A4 in N languages) 0110 - wide, C2 SW - S, W, B, Sh kwaaTj3; LNK kuaTj5; LCH, LMY kwaaTJ3; CM kwaaTJ5 CN - LP, LM kwaaTj3; WN kaaTj3; LC, PS, NM kwaaTj3 N - Y kwaaTJ2; WM kwaaTj5 (B2 in N languages) 0111 - to sweep, DL2 SW - S kwaat2 ; W, B, Sh kwaae 'to rake up'; LNK kuat 2; LCH, LMY kwaat2; CM kwaae CN - LP kwaat 5; LM kwaat2 ; WN kaat2; PS, NM kwaae ('to rake up' in LP, LM, PS, NM) N - Y kwaat2 'to rake up'; Sk kwaat6 (OG), kuat6 (YG) 0112 - to kill, C1 SW - S khaa3 ; W xaa 3 ; B, Sh khaa3; LNK khaa4 ; LCH, LMY xaa3 ; CM khaa4 CN - LP, LM, WN, LC, PS, NM khaa 3 N - Y ka 3; Sk, WM, P kaa3 0113 - to engage in trade, C4 SW - S khaa4 ; W, B kaa6 ; Sh ka5 ; LNK khaa 5 ; LCH, LMY, CM kaa6 CN - LP khaa3; LM, WN haaG; PS kaa6 ; NM haa6 (all 'to tell', perhaps none cognate) N - Y ka6 ; Sk khaa6 0114 - to cross, Cl SW - S khaam 3; W xaam 3 ; B, Sh khaam 3; LNK khuam4 (modern khaam4); LCH, LMY xaam 3 ; CM khaam 5 CN - LP, LM, WN, LC khaam 3 N - Y, Sk, WM, P haam 3
78
Cognates
0115 - torn, DLI SW - S khaat2 ; W xaat2; B, Sh, LNK khaae; LCH, LMY xaaf; CM khaat 3 CN - LP, LM, WN, LC, PS, NM khaae N - Y kaat2 ; Sk kaat6 ; WM, P kaat 5 0116 - rice, CI SW - S khaaw 3 ; W, B, Sh khaw3 ; LNK khaw4 ; LCH, LMY xaw3 ; CM khaw CN - LP, LM, WN, LC, PS, NM khawl N - Y haw6 ; Sk yaw6 ; WM xaw4 ; P haw4 (C4 in N languages) 0117 - gold, A4, (cf. 0938) SW - S kham l; W xam 4 ; B kam4 ; LNK kham 6 ; LCH, LMY xam 4; CM kham l N - Y cim l (A2); Sk yam 4 ; WM kim I (A2) 0118 - night, nightfall, B4, (cf. 0141) SW - S kham 3; W xam 5 'afternoon, evening'; B karns 'afternoon, evening'; Sh, LNK kham 3 ; LCH, LMY xam s; CM kham 4 CN - LP hams, kham 5 ; LM, WN hams; LC, PS karns; NM llam s N - Y hams; Sk yamS; WM xam 6 ; P ham6 0119 - to crow, AI SW - S khans; W xan l ; B, Sh, LNK khan l ; LCH, LMY xan!; CM khan 2 CN - LP, LM, WN, BV, LC, PS khan l; NM hanl N - Y hanl; Sk hal 2 (OG), han2 (YG); WM, P han! 0120 - to shut up, imprison, Al SW - S kha1l5; W cha'T} I; B sall l ; Sh, LNK khall l; LCH, LMY xall\ CM kha'T}2 CN - LP ha'T}l; LM la'T}l; WN chall 1; BV, PS ha'T}l; NM khya'T}l N - Y callI; Sk thra1l 2; WM kIa'T}!; P call! 0121 - to chase, DSl, (cf. 0179) SW - S khapl; W chap2; B sap2; LNK khapl; LCH, LMY xapl; CM khap2 CN - WN Chap 6 'to call (someone) to come in a hurry' N - Sk khap4 'to drive (a car)' 0122 - knee, Bl SW - S khaw; W xaw2; B, Sh khaw 2 ; LNK khaw3; LCH, LMY xaw2; CM khaw3 CN - LP khaul; LM, WN, LC, PS khaw 2; NM hOOl N - Y ho 2 ; Sk koo 6 ; WM hys 0123 - to enter, Cl SW - S khawl; W xaw3 ; B, Sh khaw3 ; LNK khaw4 ; LCH, LMY xaw 3 ; CM khaw5 CN - LP, LM, WN, LC, PS khaw3 ; NM hawl N - Y, Sk, WM, P hawl
79
Comparative Tai Source Book
0124 - egg, Bl SW - S khay2; W chal; B sal; Sh khal; LNK khay; LCH, LMY xal; CM khay CN - LP khya/; LM Jay2; WN chay2; LC, PS, NM khya/ N - Y cal; WM rayS; P cal 0125 - fever, CI SW - S khay; W Chay3; B say3; Sh khay; LNK kha/; LCH, LMY xay; CM kh ay5 CN - LP hay; LM lay\ WN chay; LC, PS hay; NM khyay N - Y cay 'illness' 0126 - to open, AI SW - S khal; W, B khayl; Sh khuyl; LNK khayl; LCH xayl, xul; LMY xayl; CM khay2 CN - LP, LM, WN, BV, LC, PS khayl; NM hayl N - Y haayl; Sk hay2; WM kaal (Li says < Chinese); P haayl 0127 - tallow, Al SW - S khay5; W xayl; B, Sh, LNK khay!; LCH, LMY xayl; CM khay2 CN - LM khal; WN chayl N - Sk khayl 0128 - needle, Al SW - S khem 5; W ximl; B, Sh, LNK khem l; LCH, LMY xim!; CM khem 2 CN - LP, LM khiml; WN cham l; BV khem l; LC, PS khiml; NM hom 4 (A4) N - Y cim l; Sk kiml; WM simI; P dm l 0129 - arm, Al SW - S kheen 5; W xen l; B, Sh khen l; LNK kheen 1; LCH, LMY xen l; CM kh&en 2 CN - LP, LM kheen l ; WN chen l; BV kh&en l; LC, NM kheen l N - Y cenl; Sk keen l; WM kenl; P ceen l 0130 - narrow, DL4 SW - S kh&&p3; W X&p4; B h p5; Sh h p3; LNK khe&ps; CM kh&&p4 'border' CN - LP, LM keeps; LC kap4 keep4; PS keeps; NM keep2 (DL?) N - Sk veeps 0131 - shin, lower leg, B4, (cf. 0501, 1150) SW - S kh&T}3; W X&T}5; B keT}5; LNK kh&&T}3; LCH, LMY X&T}5; CM kh&&T}4 CN - LP heeT}5; LM, LC, PS keeT}s N - Y heT}s; Sk yeeT}5 'foot'; WM xeT}6
80
Cognates
0132 - small frog, DLl SW - S khiaf; W khet2, khwet2; B khiaf; Sh khef; LNK khiae; LCH, LMY xeet2; CM khiae CN - LM viie; WN khif; PS, NM viif N - Y kwe3 ; Sk thr&&3; WM klwe 3 ; P kW&&3 (CI?)
0133 - tooth, Cl, (cf. 0456) SW - S khiaw3 'canine tooth'; W X&W; B kh&w; Sh khew 3 ; LNK kh&&w4 ; LCH, LMY xew; CM khiaw CN - LP, LM, LC, PS khee\vl; NM heew3 N - Y hew3 ; P hee""J 0134 - to chew, C4 SW - S khiaw4 ; W, B hw6 ; Sh kew5; LNK khiaw 5; LCH, LMY kew6; CM kiaw6 CN - LP kheew3 ; LM, PS, NM keew6 N - Y cew6 0135 - green, Al SW - S khiaw; W XEWl; B kh£w 1; Sh khew l ; LNK khiaw l ; LCH, LMY xew l ; CM khiaw2 CN - LP, LM kheew l ; WN chiw 1; BY khew1; LC, PS, NM kheew 1 N - Y hew l ; Sk heew; WM hew l ; P heew l 0136 - unpleasantly pungent, A 1 SW - S khiaw5; W, B khiw l ; Sh khew l ; LNK khiw1; LCH, LMY xiw2 (Bl ?); CM khiw3 (B 1?) CN - LP, LM khiiw 1; WN chiw1; BY khew 1; LC, PS, NM khiiw 1 N - Sk khiiw2 (OG), khiw2 (YG) 0137 - to ride, Bl SW - S khij2; W, B khi 2, khwF; Sh kh?; LNK khiP; LCH, LMY xii 2; CM khiP CN - LP khwii 2; LM khwey2; WN khii 2; LC, PS khwii 2 ; NM khwey2 N - Y kway 5 (B4); Sk khooy5, khoy5 (fast speech) (B4); WM kwl (B 1?); P k wwy6(B4) 0138 - pliers, tongs, A4 SW - S khiiml; W, B, Sh kim4; LNK khiim 6 ; LCH, LMY kim4; CM kiiml CN - LP khim4; LM kim 4 ; WN cim4; LC, PS kim 4 ; NM kiim4 N - Y kim4, cim4; Sk khiim4 ; WM kim 2 0139 - to take hold of with tongs, claws, DL4, (cf. 0604) SW - S khii p3; W kip4; B kipS; Sh ki p3; LNK khiip\ LCH, LMY kiip 5; CM kiip4 0140 - to scratch, DLl, (cf. 0802) SW - S khiif; w, B, Sh khit2 ; LNK khiif; LMY xiir2; CM khiie N - Sk khiit6 81
Comparative Tal Source Book
0141 - night, A4, (cf. 0118) SW - S khwwn ' ; W xwn 4 ; B kwn\ Sh khwn4; LNK khwwn 6 ; LCH, LMY xwn 4; CM khwwn ' CN - LP, LM hvn4; WN khwn4, hwn4; LC, PS kYn 4; NM hen 4 N - Y hwn4; Sk ywn4 ; WM xwn 2; P hwn2 0142 - measure from the thumb to the fingertip, OL4 SW - S khwwpJ; W XWp4; B kWp 5; Sh khwpl; LNK khwwps; LCH, LMY XWWp5; CM khwwp4 CN - WN hUp 5 N - Y hUp' (DS4), cipJ (DS2); Sk khwwps 0143 - to go up, Cl SW - S khwn3 ; W xwn 3 ; B, Sh khwn 3 ; LNK khwn4; LCH, LMY xwn3 ; CM khwn 5 CN - LP, LM khvn 3 ; WN khwn 3 ; LC khvn 3 ; PS khin 3 ; NM hen> N - Y, Sk, WM, P hwn 3 0144 - to crawl, A4, (cf. 0347) SW - S khlaan ' ; W, B caan 4 ; Sh, LMY kaan4 ; CM kaan ' CN - LM laan 4 ; WN caan4 ; LC, NM kyaan4 N - Y rwan4 (also, caan4 'to limp; crippled'; which is cognate?); Sk luan4 0]45 - person, human being, A4, (cf. 0658) SW - S khon ' ; W kun4 ; B, Sh kon 4 ; LNK khon 6 ; LCH, LMY kun4 ; CM khon ' CN - LP khvn4; LM kYn 4; WN kon\ LC, PS kYn4; NM ken4 N - Y, Sk hun4 ; WM xun 2 ; P hwn 2 0146 - to bite, DSI, (cf. 801) SW - S, W, B khop2; Sh khop\ LNK khop'; LCH, LMY XOpl; CM khop2 CN - LP khop2; LM khop3; WN khap 6; PS khop2; NM khopl (tone?) N - Y hapl; Sk yap6, khop4 (latter said to be < Lao); WM xap6; P hap> (DS4 in N languages) 0147 - crooked, DS4, (cf. 0967) SW - S khot4 ; W kot4 ; B, Sh kot5 ; LNK khoe; LMY kot5 ; CM kot6 CN - LP khot4 ; LM koe (OS2?); WN, LC kut4 ; PS kot4 N - Sk khot6 ; P kue (OS2) 0148 - neck, A4 SW - S khoOl; W xo\ B k04; Sh kho4; LNK khoo 6 ; LCH, LMY xoo 4; CM khool CN - LP, LM, WN h004; LC, PS k004; NM ho0 4 N - Y h0 4; Sk yoo4; WM xv 2
82
Cognates
0149 - to beg, Al SW - S kh:x)5; W ChOl; B SOl; Sh khol; LNK khoOI; LCH, LMY xoo l; CM kho0 2 CN - LP, LM, LC, PS hOOl; NM khyool N - Sk thro0 2 0150 - a pen for animals, DL4 SW - S khook 3; W x0 4; B kor; Sh khok3; LNK khook 5; CM khook4 CN - LP, LM hook 5; PS kook 5 N - Sk yook 5; WM kl¥k5 (DL?) 0151 - hammer, C4 SW - S khoon4; W xon 6 'hammer; to beat'; B kon 6; Sh khon 5; LNK khoon 5; LMY xon 6; CM khoon 6 CN - LP khoon 3 'to beat'; LM hoon 6 'to beat'; WN hun 6 thiil 'hammer'; LC koon 6 'to beat' N - Y hon6; Sk yool6 (OG), yoon 6 (YG) 0152 - thing: of, Al SW - S khooY]5; W XOY]l; B, Sh khoy]\ LNK khooY]l; LCH, LMY XOY]l; CM khooY]2 CN - LP khooY]1 N - Sk hOOY]2 0153 - fish basket, Cl SW - S khoY]3; W ChOY]3; B SOY]3; Sh khoY]3; LNK khooY]4; CM khooY]5 CN - LP ;'00Y]3; LM 100Y]3; LC khooY]3 'kind of basket' N - WM kl¥Y]5 (Bl) 0154 - gradually, slowly, carefully, B4 SW - S khoy3; W, B kol; Sh koy3; LCH, LMY koy5; CM kol CN - LP khooy5; LM kooy5; WN kol; LC kool 0155 -lazy, C4, (cf. 0815) SW - S khraan4; W, B caan6; Sh khaan 5; LNK (khii4) khaan 5; LCH, LMY xaan 6 ; CM khaan 6 CN - LP kyaan 3; LM laan 6 ; WN caan6 ; LC, PS, NM kyaan 6 0156 - to moan, A4 SW - S khraaY]l; W, B caaY]4; Sh khaaY]4; LCH xay]\ xaaY]4; LMY xaY]4; CM khaaY]l CN - LM laaY]4; NM taaY]4 N - Sk reeY]l (AI, probably not cognate)
83
Comparative Tai Source Book
0157 - who, A? SW - S khray' (A4); W phaUj5 (B4); B faUjI (AI); Sh phaUj' (AI), phaUjz; LNK, LCH, LMY phayl (AI); CM phaf (AI) CN - LP caUj\ LC naUj4 (A4 in CN languages) N - WM prau/ (A4) 0158 -lemongrass, A4 SW - S (ta 2) khra/ (C4); W (h::lml) caUj4; B (fak2) caUj4; LCH (53-) xay\ LMY (ca-) xay4; CM (cak6) khay' N - Sk (ca 6) thrn4, (cii 6) phryy4 0159 - utensils, tools, equipment, B4 SW - S khrwaT)3; W CYT]'; B cwaT]'; Sh khY113; LNK khwa113; LCH, LMY XYT]5; CM khwaT)4 CN - LM IwwT]5 N - Sk thrwaT)5 0160 - mortar, OS4 SW - S khrok 4 ; W cok4; B cok5; Sh khok 5; LNK khok3 ; LCH, LMY xok5 ; CM khok6 CN - LP chok4 ; LM lok4; WN C::lk4; LC kyuk4 N - Y COkl 0161 - to scrape, OLI SW - S khuut2; W xut2; B, Sh khut2 ; LNK khuut2; LCH, LMY xuut2 ; CM khuut> N - Sk hut4 (OSI), khuut6 (OLI) 0162 - turbid, Bl, (cf. 0954) SW - S, W khun 2; B khun 2 'dust'; Sh khun 2; LNK khun 3 ; LCH, LMY xun 2 ; CM khun 3 CN - LP, LM, PS khon 2 'fertilizer'; NM hon 2 'fertilizer' N - Sk khun 2 0163 - to dig, OS} SW - S, W, B khut2; Sh khut4; LNK khut l; LCH, LMY xutl; CM khue CN - LP hot 5 (OS4); LM khot 4 (OS4); WN khut6 ; LC kut4 (084); PS kot4 (OS4); NM khot4 N - Y hut l, kut l; Sk khut6 ; P hut 3 (OS4 in N languages) 0164 - right (hand), Al SW - 8 khwaa5 ; W xwaa l; B, Sh khwaa l; LNK khua ' ; LCH kwaa l; LMY kwaa l (rare xwaa l); CM khwaa2 CN - LP faal; LM, WN saa ' ; LC, PS faa l ; NM kwaa4 (A4) N - Y kwa4 ; 8k khwaa4 (OG), khua4 (YG); WM kwaa2 ; P kwaa2 (A4 in N languages)
84
Cognates
0165 - matter, affair, A4 SW - S khwaam l; W xaam4 'word, language'; B kwaam4 'word, language'; Sh kwaam4 'word, language'; LNK khuam6 ; LCH, LMY kwaam\ xwaam4 ; CM khwaam 1 CN - LP vaam4 'language'; LM vaam4 'sentence, word, language'; LC vaam 4 'sentence'; PS, NM vaam4 'language' 0166 - to throw, B4 SW - S khwaa,,3; W xwaa"s; B kwaa,,5; LNK khua,,3; LCH, LMY xwaa,,5; CM khwaa,,4 0167 - water buffalo, A4 SW - S khwaayl; W xwaay4; B, Sh kwaay4; LNK khua/; LCH kwaay4, xwaal; LMY kwaay4; CM khwaayl CN - LP, LM, WN vaal; BV vaal; LC, PS, NM vaal N - Y, Sk vaal; WM xwaay2; P vaay2 0168 - to hang up, Al SW - S khwEEn5; W xwen l; B khwen l; Sh khEnl; LNK khEEnl; LCH kwen 1; LMY kWEn\ xWEnl; CM khween 2 CN - LM khween l; WN khen l N - Y ven l ; Sk veen 2 ; WM wen 3 (C?) 0169 - (to lie) face down, C1 SW - S khwam 3 ; W xam 3 ; B khwam 3 ; Sh khwam 3, kom3 ; LNK khuam 4 ; LCH, LMY xom 3 ; CM khuam 5 CN - LP kham 3 ; LM khom3 ; WN kham\ LC khum 3 'upside down' N - Y ham 3 ; Sk "am3 ; P hom 3 0170 - smoke, A4 SW - S khwan l; W xwan\ xon4 ; B kwan 4 ; Sh kwaan\ k::m4, kan 4 ; LNK khuan 6 ; LCH kon\ xon 4; LMY kwan4 ; CM khwan l CN - LP, LM, LC, PS, NM van 4 N - Sk yon 4 ; WM xon 2 ; P hon2 0171 - whorl in the hair; spirit, Al SW - S khwan s; W xwanl, xon l; B khwan l; Sh khwan l, khon 1; LNK khuan 1; LCH xwan l ; LMY kwan l; CM khwan2 CN - LP, LM khwan 1; WN khon l; LC, PS khwan 1 N - Y van l; Sk hon 2 ; P hon l 0172 - to pull, drag, DL4 SW - S laak 3 ; W laa 4 ; B laa7 5 ; Sh laak 3 ; LNK, LCH, LMY laak 5 ; CM laak4 CN - LP, LM, WN laak5 ; LC laak4 ; PS, NM laak5 N - Y raak 5, laak 5 ; WM raak 6 ; P laak6
85
Comparative Tal Source Book
0173 - to destroy, C4 SW - S Jaa1l 4 ; W, B maa1l6; LNK maa1l5; LMY, CM maa1l6 0174 - stripe, design, mark, A4 SW - S laay\ W, B, Sh laal; LNK laal; LCH, LMY laa/; CM laai CN - LP, LM, WN, LC laa/ N - Y raal; Sk laay4; WM raal; P Jaal 0175 - many, much, Al SW - S laay5; W, B laay'; Sh laayl 'how many?'; LNK, LCH, LMY laay'; CM laa/ CN - LP, LM, WN laayl; BY laa/; LC, PS, NM laay! N - Y laayl; Sk laa/; WM, P laayl 0176 - to steal, DS4 SW - S, W lak4; B, Sh lak 5 ; LNK lak3 ; LCH, LMY lak 5 ; CM lak6 CN - LP, LM, WN, LC, PS, NM lak4 N - Y rak l; Sk lak6 ; P lak 3 0177 - to close (the eyes), DS 1 SW - S, W, B lap2; Sh lap4; LNK, LCH, LMY lapl; CM lap" CN - LP lap2; LM lap 3; WN lap 6; LC, PS lap2; NM lap4 N - Y lap); WM lap 5; P lap2 0178 - liquor, Cl SW - S, W, B, Sh law3 ; LNK law\ LCH, LMY la~; CM laws CN - LP, LM, WN, LC, PS, NM law} N - Y, Sk, WM, P la~ 0179 - to chase, B4, (cf. 0121) SW - S lay3; W, B lal; LNK la/; LCH, LMY lal; CM lay4 CN - LM ley 5; WN lay5 'to inspect (water in ditches), (cognate?); LC layS 'to put' (cognate?) N - Y, Sk layS; P lay6 0180 - to flow, Al SW - SlayS; W, B, Sh, LNK, LCH, LMY lai; CM la/ CN - LP, LM, WN, LC, PS, NM layl N - Y lay! 0181 - great-grandchild, A I SW - S leen\ W lin!; B lent; Sh lin!; LNK leen l ; LCH, LMY lin!; CM leen2 , len 2 CN - LP, LM lin); WN lan 3 ; PS lin 3 ; NM len 3 (Cl in CN languages) N - Sk leen!, leen 2 ; P lan3 (Cl?)
86
Cognates
0182 - liquid, soft, Al SW - S leew5; W, B lew l; Sh lew l 'bruised, reduced to particles', lew3 'thin, as a liquid'; LNK leew l; LCH, LMY lew l; CM leEwl CN - LP liiw l; LM niiwl; WN lew l; LC liiw l 'thin (liquid)' N - Sk l&ew l 0183 - iron (the metal), DSl, (cf. 0847) SW - S, W, B lek2; Sh lek4 ; LNK, LCH, LMY lekl; CM lek 2 CN - LP lik 2 ; LM lyak3 ; WN lek 6 ; LC, PS Iik2 ; NM lek4 (lyk 4 ?) N - P lek2 0184-to play, Cl, (cf. 1090) SW - S len 3; W din 3; B lin}; Sh len 3 ; LNK len4 ; LCH din}; LMY lin 3; CM lenS 0185 - fingernail, toenail, DS4 SW - S, W lep\ B lep 5; Sh nep5; LNK lep}; LCH, LMY leps; CM lep 6 CN - LP lip4; LM lyap} (DS 1, rare Jyap4); WN lep4; LC, PS, NM lip4 N - Y ritl; Sk liips (DL4); WM rip6; P lie 0186 - evening meal, A4 SW - S l&eTJl; W, B I&TJ4; LNK IEETJ6; LCH, LMY leTJ4 'meal at 2 or 3 P.M.'; CM IEETJI CN - LP, LM leeTJ4; WN leTJ4; LC, PS, NM IccTJ4 ('meal at noon, lunch' for all six languages) N - Y riTJ4; Sk IE&TJ4; WM riTJl; P lin2 0187 - to raise, feed, C4, (cf. 0955) SW - S liaTJ4; W leTJ6; B liaTJ6; Sh leTJs; LNK liaTJ5; LCH, LMY iCTJ6; CM liaTJ6 CN - WN IiTJs (B4?) N - Sk liaTJ6 0188 - to dodge, avoid, DLl SW - S liikl; W 1i72; B ni72; Sh Iik2 ; LNK iiik2 ; LCH liik2 0189 - tongue, C4 SW - S lin4; W, B lin 6 ; Sh, LNK lins; LCH, LMY, CM lin 6 CN - LP lin}; LM, WN, LC, PS lin 6 ; NM len6 N - Y lin 6 ; Sk liin6; WM, P Iin 4 0190 - to choose, DL4 SW - S lUJak 3; W ly4; B lUJa7\ Sh lyk 3; LNK lUJaks; LCH, LMY lyykS; CM IUJak4 CN - LP Inks; LM iUJUJk5 ; WN Ivk5; LC Ink4; PS lvyk 5 ; NM lUJUJk 5 N - Y le 5
87
Comparative Tai Source Book
0191 - blood, DL4 SW - S Iwat3; W l¥t4; B Iwat 5; Sh h,t3; LNK lwat5; LCH, LMY 1¥¥t5; CM Iwat 4 CN - LP l¥Yt 5 ; LM Iwwt 5 ; WN l¥t5 ; LC 1¥¥t4; PS 1¥¥t5 ; NM Iwwt5 N - Y Iwat5 ; Sk luat5 ; WM Iwat6 ; P Iwwt6 0192 - a saw, to saw, B4, (0940) SW - S lwai; W kw 5; B kwa 5; Sh jy3; LNK Iway\ LCH, LMY CM lwal (C4) N - Sk lway6 (C4)
j yy 5;
0193 - to forget, A4 SW - S Iwwml; W, B, Sh Iwm\ LNK Iwwm 6 ; LCH, LMY Iwm 4 ; CM Iwwm l CN - LP, LM lom 4 ; WN lum 4 ; LC lum 4 N - Y lum 4 ; WM, P lum 2 0194 - to open (the eyes), A4 SW - S Iwwml; W, B, Sh mwn4 ; LNK mwwn 6 ; LCH, LMY mwn 4 ; CM mwwn l CN - WN men4 N - Skmb:m 4 0195 - slippery, smooth, B4, (cf. 0813) SW - S Iwwn\ W, B mwn 5 ; Sh mwn 3 ; LNK mwwn 3 ; LCH, LMY mwn 5 ; CM mwwn 4 CN - LP Inns; LM Iwwn 2 (B?), Iwwn 3 (C?), l¥n5 'to slide'; LC, PS 1¥¥n2 (B?) N - Sk mlwwl5 (OG), mlwwn 5 (YG), mlwl 5 (OG), mlwn 5 (YG) 0196 - deep, DS4 SW - S lwk4; W l¥k4; B Iwk s, l¥k 5; Sh Iwk 5; LNK l¥k3 (modern IwkJ); LCH, LMY Iwk s; CM I¥k o CN - LP dak2; LM nak 3 ; WN dak6 ; LC, PS dak2; NM lak4 (DS3 in CN languages) N - Y lak 1; Sk, WM lak 6 0197 - spool, DU, (cf. 0896) SW - S botl; w, B be; Sh be 'conduit, pipe'; LNK lootl 'drinking straw'; LCH, LMY bof; CM boe CN - LP, LM looe 'shuttle'; WN bt2 ; LC, PS looe 'shuttle' N - Sk luut6 ; WM lut5 0198 - to float, A4, (cf. 0787) SW - S boyl; W, B bl 'to swim'; Sh by4 'to rinse'; LNK bol 'to swim'; LMY by4 'to float; to swim'; CM boyl
8&
Cognates
0199 - to scald, DL4 SW - S luak3 ; W 104 ; B lua7 S; LNK Iuak S; LCH, LMY lookS; CM luak 4 CN - LP, LM luuk 5 ; LC luuk 4 ; PS, NM Iuuk 5 N - Y [uk3 (DS1); Sk luak 5 (but nam6 looks 'hot water') 0200 - big, AI, (cf. 0396, 0765) SW - S luaTl 5 (also, 'royal'); W 10Tll; B luaTll; Sh \0111; LNK lua'lll; LCH, LMY 10111; CM 1ua112 CN - LP lo011l (Iuull l?); LM IUUTlI; BV luu112; LC, PS, NM IUUll1 N - Sk luaTl 2 0201 - (one's) child, DL4, (cf. 0439) SW - S luuk3 ; W lu 4 ; B lu7 5 ; Sh luk 3 ; LNK, LCH, LMY luuk\ CM luuk4 CN - LP, LM loks; WN luk 5 ; LC luk4 ; PS lok s; NM laak 5 N - Y Iwkl; Sk Iwk6; WM Iwk6; P Iwk 3 (DS4 in N languages) 0202 - to stroke, DL4 SW - S luup 3; W IUp4; B I Up 5; Sh lup 3; LNK, LMY luups; CM IUUp4 CN - LP, LM lopS; WN lup4 (DS4); PS lopS; NM IUUp 5 N - Y fUpl (DS4); Sk IUUp 5; P l up 3 (DS4) 0203 - to come, A4 SW - S maa l; W, B, Sh maa4 ; LNK maa6 ; LCH, LMY maa4 ; CM maa l CN - LP, LM, WN, LC, PS, NM maa4 N - Y mal; Sk maa2 'to return'; WM, P maa 1(AI in N languages) 0204 - horse, C4 SW - S maa4 ; W, B maa6 ; Sh mas; LNK maa 5 ; LCH, LMY, CM maa" CN - LP maa 3 ; LM, WN, LC, PS, NM maa6 N - Y ma6 ; Sk maa6; WM, P maa4 0205 - dog, Al SW - S maa 5 ; W, B, Sh, LNK, LCH, LMY maa l; CM maa2 CN - LP, LM, WN maa l; BV maa2 ; LC, PS, NM maa l N - Y mal; Sk maa2 ; WM, P maa l 0206 - fruit, DLl SW - S maak2 'areca'; W, B maa7 2 ; Sh maak2 ; LNK, LCH, LMY maak 2 (but in Lue usually pronounced as a syllabic [m 2l in ordinary speech); CM maak3 'areca' CN - LP, LM, WN, LC, PS, NM maak 2 N - Y maak2 ; Sk maak 6; WM maak 5
89
Comparative Tai Source Book
0207 - widowed, CI SW - S, W, B, Sh maal; LNK maal; LCH, LMY maal; CM maay5 CN - LP, LM, WN, LC, PS, NM maay3 N - Y maay2; Sk maay6; WM maal (Bl in N languages) 0208 - wood, C4 SW - S maay4; W, B may6; Sh, LNK mayS; LCH, LMY, CM mal CN - LP mai; LM, WN mal; LC mal 'tree'; PS, NM mal N - Y, Sk mal; WM fal; P may4 0209 - flea, DSI SW - S, W, B mae; Sh mat4 ; LNK, LCH, LMY matI; CM mae CN - LP maf; LM mat'; WN mat6; LC, PS mat 2; NM mat4 N - Y mae; Sk mat4 ; WM mae; P mat2 0210 - to tie up; a bundle, DS4, (cf. 0659, 0839) SW - S, W mat 4 ; B, Sh, LCH, LMY matS; CM mat6 CN - WN mat4 0211 - new, Bl SW - S mal; W, B, Sh maUj2; LNK mal; LCH, LMY mal; CM may3 CN - LP, LM, WN, LC, PS, NM maUj2 N - Y m0 2 ; Sk moo 6 ; WM my5; P mooS 0212 - to burn (intransitive), CI, (cf. 0638) SW - S, W, B, Sh mal; LNK may4; LCH, LMY mai; CM mai CN - LP, LM, WN, LC, PS, NM may3 0213 - a seed, grain, DS4, (ef. 0457,0943) SW - S met\ mii4 Id; W mit4 ; B mitS; Sh met\ LNK mee; LCH, LMY met S; CMmd CN - LM, WN mat 4 N - Y nat l ; Sk mlEk6 (less frequent mlet6 ); WM nat 6 ; P nEe 0214 - mother, B4 SW - S mEe 3 ; W, B mES; Sh me 3 ; LNK mEE 3 ; LCH meeS; LMY mE&3; CM meE 4 CN - LP, LM, WN, LC, PS, NM mee' N - Y meS; Sk mee'; WM me S (B7); P mee6 02 15 - insect, A4 SW - S mEETJ I, ma 4 1&&TJl; W, B, Sh mETJ4; LNK m&ETJ6; LCH, LMY m&TJ4; CM mE&TJI CN - LP, LM meeTJ4; WN meTJ4; LC, PS, NM meeTJ4 N - Y neTJ4 'mosquito'; Sk mEETJ4; WM neTJ2; P neeTJ2
90
Cognates
0216 - a bear, Al SW - S mE s; W, B, Sh mil; LNK miil; LCH, LMY miil, mii 1 m¥yl; CM mii 2 CN - LP miP; LM meyl; WN mwyl; BY mii 2; LC, PS miil; NM meyl N - Y mwayl; Sk mii 2 (said to be < Lao or Siamese), mway2, m¥¥y2; WM mwyl 0217 - wife, A4, (cf. 0737, 0876) SW - S mia 1; W me4 ; B mia 4 ; Sh me 4 ; LNK mia6 ; LCH, LMY mee 4 ; CM mial eN - WN mii 4 0218 - knife, OL4 SW - S miit3 ; W mit4 ; B mitS; Sh mie; LNK, LCH, LMY miitS; CM miit4 CN - LM miit5; WN mitS 'razor' N - Y mie; WM mit6 ; P mitl (OS4 in N languages) 0219 - hand, A4 SW - S mww l; W, B, Sh mw 4 ; LNK mww 6 ; LCH, LMY mww 4 ; CM mww l CN - LP m¥¥4; LM m¥ut; WN mU114; BY mww 3 ; LC, PS mww 4 ; NM maUj4 N - Y fW,,4; Sk mww4 ; WM faUj2, fw,,2; P fW112 0220 - a meal, C4 SW - S mww 4 ; W, B mw 6 'day'; 5h mw 5 'day, not used alone'; LNK mww 5 'day'; LCH, LMY mww 6 'day'; CM mww 6 'a turn' CN - WN mww 6 'a meal, a time' N - Y fw 6 'meal'; Sk mww 6 'day' 0221 - city, a country, A4 SW - S mwa"l; W m¥114; B mwa,,4; Sh m¥,,4; LNK mwa,,6; LCH, LMY m¥,,4; CMmwa,,1 CN - WN mw,,4 N - Y pwa,,4 (but mwa,,4 in place names); Sk phia,,4 0222 - stiff and tired, B4 SW - S mwal; W m¥y5; B mway5; Sh moy3; LNK mwal; LMY m¥y5; CMmwal CN-WNmwyS N - Y mwayS 0223 - dark, OL4 SW - S mwwt\ W mwt4 ; B mwtS; Sh mwt 5, mwt4 (OS?); LNK, LCH, LMY mwwt S; CM mwwt4 0224 - ink, OS4 SW - S mwk2 (OS?); W mwk 4 ; B mwk\ Sh (nam 5) mwk5 ; LNK, LMY mwk l CDS?); eM mwkJ (DL?) CN - LP, LM m¥k4; WN mak4 ; LC, PS m¥k4; NM mak4 N - Y mak l ; Sk mwk6 ; WM mak6 91
Comparative Tai Source Book
0225 - all, all gone, DSl, (cf. 1020)
SW - S moe; W, B met2; Sh mot4 ; LNK m¥tl (modern mati); LCH, LMY mot l; CMmot2 C - LM myt4 (DS4) N - Y mwat S (DL4, cognate?); Sk m~t4 'clean' 0226 - ant, DS 4
SW - S, W mot4; B, Sh motS; LNK moe; LCH, LMY motS; CM mot6 CN - LP mot4 ; LM myt4 ; WN mat4 ; LC, PS myt4 ; NM met4 N - Y mati; Sk mek6 ; WM mot6 ; P moe 0227 - cooking pot, CI, (cf. 1136) SW - S m~:)\ W, B, Sh m~3; LNK m:x)4; LCH, LMY m~:)3; CM m~~s
CN - LP, LM, WN, LC, PS, NM moo> N - Y mo 3; Sk m:)o3 0228 - fog, DLl
SW - S m~:)k2; W, B m~72; Sh m~k2; LNK, LCH, LMY m~~k2; CM CN - LP, LM mook2; WN m~k2 'cloud'; LC, PS, NM mook 2 N - Y mok2 ; Sk m~~k6
m~~k3
0229 - pillow, Al
SW - S m~~n5; W, B, Sh m~nl; LNK m~~nl; LCH, LMY m:)n!; CM mo:)n2 CN - LP, LM moon!; WN mon l; LC, PS, NM moon! 0230 - to roof, A4
SW - S muY]!; W, B, Sh muY]4; LNK muY]6; LCH, LMY muY]4; CM muY]l CN - LP, LM foY]4; WN muY]4; LC fUY]4; PS fOY]4 N - Y fOY]4; SK V~~Y]I (AI?) 0231 - rice field, A4 SW - S naa 1; W, B, Sh naa4 ; LNK naa6 ; LCB, LMY naa4 ; CM naa l
CN - LP, LM, WN, LC, PS, NM naa4 N - Y na4 ; Sk naa4 ; WM, P naa2 0232 - water, C4
SW - S naam4 ; W, B nam6 ; Sh nam 5 ; LNK naam s; LCH, LMY, CM nam 6 CN - LP nam 3; LM, WN, LC, PS, NM nam 6 N - Y ram 6 ; Sk nam6 ; WM ram 4 ; P lam 4 0233 - thorn, AI, (cf. 0757)
SW - S naam 5; W, B, Sh, LNK, LCH, LMY naam l; CM naam 2 CN - LP, LM, WN, LC, PS, NM naam l
92
Cognates
0234 - cold, AI SW - S naaw5; W, B naaw 1; Sh naaw 1 'fever'; LNK, LCH, LMY naaw\ CM naaw2 CN - LP, LM naaw 1 'fever, illness' 0235 - heavy, DSI SW - S, W, B nak2 ; Sh nak4 ; LNK, LCH, LMY nak!; CM nak2 CN - LP nak2 ; LM nak\ WN nak6 ; LC, PS nak2 ; NM nak4 N - Y nak3 ; Sk nak 4 ; WM naks; P nak2 0236 - to sit, B4 SW - S naTl 3; W, B naTl s; Sh, LNK naTl 3; LCH, LMY naTl s; CM naTl 4 CN - LP, LM, WN, LC, PS, NM naTl s N - Y, Sk naTl 5 ; WM, P naTl 6 0237 - to count, DS4 SW - S, W nap\ B, Sh naps; LNK nap3; LCH, LMY naps; CM nap6 CN - WN nap4 N - Sk nap6 0238 - stinger (ofa bee), A4 SW - S nayl; W, B lal; LNK lay6; LCH, LMY mal; CM mayl CN - WNlal N - Y, Sk lal; P lay2 0239 - finger, toe, C4, (cf. 0868) SW - S niw4; W, B niw6 ; Sh, LNK niw 5 ; LCH, LMY, CM niw6 CN - LP niiw3; LM niiw6 ; WN niw6 ; LC, PS niiw6 0240 - one, B4?, (cf. 0754) SW - S nWTl 2 (B?); W, B nWTl 5 (B4); Sh, LNK nWTl 3 (B4); LCH, LMY nWTl' (B4); CM nWTl 4 (B4), nWTl 3 CN - LC n\'Tl I used in connected speech, n\'Tl s (B4) used in counting; PS nWTlI, nWTl 5 (B4) N - Sk nWTl 5 (B4) 0241 - to steam, C 1 SW - S, W, B, Sh nWTl 3 ; LNK nWTl\ LCH, LMY nWTl 3 ; CM nWTl 5 CN - LM n\'Tl 3; WN nWTl 3, naTl 3 ; NM naTl 3 N - Y naTl 3 ; Sk nWTl 3 ; WM naTl 3 0242 - bird, DS4 SW - S, W nok 4 ; B, Sh nok s; LNK nok 3 ; LCH, LMY nok s; CM nok6 CN - LP, LM, WN nok4 ; LC nuk 4 ; PS, NM nok 4 N - Y rokl; Sk n::lk6 ; WM rok 6 ; P bk3
93
Comparative Tal Source Book
0243 - a sprout, shoot, Bl, (cf. 0882) SW - S n:d; W, B, Sh n::?; LNK no0 3 ; LCH, LMY no02 ; CM no0 3 CN - LP, LM, LC, PS, NM no0 2 0244 - outside, DL4 SW - S nO::Jk3 ; W n0 4 ; B n07 5 ; Sh n::Jk 3 ; LNK, LCH, LMY nooks; CM n::Jok 4 CN - LP, LM nooks; WN nok s; LC nook 4 ; PS, NM nooks N - Y rok s; Sk lookS; WM f'tk 6 ; P 100k6 0245 - to lie down, to sleep, A4 SW - S noon l ; W, B, Sh n::m 4; LNK noon 6 ; LCH, LMY non 4; CM n:x:m l CN - LP, LM noon4 ; WN non4 ; LC, PS, NM noon 4 N -Y nin4 ; Sk nuun 4 ; WM nin2 , nwn 2 ; P nwn 2 0246 - small, few, C4, (cf. 1119) SW - S nooy4, noy2; W, B nol; Sh noy; LNK nooy (also, in certain phrases nooyl, nooy4); LCH, LMY noy6 (both also have noy in certain expressions); CM nooy5 (C?) CN - LP noo/; LM noal, nool; WN nol; LC noo/; PS nooy6 'little in quantity'; NM nooy6 'little' N - Y noy (B4); Sk nooy (B4); WM nyy4 0247 - beard, DLl, (cf. 0857) SW - S nuaf; W not2; B nuat2 ; Sh not2; LNK nuat 2; LCH, LMY noot 2; CM nuae 0248 - midday meal, A4 SW - S T]aayl; W, B T]aay4; LNK T]aal 'breakfast'; LCH, LMY T]aa/ 'morning meal'; CM T]aay! CN - LP, LM T]aay4 'morning meal'; WN, LC T]aay4 'breakfast'; PS, NM T]aa/ ('morning meal' in PS, NM) N - Y, Sk T]aay4; WM, P T]aal 0249 - easy, B4 SW - S T]aay3; W, B T]aal; Sh, LNK T] aay3; LCH, LMY T]aal; CM T]aa/ CN - WN T] aay 5 N - Y, Sk T]aal 0250 - silver, money, A4, (cf. 0986) SW - S T]yn l ; W T]wn4; B T]Yn4; Sh T]wn4; LNK T]yn 6 ; LCH, LMY T]wn4; CM T]Yn! CN - LP, LM T]Yn4; WN T]an4; LC, PS T]¥n4; NM T]en4 N - Y T]an4; Sk ]1&114; WM T]anl
94
Cognates
0251 - kapok tree, C4, (cf. 0613) SW - S lliw4; W, B TJiw6 ; LNK T]iw 5; LCH niw6 ; LMY T]iw6; CM TJiw6 'kapok' CN - WN OEW6 N - Y rew6; Sk T]iiwl (OG), T]ivl (YG) 'kapok' (C?) 0252 - sweat, B I SW - S TJwa2, hwa2; W h¥2; B hwa2; Sh h¥\ LNK hwa3; LCH, LMY h¥y2; CM hwa3 CN - LP h\,\,2; LM thww 2; WN thwy2; LC, PS hWW1; NM 4ww 2 0253 - the gums, gills, DLl SW - S T]wak2; W hv72; B hwa7 1; Sh hvk2; LNK hwak2; LCH, LMY T]Y¥k2; CM T]wak l . CN - LP hy\'k\ LM hwwk2; WN TJyk2; LC, PS h¥\'k2 N - Y TJWk3 (DS1); P TJWWk5 'palate', TJWk2 'gills' 0254 - grey-haired, DLl SW - S T]00k2; W, B h07 2 ; LNK, LCH, LMY T]00k2; CM T]OOk3 CN - LM, LC, PS hook2 N - Sk huuk6 0255 - cockscomb, Al SW - S TJoon 5 ; W, B, Sh hon l ; LNK hoon l ; LCH, LMY h:ml; CM TJoon 2 CN - LP hoon l ; LM khoon l ; WN mon l ; BY hoon l ; LC, PS, NM hoonl N - Sk hoon l (more commonly called khial 4 [OG], khian4 [YGJ) 0256 - ox, A4, (cf. 1069) SW - S llua l , wua l ; W T]04; B TJua4 ; Sh TJ04, w0 4 ; LNK TJua6 ; LCH ho0 4 (colloquial), vo04 (literary); LMY T]004; CM TJua l 0257 - snake, A4 SW - S TJuu 1; W, B, Sh T]u 4; LNK T]uu6 ; LCH, LMY T]uu 4 ; CM T]uu l CN - LP vuu 4 ; LM TJOW4; WN, LC, PS lluu4 ; NM Iww 4 N - Y llwa4; Sk llua4 ; WM llw 2; P llWW2 0258 - forest, B2, (cf. 0448, 0900) SW - S, W, B, Sh paa 2 ; LNK paa3 ; LCH, LMY paa2 ; CM paa1 eN - WN paaz N - Sk paa6 0259 - aunt, older sister of either parent, C2 SW - S, W, B, Sh paal ; LNK paa5 ; LCH, LMY paal ; eM paa5 eN - LP, LM, WN, Le, PS, NM paal N - Y pal; Sk, WM, P paal
95
Comparative Tai Source Book
0260 - to announce, B2 SW - S, W, B, Sh paaw2 ; LNK paaw 3 ; LCH, LMY paaw2 ; CM paawl N - Y paaw2 ; Sk paaw6 0261 - to go, A2 SW - S, W, B, Sh pay'; LNK pay2; LCH pay'; LMY pay4 (LCH and LMY have pay' 'don't' before verbs; for this, LCH also has yaa2 payl); CM payl (A2?) CN - LP paf; LM peyl; WN, LC, PS, NM payl N - Y, Sk pay'; WM poyl; P payl 0262 - to blow, B2 SW - S, W, B, Sh pawl; LNK paw3 ; LCH, LMY pawl; CM pawl CN - LP paws; LM, WN pawl; PS paw2 ; NM puu 2 N - Y pOl; Sk ph:X)6 0263 - to be, become, A2 SW - S pen l ; W pinl; B, Sh pen l; LNK pen1 ; LCH, LMY pinl; CM pen1 CN - LP phin4; LM pin4; WN pan4 ; LC, PS pin4 ; NM pen 4 (A4 in CN languages) N - Y pan4 ; Sk phal 4 (OG), phan 4 (YG); WM, P pan 2 (A4 in N languages) 0264 - duck, DS2 SW - S, W, B pet2; Sh pd; LNK, LCH, LMYpet\ CM pee CN - LP pie; LM pyae; WN pat6 ; LC, PS pie; NM pet4 N - Y pie; Sk pit4 ; WM pitS 0265 - eight, DL2 SW - S peee; W, B, Sh pee; LNK, LCH, LMYped; CM peetl CN - LP peetS; LM peetZ; WN pee; LC, PS, NM peee N - Y pee; Sk peet6 ; WM petS; P peetS 0266 - wing, DL2, (cf. 0784) SW - S piik2 ; W, B pi7z; Sh pik2 ; LNK, LCH, LMY piik2 ; CM piik3 CN - LP pik2 ; LM pik3 (DS2); WN pik6 (DS2); LC, PS pik 2 ; NM piik2 0267 - tender, decayed, B2 SW - S pwaf; W p¥f; B pwal; Sh pof; LNK pway1; LCH, LMY p'lry2; CMpway1 N - Sk pway6 0268 - gun, A2 SW - S pwwn 1; W, B, Sh pwn l 'arrow'; LNK pwwn 2 ; LCH, LMY pwn 1 'arrow'; CM pwwn 2
96
Cognates
0269 - fish, A2 SW - S plaa 1; W, B, Sh paa 1; LNK paa2 ; LCH, LMY paa l; CM paa2 CN - LP pyaa2 ; LM pyaa 1; WN paa l; LC, PS, NM pyaa1 N - Y pya!; Sk plaa 1 (OG), praa! (YG); WM plaa!; P pyaa! 0270 - end, tip, A2, (cf. 0746) SW - S plaay!; W, B, Sh paayl; LNK paay; LCH, LMY paayl; CM paay2 CN - LM pyaayl; WN paayl; LC pyaayl 'summit of the tree'; PS, NM pyaay! N - Y pyaayl; Sk plaayl (OG), praayl (YG); WM plaayl; P pyaayl 0271 - empty, B2 SW - S plaaw2 ; W, B, Sh pawl; LNK pa\V1; LCH, LMY paw2 ; CM paw3 CN - LP pyaw5 ; LM pyaw2 ; WN paw2 ; LC, PS pyaw2 N - Y pyu2; Sk pluu6 (OG), pruu6 (YG); WM plaw; P pyuu S 0272 - to fell (a tree), C2 SW - S plam 3 'to wrestle'; W, B, Sh pam 3; LNK pams 'to wrestle, fell a tree'; LCH, LMY pom 3 ; CM pam 5 N - Sk plam3 (OG), pram 3 (YG) 0273 - flame, A2 SW - S plew 1; W, B pew!; Sh pew l ; LNK peew2 ; LCH, LMY pew!; CM pew2 CN - LM, PS piiw l N - Sk pleew! COG), preew! (YG) 0274 -leech, A2 SW - S pli'lll; W, B, Sh pi'll!; LNK pi,,2; LCH, LMY pi'll I; CM pi'll2 CN - LP pi'll2; LM, WN pi'lll; LC, PS pi'lll; NM p'i'lll N - Y pi'll!; Sk pli,,! (OG), pri'll! (YG); WM pli'lll; P pi'lll 0275 - to blow away, A2 SW - S pliw l; W, B, Sh piw l ; LNK piw2 ; LCH, LMY piw l ; CM piw2 N - Sk pliwl (OG), priwl (YG) 0276 - to take down, put down, A2 SW - S pIa,,!; W pu,,!; B, Sh pO'lll; LNK pO'll2; LCH, LMY pU'll!; CM pO'll2 CN - WN pO'll1 N - Y pyO'lll; Sk plo,,! (OG), pro'll! (YG) 0277 - to remove, take down, DS2 SW - S plof; W pot2 (but pwtz in certain expressions); B poe; Sh pot4 'to unloose, loosen; to teach to read'; LNK poe; CM pot2 CN - LM pyoe N - Sk plet4 (OG), pret4 (YG)
97
Comparative rai Source Book
0278 - to release, B2 SW - S ploy2; W, B, Sh pol; LNK pooyl; LCH, LMY pol; CM poy3 CN - LP pyyyy5; LM pyuul; WN poy2; LC pyuuy2 0279 - white ant, OL2 SW - S pluak2; W pO?2; B pua?2; Sh pok2; LNK puak2 ; LCH, LMY pook 2; CM puak3 CN - LP cuuk\ LM pyuuk2; WN cuk2; PS kuuk2 N - Y suk 3; Sk (di6) pluk4 (OG), (Cii6) pruk4 (YG) (OS2 in N languages) 0280 - to awaken (someone), OS2, (cf. 0901) SW - S plukl; W, B pUk2; Sh pok\ LNK puk'; CM pUk2 CN - LM pyok3 ; WN pok6 ; LC pyuk2; PS pyok2 N - Y pyok3 ; Sk pluk4 (OG), pruk4 (YG); P pyok 2 0281 - to plant, OL2 SW - S pluuk2; W, B pu7 2; Sh phuk2; LNK, LCH, LMY puuk 2 ; CM pUUk3 CN - LM pywwk2 'to transplant', pyok3 'to plant seeds' (which is cognate?); WN pUk6 (OS2); LC pyyyk 2 'to stop; to transplant to some other place' N - Sk plook6 (OG), prook 6 (YG) 0282 - to cover, OS2, (cf. 0794, 1078) SW - S, W, B pok 2; LNK, LCH, LMY pok'; CM pOk2 N - Sk pok4, pOk4 0283 - to peel, OL2 SW - S pook 2 ; W, B po7 2 ; Sh pok 2 ; LMY pook2 ; CM pOOk3 CN - LP pOOk5 'to skin'; LM pook2 ; WN pok2 ; LC pOOk2 'to skin' (Li says < Chinese); PS, NM pOOk2 'to skin' N - Y pok2 0284 - to split, B 1 SW - S, W phaa 2 ; B faa2 ; Sh phaa2 ; LNK phaa 3 ; LeH, LMY phaa 2 ; CM phaa3 CN - LM, WN phaa2 N - Y pa2 ; Sk phaa6 ; P paa5 0285 - cloth, CI SW - S, W phaa3 ; B faa 3 ; Sh phaa 3 ; LNK phaa4 ; LCH, LMY phaa3 ; CM phaas 0286 - to lay (a cloth) across, OL4 SW - S phaae; W paat4; B paat5; Sh paae; LNK phaae; LCH, LMY paat5; CM paat4 CN - WN paat5 N - Y paat5
98
Cognates
0287 - vegetable, DSI SW - S, W phak2; B fak2 ; Sh phak4; LNK, LCH, LMY phakl; CM phak2 CN - LP phyak2; LM phyak 3 ; WN phak6 ; LC, PS phyak2; NM phyak4 N - Y piak2 (DLl); Sk phrak4; WM plak5 ; P pyak2 0288 - to fold, DS4, (cf. 0374, 0422) SW - S phap4; W pap4; B paps; LNK phap 3; CM phap 6 CN - WN pap4 N - Y papl; Sk th rap 6, ph ap6, phl ap 6; WM pap6 0289 - daughter-in-law, C4, (cf. 1091) SW - S (Sal) phay4; W, B pa1ll6; LNK phal; LCH, LMY, CM pay6 N - Y pa1ll6; SK khw¥¥6; WM, P pa1ll4 0290 - goat, C3 SW - S phE74 (7); W, B be 3 ; Sh pes (C4); LNK bees; LCH, LMY bee 3 , per (LMY informant thinks these are two different kinds of goats); CM pe7 6 (C4) CN - LP bee ' ; LM mee 3; WN bee3 ; LC bee 3 'sheep'; PS, NM bee> N - Y be6; Sk bee J 0291 - raft, A4 SW - S phee 1; W, B, Sh pe 4; LNK phee6; LCH, LMY pee4 ; CM peel CN - LM pee 4 ; WN pee 4 ; PS, NM pee 4 N - Y pe4; Sk phee4 0292 - to clean, Cl SW - S pheew3 ; W phew) 'to sweep'; B few 'to sweep'; Sh phew3 ; LNK pheew4; LCH, LMY phew>; CM phiaw5 'to sweep' CN - LM pheew3 'to clear (grass)' N - Y pew 'to clear out' 0293 - fat, A4 SW - S phiil; W, B, Sh pi4; LNK phii 6 ; LCB, LMY pii4; CM piil CN - LP phii4; LM pel; WN, LC, PS pii4; NM pel N - Y pi4; Sk phuuy4 (cognate?); WM pj2; P pW 0294 - older sibling, B4 SW - S phil 3; W, B pis; Sh pe; LNK phie; LCH, LMY pjjS; CM pjj4 CN - LP phii 5 ; LM pel; WN, LC, PS pii 5 ; NM pey5 N - Y pi6 (C4); Sk phii 5 (B4); WM pol (C4); P pjj4 (C4) 0295 - wrong, DSl, (cf. 0988) SW - S, W phie; B fie; Sh phit4 ; LNK, LCH, LMY phitl; CM phie CN - WN phit6 N - Sk phit4
99
Comparative Tal Source Book 0296 - to whistle, Al SW - S phiws; W, B thiw l; Sh, LNK phiwl; LCH, LMY thiw l ; CM phiwz CN - LP khwiiwz (B 1); LM viiw l ; WN thiw'; PS khwii~ (B 1); NM khwij2 (B 1) N - Sk thiw2 , phriw2, hii~ (OG), hiw2 (YG) 0297 - bee, beeswax, Cl SW - S, W phW113; B fWllJ; Sh phW113; LNK ph'l114, ph'l'l114; LCH, LMY phw113; CM ph'l115 CN - LM phYY11 3 (usual word is mii 4 fOll') 0298 - to turn (something) over, DS4 SW - S phlik4; W pik4; B piks; CM pik6 (in W, B, and CM also 'to turn back, return') 0299 - betel, A4 SW - S phluu l ; W, B pu 4 ; Sh pus (C4); LNK phuu 6 ; LCH, LMY puu 4 ; CM puu' N - Y pyu4; Sk phluu 4 (OG), phruu 4 (YG) 0300 - hair of the head, Al SW - S phom 5 ; W phum'; B fom l; Sh, LNK phom'; LCH, LMY phum'; CM phom 2 CN - LP, LM phyom'; WN pham l; BV phom'; LC phyum l; PS, NM phyoml N - Y piam'; Sk phram 2 ; WM plom'; P pyom l 0301- father, B4 SW - S ph::d; W, B pos; Sh po); LNK phoo); LCH, LMY p005; CM p004 CN - LP phoos; LM, WN, LC, PS, NM poos N - Y pos; Sk phoo 5 ; WM Py 6 ; P p006 0302 - coconut, C4 SW - S (mii4) phraaw4 ; W, B (maa7 2) paaw6 ; LNK (maak2) phaaw5 ; LClI, LMY (maak2) paaw6 ; CM (ba72) paaw6 CN - LM pyaawS; WN phaaws (B4 in CN languages) N - Y paaw5 (B4), piaw4 (A4); Sk phlaaw6 (OG), phraaw6 (YG) 0303 - root, DL4 SW - S raakJ; W haa4 ; B haa7 5; Sh haak 3 ; LNK haak5 ; LCH, LMY haak 5 (literary raak 5, laak5); CM haak4 CN - LP, LM, WN laaks; LC laak4; PS, NM laak s N - Y raak s; Sk raak 6 COL?); WM raak6 ; P laak 6 0304 - to love, DS4 SW - S rak4 ; W hak4; B, Sh hak5 ; LNK hak3 , lak3 ; LCH hak s; LMY hak 5 (literary rak\ \ak5); CM hak 6
100
Cognates
0305 - we (you and I, not others), A4 SW - raw l; W, B, Sh haw4 ; LNK haw6 ; LCH haw4 ; LMY haw4 (literary raw4); CM haw l CN - LP faw4 ; LM law4 ; WN oaw4; LC, PS, NM law4 N - Y raw4; Sk ro0 4; WM raw l (A?); P law2 0306 - dry field, B4 SW - S rai; W, B hayS; Sh, LNK hai; LCH, LMY hayS; CM hal CN - LP fal; LM lal; WN oal; LC, PS fa y5 N - Y ri s; Sk riis; WM rol; P lii 6 0307 - armpit, second syllable C4; first syllable DS4 SW - S (rak4 ) ree 4 ; W (hak4) he 6 , (haaTJI) he6 ; B (hak 5) he 6 ; LNK (khii4) hees; LMY hee\ le£6; CM h£e 6 CN - LP (fak 4) feel; LM (lak4) lee 6; PS (<J.ak4) fee 6 N - Sk khee s (B4) 0308 - a snare, C4 SW - S m:w4; W, B hew6 ; Sh hewS; LNK heew; LCH, LMY hew6 ; CM heew6 CN - LM hee~ 'loop in a snare'; WN oiw6 N - Sk reew6 0309 - edge, A4, (cf. 1137) SW - S riml; W, B, Sh him\ LNK him 6 ; LCH, LMY him 4 ; CM himl N - Sk rim 4 0310 - boat, A4 SW - S rwa l ; W h)(4; B hwa4 ; Sh h)(4; LNK hwa6 (modern lwa6); LCH h)()(4; LMY hn4 (literary f)()(4, 1)()(4 ); CM hwa l CN - LP 1)()(4; LM, WN, LC, PS, NM lww 4 N - Y rua4 ; Sk rual (A?); WM ru 2 0311 - house, A4 SW - S rwan l; W h)(n 4 ; B hwan4 ; Sh hYn4; LNK hwan 6 ; LCH hYn4; LMY h)(n4 (rare, literary r)(n 4); CM hwan l CN - LP <j.yvn4 ; LM Iwwn4; WN own\ LC, PS f)(yn 4 ; NM Iwwn4 N - Y, Sk raan4; WM raan 2; P laan 2 0312 - day after tomorrow, A4 SW - S (ma4 ) rwwn l; W, B, Sh hW4; LNK hww 6 ; LCH, LMY hww 4 ; CM hww 1 CN - LP hy 4; LM IYUj4; WN, LC, PS Iww 4; NM laUj4 N - Y rw 4 ; Sk rww l (A?)
101
Comparative rai Source Book
0313 - shade, B4 SW - S rom 3; W hums; B horns; Sh, LNK hom 3; LCH, LMY hums (literary rums, lum S); CM hom4 CN - LM lams; WN pums 'shade', lams 'shady' (which is cognate?) N - Y rams; Sk yum l (A?); WM ram 6 0314 - hot, C4, (cf. 1006) SW - S roon 4 ; W, B hon 6 ; Sh hon s; LNK hoon 5 (modern loonS); LCH, LMY hon 6 (also, literary ron6 , bnO); CM hoon 6 N - Sk ruul 6 (OG), ruun 6 (YG) 0315 - hundred, C4, (cf. 0912) SW - S rooy4; W, B hoy6; LNK hooy5 (also, 'to string'), bol 'hundred'; LCH, LMY hol (literary roy\ \o y6; in both Lue dialects the usual word for 'hundred' is paak2); CM boy6, hool N - Y roy6 'to string'; Sk rool; WM r¥y4 'to string' 0316 - to leak, B4 SW - rua3; W has; B hua5; Sh h0 3; LNK hua3; LCH, LMY ho0 5; CM hua4 CN - LP fuus; LM luus; WN ouu s; LC, PS fuus; NM lows N - Y ro s; Sk roo s; WM ry6 0317 - fence, C4 SW - S rua4 ; W h0 6; B hua 6 ; Sh h0 5; LNK hua 5; LCH, LMY ho0 6 ; CM hua6 CN - LM luu6 'to fence' 0318 - hole, A4, (cf. 0038, 0546) SW - S ruul; W, B, Sh hu4 ; LNK huu6 ; LCH huu 4 ; LMY huu 4 (literary ruu 4 ); CM huu l CN - LP fuu\ LM low4 ; WN ouu4 ; LC, PS fuu 4 ; NM low4 N - WM ru l (A?) 0319 - to know, C4 SW - S ruu 4 ; W, B hu6 ; Sh hus; LNK huus (modern luuS); LCH huu 6 ; LMY huu 6 (literary ruu 6, luu6); CM huu 6 CN - LP fuu 3 ; LM low6 ; WN ouu 6 ; LC, PS fuu 6 ; NM low6 N - Y r06; Sk ro06; WM n A ; P 1004 0320 - young unmarried woman, Al SW - S saaw; W, B saaw l; Sh shaaw l ; LNK, LCH, LMY saaw l ; CM saaw CN - LP haw l; LM, WN saaw l ; BY faaw 2 ; LC, PS, NM faaw l N - Y 8aawl ; Sk saaw; WM 8aaw l ; P faaw l
102
Cognates
0321 - sand, A4 SW - S saayl; W, B saal; Sh shaay4; LNK saal; LCH, LMY saal; CM saai CN - LP faal; LM, WN saay4; LC, PS, NM faal N - Y 8wal; Sk yooy4, yol (fast speech) 0322 - left (hand), C4 SW - S saal; W, B saay6; Sh shaay 5; LNK saa/; LCH, LMY, CM saay6 CN - LP faayl; LM, WN saa/; LC, PS, NM faa/ N - Y 8wal; WM 8wl; p f wwy4 0323 - cord, string, AI, (cf. 1086) SW - S saa/; W, B saayl; Sh shaayl; LNK, LCH, LMY saai; CM saay2 CN - LP faayl; LM, WN saayl; BV +aayl; LC, PS faai N - Y 8aayl; Sk saay2 'cord, string' (but saayl 'necklace'); WM 8aai 0324 - late in the morning, Al SW - S saa/; W, B saai; LNK suayl; LCH, LMY xwaayl; CM khwaayZ CN - LP faayl; LM, WN saayl; BV +aay2; LC, PS hayl N - Y kwaal; Sk thlaa4 (OG), thraa4 (YG) (probably not cognate); P kwaayl (A4 in N languages) 0325 - to wash (clothes), DS4, (cf. 0552, 1116) SW - S, W sak4; B sak 5 ; Sh shak 5; LNK sak 3 ; LCH, LMY sak 5 ; CM sak 6 CN - LP +ak 4 ; LM, WN sak 4 ; LC, PS fak 4 N - Y 8ak l; Sk yak6 ; WM 8ak6 ; P fak 3 0326 - to repeat, C4 SW - S sam 4 ; W, B sam 6 ; Sh shamS; LNK sam 5 ; LCH, LMY sam6 'all, completely' (cognate?); CM sam b N - Skyam6 0327 - animal, DSI SW - S, W, B sat2; Sh shat4 ; LNK satl; LCH SEtl; LMY satl; CM sat2 N - Sk S&t4 , sat4 0328 - banyan, A4 SW - S sayl; W, B hal; LNK sal; LCH, LMY hay4; CM hayl CN - LM hal; WN oal N - Sk hay4 0329 - to put, BI SW - S sayl; W, B saUJ2; Sh shaUJ2; LNK say3; LCH, LMY say2; CM sayl N - Y S02; Sk coo 6
103
Comparative Tai Source Book
0330 ~ intestines, Cl SW - S, W, B say3; Sh shal; LNK say4; LCH, LMY sal; CM sayS CN - LP ial; LM, WN sal; LC, PS, NM ial N - Y 9al; Sk sal; WM 9al; Pial 0331 - clear, transparent, Al SW - S sal; W, B saLLf!; Sh shaLLfI; LCH, LMY say!; CM say CN - LP iaLLfI; LM, WN saLLfI; BV iaLLf2; LC, PS, NM iaLLf! N - Y, WM 9aLLfI; P iaLLfI 0332 ~ spade, Al SW - S siam5; W semI; B siam l ; Sh shem l ; LNK siam l ; LCH, LMY semi; CM siam 2 CN - LC iiim l 0333 - sound, Al SW ~ S siall5; W sell l ; B sialll; Sh shell l ; LNK sialll; LCH, LMY sell l; CM siall2 CN - LP, LM hilll; WN hell l; LC heell l; PS heelll 'voice'; NM hYlll 'voice' N - Y hilll; Sk siall2; WM 9ill! (Li says < Chinese) 0334 - ten, DSI SW - S, W, B sip2; Sh ship4; LNK, LCH, LMY sipl; CM sip2 CN ~ LP iip2; LM si p3; WN Si p6; LC, PS iip2; NM iOp4 N - Y sipl; Sk Si p6; WM sip6; P sip3 (DS4 in N languages) 0335 - chisel, B 1 SW ~ S, W, B siw2 ; Sh shiw2 ; LNK siw; LCH, LMY siw2 ; CM siw3 CN ~ LM sii~; WN siw2; LC iii~ N - Y 9i~, 9iaw2 ; Sk siiw6 (OG), siw6 (YG); P iiws 0336 - pimple, Al SW - S siw5; W, B siw 1; Sh shiwl; LNK, LCH, LMY siw l ; CM siw2 N - Y saw4 (A4); Sk siiwl COG), siw l (YG) 0337 - shirt, Cl, (cf. 0880) SW - S swa3 ; W 5y3; B swa3 ; Sh shY}; LNK swa4; LCH, LMY Syy3; CM swa5 CN - LP h y3; LM, WN sww3; LC, PS, NM iww 3 0338 - straight, B4 SW - S sww 3 'honest'; W, B sw 5; Sh shw3 ; LNK sww}; LCH, LMY sww5; CM sww 4 CN - LM SYLLf5; WN sww 5; LC iww 5 N - Y 905; Sk yoos
104
Cognates
0339 - heel, Cl SW - S son3 ; W sun3 ; 8 son3 ; Sh shon 3 ; LNK son 4 ; LCH, LMY sun3 ; CM sons CN • LP f¥n 3; LM s¥n 3; WN san 3; LC, PS ,.)(n 3; NM ,.en 3 N - Y 9an2 (81); Sk son3 0340 - elbow, DLl SW - S sook2 ; W, B s01 2 ; Sh shok2 ; LNK, LCH, LMY sook2 ; CM sook3 'lower arm' CN - LP fook 2; LM sook2 ; WN sok2 ; PS ,.00k2 N - Y suak s (DL4); Sk sook6, suak6 0341 - two, AI, (cf. 0734) SW - S SOOTJ5; W, B SOTJI; Sh shOlll; LNK 5:)011 1; LCH, LMY 50111; CM S0011 2 CN - LP "0011 1; LM SOOl1l; WN SOl1l; BV "0011 2; LC, PS, NM iOOlll N - Y 9011\ Sk SOOTJ2; WM 9)(TJI; P fOOll1 0342 - garden Al SW - S suan\ W son l; B suan l; Sh shon l ; LNK 5uan1 ; LCH, LMY 50n\ CM suan 2 CN - LP ,.uun 1; LM suun l; WN swn l ; BV ,.uun 2 ; LC, PS, NM iuun l N - Y 9wan!; Sk suan2 ; WM 9uan!; P ,.wwn! 0343 - cooked, ripe, DS I SW - S, W, B suk2 ; Sh shuk4 ; LNK, LCH, LMY SUkl; CM suk 2 CN - LP fok 4 (DS4); LM sok3 ; WN suk6 ; LC iUk2 ; PS fok 2 ; NM ,.ok4 N - Y suk; Sk suk6 ; P ~Uk3, ;'uk3 (DS4 in N languages) 0344 - high, tall, Al SW - S suu115; W, B SUTJl; 8h shulll; LNK SUUTJI; LCH, LMY SUlll; CM SUUTJ2 CN - LP "oTJ!; LM 50111; WN SUTJ!; BV fUTJ2; LC fUll!; PS, NM ;'011 1 N - Y 9aalll; Sk saaTJ2; WM 9aalll; P faall! 0345 - to expose to the sun, DL2 SW - S taak 2; W, B taa1 2; Sh taak 2; LNK, LCH, LMY taak2; CM taak 3 CN - LP, LM phyaak2; WN thaak 2; LC, PS phyaak2; NM thaak 2 (DLl in CN languages) N - Y taak 2 ; Sk praak6 ; WM raak s; P taak5 0346 - to die, A2 SW - S, W, B, Sh taa/; LNK taay2; LCH, LMY taayl; CM taay2 CN - LP haayl; LM, WN, BV thaayl; LC, PS haayl; NM thaayl N - Y taay\ Sk praayi; WM raayl; P taayl
105
Comparative Tai Source Book
0347 - to crawl, B2, (cf. 0144) SW - S taa/; W, B tay2 (in Wand B 'to cross a bridge'); Sh tay2; LNK tal; LCH, LMY tal; CM taf CN - WN tal 'to walk' N - Y raal (B4); Sk tal 0348 - below, south, C2 SW - S taaf; W, B, Sh taUj3; LNK tal; LCH, LMY tal; CM tayS CN - LP, LM, WN, LC, PS, NM taUj3 N - Sk tyy3 0349 - to dip out, DS2 SW - S, W, B tak2 ; Sh tak4 ; LNK, LCH, LMY tak l; CM tak2 CN - LP tak2 ; LM tak 3; WN tak6 ; LC, PS tak2 ; NM tak4 N - Y tak 3 ; Sk tak4 ; WM takS; P tak2 0350 - low, short (not tall), B2, (cf. 0697) SW - S, W, B tam 2 ; Sh tam 2, t£m 2 'low, lowly'; LNK tam3 ; LCH, LMY t£m2 ; CM tam 3 CN - LP tamS; LM, WN, LC, PS, NM tam 2 N - Y tam 2; Sk tam 6; P tamS 0351 - stool, B2 SW - S, W, B, Sh ta'l12; LNK ta1')3; LCH, LMY ta'l12; CM ta'l13 CN - LP ta'l1s; LM, WN, LC, PS, NM ta'l12 N - Y ta1')2; Sk ta1')6; WM ta'l1s 'bench' (Li says < Chinese) 0352 - liver, DS2 SW - S, W, B tap2; Sh tap4; LNK, LCH, LMY tap!; CM tap2 CN - LP tap2; LM tap3; WN tap6; LC, PS tap2; NM tap4 N - Y tap3; Sk tap4; WM tapS; P tap2 0353 - gizzard, A2 SW - S tayl 'kidney, gland'; W, B taUj\ Sh taUj! 'callous caused by friction of the skin'; LNK tal; LCH, LMY tay!; CM tay CN - LP taUj2; LM taUjI; WN thaUj!; PS, NM taUj! N - Y taUjt; Sk tVyl 0354 - full, A2 SW - Stem!; W tim l ; B, Sh tem!; LNK tem 2 ; LCH, LMY timl; CM tem 2 CN - LP tim 2 ; LM tim!; WN tam!; LC, PS tim!; NM tom l N - Y rim\ Sk rim 2 (AI); WM riml; P lim!
106
Cognates
0355 - to break (intransitive), DL2, (cf. 0073) SW - S tEEkl; W, B, tE72; Sh tEk"; LNK, LCH, LMY tEEk2; CM tEEk3 CN - LP, LM pheek2; WN thEk2 ; LC pheek2 (DLl in CN languages) N - Y tek2 ; Sk preek 6 ; P teeks 0356 - foot, A2 SW - S tiin!; W, B, Sh tin l ; LNK t1in 2 ; LCH, LMY tin!; CM tiin 2 CN - LP tin 2 (usual word is haa l ); LM tin! (usual word is khaa!); WN tin! N - Y tin!; Sk tiin! (usual word is yeeT)5); WM, P tin! 0357 - shallow, C2 SW - S twwn 3; W, B, Sh twn); LNK twwn 5; LCH, LMY twn 3 ; CM twwn S 0358 - to fall, DS2 SW - S, W, B tok2; Sh tok4; LNK, LCH, LMY tok!; CM tok2 CN - LP tok2 ; LM tok}; WN tok 6 ; LC tuk 2 N - Y tok3 ; Sk tok4 ; WM tok S ; P tok2 0359 - to boil (transitive), C2, (cf. 0447) SW - tom3 ; W tum3 ; B, Sh tom 3 ; LNK tomS; LCH, LMY tum 3 ; CM tomS CN - LP, LM tom 3 ; LC khaw3 tum 3 'dumpling of glutinous rice'; PS, NM tom 3 N - Y tum 2 ; Sk room 6; WM turnS (B2 in N languages) 0360 - bamboo strip for tying, DL2 SW - S took2; W, B t07 2 ; Sh t::lkl; LCH, LMY t::lOk2; CM to::lk 3 CN - LP, LM phyook2; WN thok2 ; LC, PS, NM phyook2 (DLl in CN languages) N - Y tuk3 ; Sk pluk 4 (OG), pruk4 (YG); WM ruk s; P tuk 2 (DS2 in N languages) 0361 - to nibble, peck, DL2 SW - S t::lOe; W, B t::lf; Sh toe 'to strike, as a snake'; LNK tooe; LCH, LMY t::>::lt2 'to bite, of a fish or snake'; CM toot 3 CN - LP toot5; WN t::lt2; LC, PS, NM toot 2 N - Y tot2 ; Sk toot6 ; WM t1(t 5 0362 - classifier for animals, A2 SW - S tua l ; W, B, Sh to'; LNK to0 2, tua 2 ; LCH, LMY too'; CM tua 2 CN - LP tuu 2 ; LM, WN, LC, PS, NM tuu! N - Y tua4; Sk thua4; WM tu 2; P tuu 2 (A4 in N languages) 0363 - land leech, DL4 SW - S thaak3 ; W taa4; B taa7 5 (also, 'to measure'); Sh taak3; LNK thaak S 'land snail'; LCH, LMY taak S; CM taak4 CN - LM, WN taak 5 ; LC t¥k4; PS tvk\ taak 5 N - Y taak2 (DL?, also, twk3 'kind of water leech'); Sk thaak 5 (but theek S 'to measure'); WM taak 5 ; P taak 6 'to measure'
\07
Comparative rai Source Book
0364 - road, way, A4, (0474, 1101) SW - S thaa'l1l; W, B, Sh taa1l4; LNK thaa1l6; LCH, LMY taa'l14; CM taa'l1l CN - WN taa1l4 (only in certain idioms) N - Sk thaa'l14 0365 - cave, Cl, (cf. 0974) SW - S, W, B, Sh tham 3 ; LNK tham4 ; LCH, LMY tham 3 ; CM tham S CN - LP, LM, PS tham 3 N - Sk tham 3 0366 - ashes, B4 SW - S thaW>; W, B tawS; Sh taw3 ; LNK thaw3; LCH, LMY tawS; CM taw4 CN - LP phyaws; LM pyawS; WN tawS; LC, PS pyaw 5; NM phyaw 5 N - Y tawS; Sk thawS; WM, P taw6 0367 - equal, B4 SW - S thaw3 ; W, B t0 5 ; LNK th::d; LCH, LMY tawS, taoS; CM taw4 CN - LP tho0 5; LM to0 6 (C4); LC to0 6 'like, equal to' (C4); PS to0 6 (C4) N - Y t0 5 'enough' 0368 - a plow, to plow, Al SW - S thai; W, B, Sh, LNK, LCH, LMY thai; CM thay2 CN - LP, LM thai; WN thayl (noun only; the verb is thwwl); BV, LC, PS thai N - Y sayl; Sk thay2; WM, P sayl 0369 - candle, A4 SW - S thian l ; W ten 4 ; B tian4 ; Sh ten 4 ; LNK thian 6 ; LCH, LMY ten\ CM tianl, thian! N - Sk thian 4 0370 - closely spaced, miserly, B I SW - S thii 2; W, B, Sh thi 2; LNK thiP; LCH, LMY thii 2; CM thiP CN - LP thii 2 ; LM thay2; WN tl1Hz; LC thH Z 'hard, solid'; NM they2 (in CN languages always means 'dense, solidly packed', slightly different meaning in SW languages) N - Y tiS; Sk thii S; WM toy6; P tii 6 (B4 in N languages) 0371 - place, B4 SW - S thii 3 ; W, B ti 5 ; Sh t?; LNK thi?; LCH, LMY tii 5 ; CM tii 4 CN - LP thii 5 ; LM tey5 (believed by LP and LM informants to be < Cantonese); WN tii S; LC, PS tii 5; NM theyS 5 N - Y ti ; Sk thH 6 (B?, only in certain expressions); WM tiS, tal (Li says both < Chinese)
108
Cognates
0372 - to hold, carry, AI, (cf. 0834) SW - S thww 5; W, B, Sh tw 4 (A4, also, in W, B 'to wear hat, shoes'); LNK thww l ; LCH, LMY tww4 (A4, also in certain expressions thww l 'to hold or carry'); CM thww Z CN - LP thnl; LM th'llUJI; WN, LC, PS thww l N - Y tw4 ; Sk thww4 ; WM taUJ2; P tww 2 (A4 in N languages) 0373 - to stomp (on), DL4 SW - S (krii2) th wwp 3; W twp 4; B twp5; Sh twp3; LNK th wwp 5; LMY twp5 (perhaps an error for thwWp5?); CM twwp4 N - Sk thwwp 5 0374 - to fold double, DS4, (cf. 0288, 0422) SW - S thop4; W top4; B, Sh topS; LNK thop>; LCH, LMY top5; CM topO N - Sk thopO 0375 - stomach, belly, C4 SW - S tho::l'l14; W, B, tOT]6; Sh tOT]5; LNK thOOT]5; LCB, LMY tOT]°; CM tOOT]6 CN - LP thOOT]3; LM tOOT]6; WN tOT]6; LC, PS lOOT]6; NM lOT]° N - Y tUT]6; Sk thUT]6; WM, P tuT]4 0376 - to remove, DLl SW - S thoot2 ; W, B, Sh thoe; LNK, LMY thooe; CM thooe CN - LP thuut2, thootZ; LM thooe; WN thot2; LC thut2 (Li says < Chinese); PS thoot2 ; NM thud N - Y toe; Sk thuut6; WM tuat' (Li says < Chinese) 0377 - bean, B I SW - S thua 2 ; W tho 2 ; B thua2 ; Sh th0 2 ; LNK thua3 ; LCH, LMY thoo 2 ; CM thua3 CN - LP, LM, WN, LC, PS, NM thuu 2 N - Y tua 5; Sk thua 5; WM tu 6 ; P tuu 6 (B4 in N languages) 0378 - bowl, cup, Cl SW - S lhuay3; W thoy; B thuay; LNK thuay4; LCH, LMY thoy; CM thuai CN - LP thooy\ LM, LC, PS, NM thuuy N - Y tway6; Sk thool; P tul (C4 in N languages) 0379 - armspread (a measure), A4 SW - S waa l ; W, B vaa4 ; Sh waa4 ; LNK waa 6 ; LCH, LMY vaa4 ; CM waa l CN - WNvaa4 N - Sk vaa4
109
Comparative Tai Source Book
0380 - to say, B4 SW - S waa3 ; W, B vaa 5; Sh waa3 ; LNK waa3 ; LCH, LMY vaa5; CM waa4 CN - LP, LM vaa5 'to lie' (said by LP and LM informants to be < Cantonese); WN vaal (B?); LC vaa5 'sentence; to speak'; PS, NM vaa 5 N - Sk yaa5 0381 - yesterday, A4 SW - S waan!; W, B 11waa4 ; Sh waa4; LNK waan 6 ; LCH, LMY vaa4; CM waal, waan! CN - LP, LM vaa4 ; WN 11aa4 ; LC van4 vaa4 ; PS, NM vaa4 0382 - sweet, Al SW - S waan 5 ; W vaan!; B vaanl, baan!; Sh waan 1; LNK waan!; LCH, LMY vaan 1; CM waan2 CN - LP, LM, WN vaan 1; BV vaan 2 ; LC, PS, NM vaan 1 N - Y vaan 1; Sk vaal 2 (OG), vaan 1 (YG); WM waan!; P vaan 1 0383 - day, A4 SW - Swan!; W vin 4 ; B ven 4 ; Sh wan4 'the sun, a day'; LNK wen\ (also, wan6 in names of days of the week); LCH, LMY van4; CM wan! CN - LP, LM, WN, LC, PS van 4; NM 11an4 N - Y van 4; Sk p€n 4, (also, van 4 in names of days of the week); WM 11on 2; P 11~m2
0384 - housefly, A4 SW - S (m&&11!) wan!; W (m&114) mun4; B (mE114) 11wan4; LNK (m&&11 6) wano; LCH, LMY (m&114) mun 4 ; CM (mE&111) 11on 1 CN - LP (mee114) fyn 4 ; WN (me114) fan 4; LC (mee114) fan 4 N - Y pan!; Sk p€F COG), p&n2 (YG) (AI in N languages) 0385 - a cold, OSI SW - S watl ; W, B vat2; Sh wat4; LNK watl; LCH, LMY vat!; CM watz N - Sk vat4 0386 - to put away, C4 SW - S way4." W B va',6· Sh LNK ways." LCH LMY vay6., CM way6 y" CN - LM, WN, LC val 0387 - medicine, A3 SW - S, W, B, Sh yaa!; LNK yaa1 ; LCH yaa!; LMY yaa4; CM yaa! CN - LP yaa2 ; LM yaa4; WN' LC, PS, NM yaa! N - Y yia!; Sk yaa1 (only in certain phrases < Lao and Siamese), WM 7yw!; P yjj6
110
Cognates
0388 - paternal grandmother, B4 SW - S yaa3 ; W, B yaa 5; Sh yaa 3 'an appellation given to elderly females, now nearly obsolete in colloquial language'; LNK paal ; LCH, LMY yaa 5; CMpaa4 'old woman' CN - LP, LM yaa 5 ; WN yaa S 'wife, woman'; PS yaa5 N - Y ya 5; Sk yaa S; WM, P yaa6 0389 - grass, Cl, (cf. 0498) SW - S yaal ; W, B paa3 ; Sh yaa3, y,/3; LNK paa4 ; LCH, LMY yaa3; CM paa5 CN - LP, LM yaa3 ; WN paal ; LC, PS yaa3 ; NM paal N - Y pia3 , pal (A?); Sk pua3 ; WM pw3 0390 - difficult, DL4, (cf. 0968) SW - S yaak3; W yaa4 ; B yaa7 5; Sh yaak 3; LNK paak s, yaak 5; LCH, LMY yaak 5; CMpaak4 0391 - coarse; vulgar, DL3 SW - S yaap2; W, B paapz; Sh yaap2; LNK yaap2, paap2; LCH, LMY yaap2; CM paap3 CN - LP yaap2 (DL?); LM yaap2; WN paap2; LC yaapZ N - Y paap2; Sk pi ap 6; WM paap5 0392 - to step on, B4, (cf. 1072) SW - yam 3; W, B pam5; Sh yam 3; LNK pam3; LCH, LMY yamS; CM pam 4 CN - LM yam 6 (C4); WN pam s; LC, PS yamS N - Y pam s 0393 - still, yet, A4 SW - S ya"i; W, B pa,,4; Sh ya,,\ (also, 'negative, not'); LNK pa,,6; LCH, LMY yaTJ4; CM pa"i, ya"i CN - LP, LM ya,,4; WN nWTJ4, na,,4; LC naTJ4 N - Y naTJ2 (B?) 0394 - to stop, C4 SW· S yaTJ4; W, B yaTJ6; Sh ya"S; LCH, LMY yaTJ6; CM paTJ6 CN - LP yaT]3; LM, LC yaT]6 'to lift (the foot)' (same meaning in LP, LM; also, 'to lift the arm') 0395 - spiderweb, fiber, membrane, A4 SW - S yayl; W, B, Sh yaUj4; LNKpal; LCH, LMY yal; CM pay! 0396 - big, Bl, (eL 0200, 0765) SW - S yay2; W, B paUj2 'to grow bigger'; Sh yaUj2; LNK payl; LCH, LMY yay2; CM pay3 CN - WN paUj2 « Lao) N - Sk pay6 111
Comparative Tai Source Book
0397 - to open (the mouth), C3 SW - S, W, B, Sh 7aa3 ; LNK 7aa5 ; LCH, LMY 7aa3 ; CM 7aa5 CN - LP, LM, WN, LC, PS, NM 7aa3 N - Y 7a6 ; Sk, WM 7aa3 0398 - saddle, A3 SW - S, W, B, Sh 7aan 1; LNK 7aan2; LCH 7aan 1; LMY 7aan 4 CN - LP 7aan1 ; LM 7aan4; WN, PS, NM 7aan 1 N - Y, Sk 7aan' 0399 - tendon, A3 SW - S 7en 1; W 7in 1; B, Sh 7en 1; LNK 7en 2; LCH 7in 1; LMY 7in 4 CN - LP yin2; LM yin4; WN yen 4 (A4); LC, PS yin4 (A4); NM TJen 4 (A4) N - Y pin4 (A4); Sk 7in'; WM pin2 (A4) 0400 - swallow (a bird), B3 SW - S, W, B, Sh 7en 2 CH - LP 7een5 ; LM 7een2 ; WN 7en 2 ; LC, PS, NM 7een 2 N - Y 7en2; Sk 7een6 ; P 7ween5 0401 - to bake, DS3 SW - S, B 70p2; LNK 70pl 'to steam' (modern synonym ofnw'll4); LCH, LMY 70pl; CM 70p2 0402 - cradle, 83 SW - S 7uu 2 ; B, Sh 7u 2 ; LNK 7uu3 ; LCH, LMY 7uu 2 ; CM 7uu3 N - Sk 7uu6 0403 - shoulder, B3 SW - S, W, 8 baa2 ; Sh maa2 ; LNK baa3 ; LCH, LMY baa2 ; CM baa3 CN - LP baaS; LM maa2 ; WN, LC, PS, NM baa2 N - Y ba 2; Sk vaa6; WM 7baa 5; P maa 5 0404 - village, C3 SW - S baan3 (also, 'house'); W, B baan 3; Sh maan 3 ; LNK baan 5 ; LCH, LMY baan 3 ; CM baan5 CN - LP baan\ LM maan 3 ; WN, LC, PS, NM baan 3 N - Y baan 6; Sk baan3 ; WM 7baan3 ; P maan 3 0405 - thin (not thick), A3, (cf. 0645) SW - S, W, 8 baaTJI; Sh maaTJ1; LNK baaTJ2; LCH baa'll I; LMY baaTJ4; CM baaTJI CN - LP baaTJ2; LM maaTJ4; WN, LC, PS, NM baaTJI N - Y baaTJI; Sk vaaTJI; WM 7baaT]l; P meeTJ6
112
Cognates
0406 - flying squirrel, B3, (cf. 0888) SW - S, W, B baaTJ2; Sh waaTJ2; LNK baaTJ3; LCH baaTJ2 CN - WN baaTJ2 N - Y baaTJ2; Sk paaT)6 0407 - young unmarried man, 83 SW - S, W, B baaw2 ; Sh maaw; LNK baaw3; LCH, LMY baaw2; CM baawl CN - LP baa~; LM maaw2 ; WN, LC, PS, NM baaw2 N - Y baaw2 ; Sk baaw6; WM 7baaw5 ; P maaw5 0408 - light (not heavy), A3 SW - S, W, B bawl; Sh maw'; LNK baw2; LCH bawl; LMY baw4 CN - LP baw2; LM maw4 ; LC, PS, NM bawl N - Y bawl; Sk yawl; WM 7baw l; P maw6 0409 - to strain, make an effort, 83 SW - S bell"; W bi1l2; 8 beT)2; Sh meTJ2, weT)2 'to groan or grunt, as a person in sickness'; LNK beT)3; LMY biT)2 CN - LM miTJ2; WN beT)2 N - Sk beTJ 6, beT)6 (but some say the genuine Sk pronunciation is bliT)6) 0410 - to twist, wring, DS3 SW - S, W, B bit2 ; Sh mit4 ; LNK, LCH, LMY bitl; CM bie CN - LP bit2; LM mie ('to pinch, pluck' in both LP and LM); LC bie 'to pick, to break with fingers (flowers, fruits from the tree)' (or cognate rather with 0440?); N - Y bie 'to pinch'; Sk bit4 0411 - bored, B3, (cf. 0598,1041) SW - S, B bwa2 ; Sh my2 'sickened, poisoned'; LNK bwa3 'to be poisonous; to be bored' (cf. 1041); LMY byy2 'bored, poisonous'; CM bwa3 CN - LP byy'; LM mww2 ; LC bww 2 'bored, disgusted' (same word as 1042, or perhaps the two words have become confused in some languages?); PS, NM bww 2 N - Y bwa2; WM 7bw 5; P mww 5 0412 - side, C3 SW - S bwaT)3; W b¥T)3; B bwaT)3 CN - LP b¥¥TJ3; LM mwwTJ3; WN bWTJ3; LC, PS b¥¥T)3 N - Sk viaTJ'; WM 7bwaTJ3 0413 - dry land, DS3 SW - S, W, B bok2; LNK, LCH, LMY bokl CN - LP bok2; LM mok 3 ; WN bok6 ; LC buk 2 'water goes down, dries up'; PS bok 2 'water goes down'; NM bok 4 'water goes down' N - Y bok3 'shallow'; Sk bok4; WM 7bok5 ; P mok 3 113
Comparative Tai Source Book
0414 - on, A3, (cf. 0607, 0808) SW - S bonl; Sh mun l, mon l; LNK bon 2 ; LCH bunl; LMY bun 4 ; CM bon I N - Y bun l; Sk bwn l; WM 7bun l ; P mwn 6 ('sky' in N languages) 0415 - well, spring, B3 SW - b::>::>2; W, B b::>2; Sh m::>2 'pit or mine in the ground'; LNK b::>::>3; LCH, LMY boo 2; CM b::>::>3 CN - LP boos; LM mo0 2 ; WN, LC, PS, NM bo0 2 N - Y b0 2 ; Sk b::>::>o 'mine'; WM 7b't 5; P mo06 (B4) 0416 - blind, DL3, (cf. 1154) SW - b::>::>t2; W, B b::>t2; Sh m::>e; LNK, LCH, LMY bo::>t2 CN - LP bootS; LM mooi; WN b::>t2; LC, PS boot2 N - Y boi
0417 - cicada (first syllable), DS2, (cf. 0418) SW - S cak4 (DS4) (kil 2 can 2); W, B cak2 (can2); Sh sak4 (saa 3); LNK cak l (can'); LCH cak l kU112 'kind of edible insect similar to a cricket but larger'; LMY in some other animal names: cakl kin 3 'house lizard', cak l khee 3 'crocodile'; CM cak6 can 3 (DS4) 0418 - cicada (last syllable), B2, (cf. 0417) SW - S (cak4 kil 2) can2; W, B, (cak2) can2; LNK (cak) can3; LCH C&02; LMY can 2 ; CM (cak6) can3 0419 - to catch, DS2 SW - S, W, B cap2; Sh sap4; LNK, LCH, LMY capl; CM capl CN - LP capl 'to perch'; LM cap' 'to perch'; WN cep6 (but SEp6, sapo 'to perch'); LC capl 'to light on (speaking of a bird)' N - Sk cap4 0420 - to tend (animals), C4 SW - W c't11 6 ; Sh SY115 'a female attendant upon a princess, a lady-in-waiting' CN - LP ch'tY11 3 ; LM cww116; WN CiTJ6; LC CY¥TJ6 'to bring up (a child), to raise' N - Y sia116; WM swaTJ4; P sii114 0421 - to pick (the teeth), C2 SW - S, W, B cim3 ; LNK cims; LCH, LMY cim 3 N - Sk cim 3, ciim6 (B2) 0422 - to pleat, DL2, (cf. 0288, 0374) SW - S ciip2; W, B Cip2; LNK Ciipl CN - LP ciips; LM cip3 (DS2); WN Cip6 (DS2); LC, PS, NM cip2
114
Cognates
0423 - hoe, DL2 SW - S COOp2; W, B COp2; LNK COOp2 0424 - peak, summit, A2 SW - S coom l ; W, B com l ; Sh som l ; LNK coom 2 ; LCH, LMY com! 0425 - swift (of water), B4, (cf. 0884) SW - S chiaw3 ; B tiaw5; Sh sew3 ; LCH ciw5, cew5, CEW, xiw5; LMY ciw\ cew\ CEW5; CM ciaw3 (B2?) N - Sk riiw4 (OG), riw4 (YG) (perhaps < Siamese rew l 'quick') 0426 - name, B4 SW - S chww3 ; W, B cw 5 ; Sh sw3; LCH, LMY cww 5 ; CM cww 4 CN - LM CYUj5 ('school name'; LM uses miTl 4 for 'name'); WN cww5 N - Y S05; Sk S005; WM Sy6; P sww6 0427 - elephant, C4 SW - S chaaTl4; W, B caaTl 6 ; Sh, LNK saaTl 5; LCH, LMY, CM caaTl 6 CN - LP chaaTl 3, chY¥Tl 5 (B4), h¥Tl' (B4); LM caaTl 6, CWW1l5 (B4); WN caaTl 6; LC, PS caa116; NM cww115 (B4) N - Y, Sk saaTl 6 ; WM swa1l6 (B4, Li says < Chinese); P saaTl 4 0428 - to weigh, B4 SW - S, Sh chaTj3; LNK sa1l3; LCH, LMY caTjs; CM caTj4 CN - LP chal1'; LM, WN caTj'; LC caTjs 'steelyard'; PS, NM caTjs N - Y, Sk salls; WM saTj6 'scales'; P saTj6 0429 - to scold, revile, B3 SW - S, W daa2 ; B daa2 , laa2 ; Sh laa2 ; LNK daa 3 ; LCH, LMY daa2 ; CM daa1 CN - LP daa5; LM naa 2; WN, LC, PS, NM daa2 N - Y da2; WM 7da5 ; P naa 5 0430 - preverbal indicating present progressive time, A3 SW - W, B daaTj! CN - LP daaTl 2 'body'; LM naa114 'body'; WN daaTj! 'body; progressive'; LC daa111 'body' N - Y daall! 'body'; Sk daal1! 'in, during'; WM 7daaTl I 'body'; P naa116 'body' 0431 - spotted or splotched with white, B3 SW - S daa112; W baa112; B na111 daa112 daaw ' 'freckles'; Sh laaT)2' a cutaneous disease appearing as white spots on the skin'; LNK daaT)3; LCH, LMY daa112 CN - LM maa112; WN daa112; PS, NM byaaT]2 N - Y daaT]2; Sk daaT)6
115
Comparative Tai Source Book
0432 - lye (water), B3 SW - S daa'rJ2; W, B da'rJ2; Sh la'rJ2 CN - LP da1l5; LM na1l2; WN da1l2 (also, 'salty'); LC, PS, NM da1l2 N - Y da1l2; Sk da1l6; WM 7da1l5; P na1l5 0433 - sword, DU, (cf. 0939) SW - S, W daap2; B, Sh laapl; LNK, LCH, LMY daap2 N - Sk daap 6 0434 - to weed, A3 SW - S daai; W, B baai; Sh maayl; LNK daay2; LCH baayl; LMY baay4; CN - LP yaay2; LM myaay4; WN daai (also, maak 5 baayl 'hoe'); LC, PS, NM byaayl N - Y daayl; WM 7daai; P daal 0435 - nose, A3 SW - W, B dalll; LNK da1l1; LCH dalll; LMY da1l 4; CM da1l1 CN - LP da1l2; LM na1l4; WN, LC, PS, NM da1l1 N - Y, Sk dalll; WM 7dalll; P na1l4 (C4) 0436 - to transplant (young rice plants), A3 SW - S, B daml; LNK dam2 CN - LP dam 2 ; LM nam 4 ; WN, LC, PS, NM dam l N - Y daml; Sk traml; WM 7dam l ; P nam6 0437 - to extinguish, DS3 SW - S, W dap2; B dap2, lap2; Sh lap4 'to be dark'; LNK, LCH, LMY dapl; CM dapz CN - LP dap2; LM nap\ WN dap 6; LC, PS dap2; NM dap4 N - Y d ap 3; Sk dap4; P nap3 0438 - which, what, any, A3, (cf. 1037) SW - S dayl; W daUjl; B daUjl, laUjl; Sh laUjI; LNK dai; LCH dayl; LMY day4 CN - LP naUj4 (A4); LM IYUj4; WN oaUj4 (A4); LC naUj4 (A4) N - Sk dyyl 'who' 0439 - child, DS3, (cf. 0201) SW - S dek2; W dek 2 noy6, di1l2 nal; B dekl; LNK, LCH, LMY dek 1 CN - LP, LC, PS dik 2 ; NM dek4 N - Sk d&k 4 0440 - to pluck, DS3, (cf. 0916) SW - S, W, B def; LNK, LCH, LMY detl; CM det2 CN - WN bit6 'to pick (flowers)'; d&t6 'to pinch between the fingernails'; LC, PS bif; NM bd (cf. 0410) N - Y biae; Sk r&k 4 ; P mie 116
Cognates
0441 • red, A3, (cf. 0491) SW - S deeT'\l; W, B deT'\l; Sh leT'\l; LNK deeT'\2; LCH deT'\l; LMY deT'\4; CM deeT'\1 CN . LP deeT'\2; LM neeT'\4; WN deT'\l; LC, PS, NM deeT'\l N· Y diT'\l; Sk riiT'\l; WM 7diT'\1 0442 • good, A3 SW· S diil; W dil; B di\ Ijl; Sh iii; LNK dii 2; LCH dii I ; LMY dii 4 ; CM diP CN - LP day2; LM nal; WN, LC, PS dayl; NM dei N • Y dP; Sk diil; WM 7doyl; P nii 6 0443 - gallbladder, A3 SW - S diil; W, B bil; Sh IP; LNK bW; LCH diP; LMY dii 4 CN - LP diF; LM ney4; WN, LC, PS diP N • Y dil; Sk blii l (OG), biP (YG); WM 7boyl; P nii 6 0444· to kick, DL3 SW· S diit2; W, B die 'to pounce'; LNK, LCH, LMY diie; CM diie N • Sk bliit6 (OG), diit6 (YG) 0445 - earth, dirt, A3, (cf. 1004) SW· S, W, B dinl; Sh linl; LNK din 2 ; LCH dinl; LMY din 4 ; CM din l CN - WN din l 'land, country' (for 'earth' WN uses naam S) N - Y naams 'earth' 0446 - raw, not ripe, DS3 SW - S, W di p2; B dipz, lip2; Sh lip4; LNK, LCH, LMY dipl; CM dip2 CN - LP dipz; LM nip}; WN di p6; LC, PS dip2; NM dop4 N • Y di p3; Sk rip4; WM 7di p5; P ni p3 0447 - to boil (intransitive), DL3, (cf. 0359) SW - S dwat2 ; Sh Ivt2 ; LNK dwat2; LCH, LMY dne; CM dwat3 'angry' CN - LP dvve 'very hot'; LM nwwe; WN daae 'hot'; LC dne 'hot, angry' (current in the countryside) N - Y daat2 'hot'; Sk daat6 'to scorch'; WM 7daat5 'hot'; P naat5 'hot' 0448 - forest, A3, (cf. 0258,0900) SW - S dOT'\I; W dUT'\I; B dOT'\I; Sh 10T'\1; LNK dOT'\2; LCH dUT'\I; LMY dUT'\4; CN - LP dOT'\2; LM nOT'\4; WN dOT'\I; LC dUT'\I; PS, NM dOT'\1 N - Y dOT'\I; Sk dOT'\I; P nOT'\6 0449 - winnowing basket, C3 SW - S (kie) dOT'\3; W dUT'\3; B dOT'\3; Sh 10T'\3; LNK (kil-) dOT'\5; LMY dUT'\3 CN - LP dOT'\3; LM n0113; WN do't13; LC dU113; PS, NM dOll3 N - P n011 3 117
Comparative Tai Source Book
0450 ~ to look, watch over, A3 SW ~ S duu'; W du l ; B duI, lui; Sh lui; LNK duu!; LCH duu'; LMY duu4 CN ~ LP duu 2 ; LC duu l 'to tend to cattle, sheep, etc.'; PS duu l 0451 ~ with, C3, (cf. 0482) SW - S duay3; W dVy'; Sh loy'; LNK dual; LCH, LMY doy' CN - LP dooy3; LM nuuy'; LC duul N - Sk dual (said to be < Lao or Siamese) 0452 - palm, sole, Bl SW - S, W, B faa 2 ; Sh phaa 2 ; LNK faa 3 ; LCH, LMY faa 2 CN ~ LP phaa' (AI); LM, WN, LC, PS, NM phaa3 (CI) N - Y va2; Sk paa6, vaal; WM paa5 0453 - split bamboo flooring, DL4 SW - S faak 3 ; W faa4 ; B faa?5; Sh phaak 3 ; LNK, LCH, LMY faak 5 N - Sk vaak5 0454 - straw, stubble, A4 SW - S faaTJI; B fwaTJ4; Sh phVTJ4; LCH, LMY fYTJ4; CM fwaTJI CN - LP, LM, WN, LC faaTJ4 N - Y fwaTJ4; Sk viaTJ' (A?); WM fwaTJ2; P fWWTJ2 0455 - cotton, CI SW - S, W, B faa/; LNK faal; LCH, LMY faay'; CM faa/ CN - LP, LM phaal 'cloth'; WN phaay3; LC phaal 'cloth'; PS, NM phaay3 N - Y vaal (Bl); Sk paayl (A?); WM, P faa/ (BI) 0456 - tooth, A4, (cf. 0133) SW - S fanl; W fan 4 (usual word is xew3 ); B fan 4 (usual word is khew3); LCH, LMY fan 4 (literary; usual word is xew3) CN - WN, LC fan 4 N - Y fan 4 'teeth of a saw'; WM fan 2 0457 - seed, A4, (cf. 0213, 0943) SW - W, B fan 4 ; Sh phan 4 ; LCH, LMY fan 4 CN - LP, LM, WN, LC, PS fan 4 N - Y van'; Sk van l ; P fan l (AI in N languages) 0458 - to dream, AI, (cf. 0460, 0537) SW - S fanS; W, B fan'; Sh phan l ; LNK, LMY fan'; CM fan l CN - LP, LM, WN phan l ; BV phon l ; NM phan l N - Sk van 4 (A4)
118
Cognates
0459 - river bank, B I SW - S, W, B faTJ2; Sh phaTJ2; LNK faTJ\ LCH, LMY faTJ2; CM faTJ3 CN - LM, WN phaTJz N - Sk vaTJ6; WM paTJ4 (C4); P faTJs 0460 - to dream of, Bl, (0458, 0537) SW - S fay2; W, B faUj2; Sh phaUj2; LNK fal 'to desire (e.g., the good)' 0461 - a boil, Al SW - S fW; W, B tJ1; Sh phil; LNK, LCH, LMY fW; CM fW N - Y pal 'a boil not yet broken'; Sk phal 'impetigo' (A4 in N languages) 0462 - firewood, A4, (cf. 0574) SW - S fwwn l; B fwn 4; Sh phwn4; LNK fwwn 6 ; LCH, LMY fwn 4 CN - LP, LM f'a'n4; WN hun 4 ; LC, PS flfn4 N - Y fun 4 ; Sk vwl l (OG), vwn l (YG) (A?); WM fun 2 ; P fwwn z 0463 - to grind, sharpen, AI, (cf. 0556, 0560, 1089, 1107) SW - S fon s; Sh phon\ LNK fon l ; LMY fun l ; CM fon 2 CN - LP, LM phml; WN phan l; LC, PS phlfnl; NM phan l 0464 - (two or more persons) carry, Al SW - S haam 5; W, B, Sh, LNK, LCH, LMY haam l ; CM haam 2 CN - LP haam l; LM, WN, BV thaam l ; LC, PS, NM haam l N - Y raam l; Sk raam 2 ; WM raam l ; P leem ' 0465 - testicles, Al SW - W, B, Sh, LNK ham l ; LCH, LMY haml, (xa-) lam! (latter form is polite) CN - LP ham l ; LM, WN, BV tham l; PS ham l ; NM haam l N - Y rami; Sk ram2; WM rami 0466 - to chop, CI, (cf. 0951) SW - S, W, B ham3 CN - LP, LM, WN tham 3 ; LC tham 3 (current in the countryside); PS, NM tham3 N - Y, WM ram 3 ; P lam 3 0467 - to close, DS 1 SW - S, W, B hapz; Sh hap4; LNK hap! (old-fashioned speech); LCH, LMY hapl; CM hap2 CN - LP hapz; LM hap3; PS hapz; NM hap4 N - Y hap 3 0468 - head louse, Al SW - S hawS; W, B, Sh, LNK, LCH, LMY haw l CN - LP haw l; LM, WN, BV thaw l; LC, PS, NM haw l N - Y raw l ; Sk rawl ; WM raw l; P law ' 119
Comparative rai Source Book
0469 - hail, OS I SW - S hep2; W het2; B hep2; LNK hepl CN - LM hat3 ; WN tat6; LC, PS hatZ; NM hat4 N - Y rip) 0470 - chasm, Al SW - S heews; B hew l ; LNK heew l; LCH, LMY hew l, hew l 0471 - cast-net, Al SW - S hee s; W, B he l ; Sh khe l; LNK, LCH, LMY heel; CM hee 2 CN - LP, LM heel; WN chee l; BV khee l ; LC, PS heel N - Y rei; Sk ree 2 'a long net'; P lee l 0472 - impetigo, the itch, OSI SW - S, W, B hie; Sh hit4 ; LNK, LCH, LMY hit!; CM hit2 CN - LP khee, hee (khif, hit2?); LM lie; PS hee N - Sk hit4 ; P lat2 'measles' 0473 - to carry, as one carries a suitcase, C 1 SW - S, W, B, Sh hiw3; LNK hiw4; LCH, LMY tiw3 (also, rare hiw3); CM tiwS, hiw s CN - LP, LM thiiw 3 ; WN thiw 3; LC ya\V 'to hold something hanging down'; PS yiiw3; NM thiiw3 N - Y riaw3; Sk riiw3 (OG), riw3 (YG), hiiw 5
0474 - road, AI, (0364,1101) SW - S hon 5; LNK hon l; LCH, LMY hun l; CM hon2 N - Y ran!; WM hon l ; Phon! 0475 - to laugh, Al SW - S hua s (ror); B hua!; Sh khol; LNK hua l; LCH xoo\ LMY XOOI, hoo!; CM hua 2 CN - LP vuu l; LM luu l; WN khuu l; LC, PS hUUI; NM khuu l N - Y riaw!; Sk ruaw2; WM riaw l; P Iiw l (also transcribed as lyuu 1) 0476 - loop, B 1 SW - S huaT)2; W tOT)2; B tuaT)2; Sh tOT)2 N - Y kuaT)6 (C?); Sk huaT)6 0477 - picture, B 1 SW - S hun 1 'puppet, marionette'; W, B, Sh hun 2 ; LNK hun 3 'figure, appearance; robot'; LMY hun 2 ; CM hun 3 CN - WN hun 2 'image; design' N - Y hun 2; Sk hun 6 ; WM hun 5 'track'
120
Cognates
0478 - to cook (rice), Al SW - S hu'll\ w, B, Sh, LNK, LCH, LMY hU'llI; CM hU'll2 CN - WN thU'llI; LC hU'll1 (current in the countryside); NM hO'll1 N - Y rU'llI; Sk rU'll2 0479 - ear, Al SW - S huus; W, B, Sh hu l; LNK, LCH, LMY huu l; CM huu2 CN - LP vuu l ; LM low l ; WN chuu l ; BV, LC, PS huu l ; NM khyool N - Y rwa4 ; Sk rua4 ; WM rw 2 ; P lww 2 (A4 in N languages) 0480 - loom for weaving, DLl SW - S huuk2 ; W, B hu7 2 ; Sh huk 2 'the warp of cloth'; LNK, LCH, LMY huuk 2 CN - LP hok2; LM lok3 (DSl); WN thuk6 (OSI); LC huk 2 ; PS hok2 ; NM huuk2 N - Y rok 2 ; Sk huuk 6 ; WM r... ks; P looks 0481 - a crow, A2 SW - S, W, B, Sh kaa l ; LNK kaa2 ; LCH, LMY kaal; CM kaa2 CN - LP kaa2 ; LM kaa l ; WN kaa\ 7aa 1; LC, PS, NM kaa l N - Y 7a l ; Sk kaa l ; WM 7aa l ; P 7aa6 (A3) 0482 - with, and, OS2, (cf. 0451) SW - S, W, B kapl; Sh kap4; LCH, LMY kapl; CM kap2 N - Sk kap4 0483 - old (of things), B2, (CL 0091, 0712) SW - S, W, B, Sh ka~; LNK kaw3 ; LCH, LMY ka~; CM kaw 3 CN - LP kaw5; LM, WN, LC, PS, NM ka~ N - Y ka\VJ; Sk kaw6 ; WM, P kaw5 0484 - to pick up, OS2 SW - S, W, B kep2; Sh kep4; LNK, LCH, LMY kepi; CM kep2 CN - LP kipl; LM kyap 3; WN CEp6; LC, PS kip2 N - Y ci p3; Sk kip4; P cip2 0485 - to undo, untie, C2 SW - S kEE 3; W, B, Sh ks 3; LNK kEss; LCH, LMY kSE 3; CM kee s CN - LP, LM kee 3 ; WN cee 3; LC, PS, NM keel N - Sk keeJ; WM ke3 ; P cee3 0486 - rapids, B2 SW - S ke'll2; W, B
kST])
(C2?); Sh ks'll2 nam s; LNK, CM hS'll3
0487 - to eat, A2 SW - S, W, B, Sh kinl; LNK kin2 ; LCH, LMY kinl; CM kin 2 CN - LP kin2 ; LM kinl; WN cin l; LC, PS kin!; NM ken! N - Y kwnl; Sk kinl; WM, P kwn l 121
Comparative Tai Source Book
0488 - branch (of a tree), B2, (cf. 0960) SW - S, W, B, Sh ki112; LNK ki113; LCH, LMY kiTj2; CM ki"13 CN - LM, LC ki"12 N - Sk kii11 6 , kiTj6 (fast speech), kaa116 0489 - young rice plant, C2 SW - S klaa3 ; W, B, Sh kaa3 ; LNK kaa5 ; LCH, LMY kaa3 ; CM kaa5 CN - LP caa3 ; LM kyaa3 ; WN caa3 ; LC, PS, NM kyaa3 N - Y ca3 ; Sk t1aa3 (OG), traa3 (YG); WM klaa3 ; P caa 3 0490 - hairknot, C2 SW - S klaaw3 ; W, B, Sh kaw3 ; LNK kaw5 'to make a hairknot'; LCH, LMY ka~ (both noun and verb); CM kaw6 CN - LP ca~; LM kya~; WN caw3 ; LC kya~; PS kyaaw3 ; NM kyaw3 N - Y caw3 ; Sk thra~; WM raw3 ; P caw3 ('head' in all four languages) 0491 - dark (red), B2, (cf. 0441) SW - S klam 2 ; W, B, Sh kam 2; LNK kam 3 ; LCH, LMY kam 2 CN - LM kyam2 ; WN cam 2 'kind of leaf used to dye rice red' N - Y cam 2 ; WM klam 5 'plant used as dye'; P cams 0492 - far, A2 SW· S klay!; B, Sh kay!; LNK kal; LCH, LMY kay!; CM kal CN - LP kway2; LM kway!; WN kay!; LC, PS kway!; NM kyay! N - Y cay!; Sk tIay! (OG), tray! (YG); WM klay!; P cay! 0493 - drum, A2 SW - S kbol1!; B, Sh bTj!; LNK b0"12; LCH, LMY k011!; CM bO,,2 CN - LP COO'll2; LM kyooTj!; WN co'll!; LC, NM kyoo,,! N - Y CO'llI; Sk doo,,! (OG), troo1'] I (YG); WM kh(l1 l ; P COO"I 0494 - I, A2, (cf. 0533,1144) SW - S kuu l ; W, B ku l ; Sh kaw l ; LNK kuu 2; LCH kawl, kuu!; LMY kaw 1, kuu 4 ; CM kuu! (A?) CN - LP kaw2; LM kaw l; WN kuu J , kuu 6 (latter more frequent); LC, PS kaw l; NM kow l N - Y kUI; Sk kuu 1; WM kaw l ; P kuu l 0495 - wicker hat, DS2 SW - W, B kUp2; Sh kUp4; LNK, LCH, LMY kUpl; CM kUp2 CN - LP COp2; LM ki p3 'cape made of grass'; LC, PS kip2 N - Y cap\ P COp2
122
Cognates
0496 - more than, B2 SW - S, B kwaa2 ; Sh kwaa 2 'to go'; LCH, LMV kwaa2 (also, 'to go past'); CM kwaa3 CN - LP kwaa5 ; LM kwaa2 ; WN kaa2 'away, past'; LC kwaa2 'to pass by'; PS, NM kwaa2 'to pass' N - Y kwa2 ; Sk kwaa6 (OG), kua6 (YG); WM, P kwaa5 ('to pass' in V, WM, and P) 0497 - stuck, A4 SW - S khaa l; W, B kaa4 ; Sh kaa4 'to escape, as an animal pierced by any weapon, and carrying the weapon in its flesh'; LNK khaa6 ; LMY kaa4 CN - LP khaa4 ; LM kaa4 ; WN kaa4 , caa4 ; PS, NM kaa4 N - Y ka4 ; Sk khaa4 0498 - thatch grass, A4, (cf. 0389) SW - S khaa1; W xaa4 ; B kaa4; Sh khaa4 ; LNK khaa6 ; LCH, LMV xaa4 ; CM khaa l CN - LP, LM, WN haa4 ; LC, PS, NM kaa4 N - V ha4 ; Sk )(aa4 ; WM xaa2 ; P haa2 0499 - galangal, kind of root, B1 SW - S khaaz; W xaa 2; B khaa 2 ; LNK khaa 3 ; LCH, LMV xaa2; CM khaa3 CN - LM haa2; WN khaa2 N - V ha2 ; Sk haa6 0500 - price, value, B4, (cf. 0947) SW - S khaa3 ; W, B kaas; Sh kaa3 ; LCH, LMV kaa 5; CM kaa4 CN - LM, WN kaa5 N - V ka5 ; Sk khaa 5 ; WM, P kaa6 0501 -leg, AI, (cf. 0131,1150) SW - S khaa 5; W xaa l; B, Sh, LNK khaa I ; LCH, LMV xaa l; CM khaa 2 CN - LP khaa'; LM khaa ' 'foot'; WN, BV khaa ' ; LC khaa ' 'foot'; PS khaa ' ; NM haa ' N - V ka ' ; Sk kwaa l (OG), kua l (VG); WM haa l; P kaa' 0502 - carrying pole, A4 SW - S khaan l ; W, B, Sh kaan\ LNK khaan 6 ; LCH, LMY kaan 4 ; CM kaanl CN - LP khaan 4 ; LM, WN, LC, PS, NM kaan 4 N - Y haan 4 ; Sk )(aan4; WM xaan 2; P haan 2 0503 - chin, A4 SW - S khaal)l; W, B, Sh kaal)4; LNK khaal)6; LCH, LMV kaal)\ CM kaal)l CN - LP khaal)4; LM, WN, LC, NM kaal)4 N - V haal)4; Sk )(aaYJ4; WM xaaYJ2; P haaYJ2
123
Comparative Tai Source Book
0504 - top for spinning, B 1 SW· S khaaT)2; W (maa7 2) chaaT)2; B saaT)2; LNK (maak2) khaT)3; LMY xaaT)2 CN - LP haaT)5 (B4); LM laaT)2; WN chaaT)2; LC, PS haaT)2; NM khyaa112 N • Y caall1; WM raaT)s; P caa115 0505 side, ribs, CI SW - S khaaT»; W chaaT)3; B saaT)3; Sh khaa113; LNK khaaT)4; LCH, LMY xaaT)3 CN - LP haa113; LM laa11 3 ; WN chaa113; LC, PS haa113; NM khyaa113 0506 - to hold in the jaws, DL4 SW - S kh aap 3; W kaap4; B kaap 5; Sh kaap 3; LNK khaaps; LCH, LMY kaap 5 N - Y kaap 5; Sk kh aap 5 0507 - to put out of the mouth, A4 SW - S khaayl; W xaay4; B kaay4; Sh khaal; LNK khaal; LCH, LMY xaal CN - LM, WN haal N - Y haal; Sk )(aal; P haay2 0508 - to sell, A I SW - S khaayS; W xaayl; B khaay'; Sh khaayl; LNK khaay'; LCH, LMY xaayl; CM khaay CN - LP, LM, WN, BV, LC, PS khaay'; NM haayl N - Y kaay'; Sk kwaay' (OG), kuayl (YG); WM haay'; P kaayl 0509 - white, AI, (cf. 1055) SW - S khaaw5 ; W xaaw l ; B khaaw l 'silver-colored'; Sh khaaw1; LNK khaaw ' ; LCH, LMY xaaw l ; CM khaaw2 CN - LP, LM, WN khaaw ' ; LC phnk2 khaaw ' ; PS khaaw 1 N - Y haaw 1; Sk haaw2; WM haaw ' 0510 • dike between rice fields, A4 SW - S khan'; W xan4; B kan 4 ; LNK khan 6 ; CM khan 1 CN - LP khan 4 ; LM han 4 ; WN hen 4 'edge, side'; LC, PS kan 4 ; NM han 4 N - Y han 4 ; Sk )(a1 4 (OG), )(an4 (YG); WM xan 2; P han 3 (C?) 0511 - to sing, DS 1 SW - S khap2; W xap2; B khap2; Sh khap4 'to sing a metrical piece alternately, as a man and woman'; LNK khapl; LCH, LMY xapl N - Sk hap4 0512 - dry, Bl, (cf. 0561) SW - W xaUJ1; B khaUJ2 CN - LP, LM, WN, LC, PS khaUJ2; NM haUJ2 N - Sk kho0 2 (A 1), hww 6 (which is cognate?)
124
Cognates
0513 - they, other people, Al SW - khaw5 ; W chaw l; B saw l; Sh khaw l ; LCH, LMY xaw 1 CN - LP hawl; LM law l ; WN khaw l , thaw l ; LC khyaw 1; PS, NM haw l N - Sk raw2 0514 - dove, Al SW - S (nok4) khaw5; W chaw l ; B saw!; LNK khaw l CN - LM law l ; WN chaw! N - Y raw!; Sk haw2; WM raw!; P law' 0515 - horn (of an animal), Al SW - S khaw 5; W xaw 1; B khaw l ; Sh khaw 1; LNK khaw 1; LCH, LMY xaw l ; CMkhaw CN - WNkhaw l N - Y, Sk, P kaw l 0516 - salty, A4 SW - S khem l ; W kim 4; B kem 4 ; Sh sem4 ; LNK khem 6 ; LCH, LMY cim\ CM kem! CN - LP khim4 ; LC, PS kim4; NM kyom 4 N - Y kem4 , cem4 ; Sk khem 4 0517-hard,Al SW - S khsTJ5; W, B, Sh khETJI; LCH, LMY XETJI CN - LP kheeTJI; LM leeTJI; BV kheETJ!; LC, NM kheeTJI N - Sk thriaTJ2; WM kleTJI; P ceeTJ' 0518 - son-in-law, Al SW - S kh¥¥yS; W kh¥y!; B khwal; Sh khoy!; LNK khy¥y\ LCH, LMY x¥yl CN - LP kh¥Yy!; LM khuul; WN khuyl, khwy!; LC, PS kh¥¥l; NM kuuy4 (A4) N - Y kwal; Sk khool; WM kwj; P kwwi (A4 in N languages) 0519 - accustomed, A4 SW - S kh¥Yyl; B kh¥l; LNK kh¥Y/; LCH, LMY h/; CM hyl N - Sk kh¥¥/ 0520 - to scratch (as chickens do), B I SW - S khia2 ; W khwe 2; B khia2 ; Sh khe 2; LNK khia 3; LCH, LMY xee2 CN - LP vii 2 ; LM IW; WN kee 3 (C2?, probably not cognate) N - Sk khia6 0521 - tripod, A4 SW - S khiaTJ\ khaa s yaaTJ2; W, Sh keTJ4; LCH, LMY xeTJ4 CN - LP khiiTJ4; LM kiiTJ4; WN CiTJ4; LC kiiTJ4 N - Y ciaT]4; Sk khiaT}4; WM kiaTJ2; P ciiT}2 125
Comparative Tai Source Book
0522 - excrement, Cl SW - S khiP; w, B, Sh khj3; LNK khii4; LCH, LMY xiP; CM khii s CN - LP, LM khiP; WN chii 3 ; LC, PS khiP; NM khel N - Y hal; Sk val; WM xal; P hal (C4 in N languages) 0523 - ginger, Al SW - S khiTJ5; W XiTJl; B, Sh, LNK khiTJl; LCH, LMY xiTJl CN - LP, LM khiTJl; WN chiTJl; BY, LC, PS khiTJ1; NM hYTJI N - Y hi'll!; Sk hiiTJ2; P hiTJl 0524 - eggplant, Al SW - S (ma4 ) khwas; W khyl; B khwa l; LNK (maak2) khwa l; LCH, LMY (maak2) XYl{I; CM (ba72) khwa2 CN - LP khnl; LM khww l ; WN kWW4 (A4); PS khww 1 N - Y kwa4 (A4); Sk kee 3 (but khwa 1 khwa4 'tomato', which syllable is cognate with 05247); P kww 4 (A4) 0525 - to grope, feel, A4 SW - S khlam l; W, B cam 4 (caa4); Sh kam4 CN - WN cam4 'to pet' 0526 - dried sweat and dirt on the skin, A4 SW - S (khiP) khlai; B (khj3) kal; Sh khay4; LNK (khii4) khay6; LCH, LMY (xiP) xa/ CN - LM lal; WN ya/; PS na/ N - Y hi4; Sk (val) Vii4; WM xoyl 'dirt'; P hii 2 0527 - to wobble, not firm or tight, A4 SW - S khbon 1; B kon4 ; Sh khon 4; LMY xon 4 CN - LM hoon4 ; WN hon 4 0528 - to lasso, C4 SW - S khboTJ4 (khoOI); B COTJ6 (ko 4); Sh koTJs; LNK khooTJ5; LMY kOTJ6 CN - LM 100'11 6; LC kYOOTJ6 'a loose knot'; PS, NM kYOOTJ6 N - Sk VOOTJ6, tboTJ6, thlooTJ6 (OG), throoTJ6 (YG); WM klYTJ4 0529 - thick (of fluids), CI, (cf. 0595) SW - S khon 3 ; LCH, LMY xun 3 ; CM khanS eN - WNkhon 3 N - Y hun' 0530 - to search, C4 SW - S khon 4; B kon 6; LCH, LMY xun 6 'to awaken someone'; CM khon 6 CN - WN hun s (B4) N - Y hun s (B4); Sk khon 3 (CI 7)
126
Cognates
053 I • body hair, Al SW· S khans; W xun!; B, Sh, LNK khan!; LCH, LMY xun!; CM khon 2 CN . LP, LM khon l ; WN khon!; BY khon l ; LC khun l ; PS khon!; NM hon l N - Y punl; Sk puP (00), pun! (YO); WM pun!; P pwn l 0532 - bitter, Al SW - S khom 5; W khum 1; B, Sh, LNK khom l; LCH, LMY xum 1; CM khom2 CN - LP, LM khom l ; WN kham l; BY khom 1 ; LC khum!; PS khom!; NM hom! N - Y ham 4; Sk yam 4; WM xam2; P ham 2 (A4 in N languages) 0533 - slave; I, Cl, (cf. 0494, 1144) SW - W xoy1; B khoyl; LNK khoo/; LCH, LMY xoy3; CM khooy5 CN - LP, LM khooyl; WN khoyl; LC khooy3 N - Y hoi; Sk hooy6; WM hyi (BI in N languages) 0534 - indigo, A4, (cf. 0958) SW - S khraam 1; W, B caam 4 ; Sh khaam 4 'a tree used for dyeing'; LNK khaam 6; LCH, LMY xaam4 CN - LP chaam4 ; LM laam4 ; WN caam 4 ; LC kyaam 4 (also, laam4 which Li says < Chinese); PS laam 4 ; NM kyaam 4 N - Y saam4 ; Sk khaam4 ; P ~aam2 0535 - discarded snake skin, DL4 SW - S kh raap3; W caap4; B caap5; Sh kh aap 3; LCH, LMY xaap5 CN - LM laap 5; PS kyaap 5 N - Sk thraap 5 0536· sticklac, B4 SW - S khra,,'; Sh kha,,3; LMY xa,,5; CM calls CN - WN ca,,4 (A4) N - Sk thra,,5, tha,,5 0537 - to desire, B4, (cf. 0458, 0460) SW - S khray1; Sh khayl, khaLl.J3; LCH, LMY xay5; CM khal N - WM klal (A4) 0538 - vine, A4, (cf. 0922) SW - S khrwa 1; W Cy4 (cf. 0037); B cwa4 'warp (in weaving)'; Sh khy4; LNK khwa6 ; LCH, LMY xn 4; CM khwa1 CN - LM Iww 4 'lengthwise threads in weaving' N Sk thaa4 (probably not cognate?) 0539 - bunch of bananas, A4 SW - S khrwa 1; W hy4; B hwa4 ; Sh hy4 'a stock or bunch offruit or flowers'; LNK khwa6 ; LCH, LMY hn 4 CN - LM Iww4; WN Iww4 'a banana tree bearing fruit' 127
Comparative Tai Source Book
0540 - half, middle, B4 SW - S khrwT]3; W CWT]5; B c\'T]'; Sh khwT]3; LNK kh\'T]3; LCH, LMY XWT]5 CN - LM liT]5 'to divide in haIr; WN CiT]5 N - Sk thrwT]S, kh\'T]5; WM klaT]6 'to block the road halfway'; P caT]6 0541 - big (tiger), B4, (cf. 0678, 0822) SW - S (swaS) khrooT]3; W (S\,I) CUT]5; B (swat) COT]'; LNK (swa l ) khooT]3; LCH, LMY (sn,l) XUT]s 0542 - entire, complete, DS4 SW - S khrop\ B, Sh kOp5 CN -LM lop4 N - Sk khop6 0543 - kitchen, A4 SW - S khrua l ; B cua4; Sh kh0 4 'clothes, goods, property'; LNK khua6 ; LCH, LMY xo0 4 N - Sk thrua4 'family' 0544 - bridge, AI, (cf. 0952) SW - W khol; B khua l ; Sh kho\ LNK khua1 ; LCH, LMY xoo l ; CM khua2 N - Sk khaw4 (A4, cognate?) 0545 - cycle, year, DLl, (cf. 0626) SW - S, B khuapz; Sh khop2; LNK khuap2; LCH, LMY XOOp2 CN - LP, LM khuup2; WN khup2; LC, PS khuup2; NM khup2 N - Sk khuap 6, thruap6 (hypercorrection for khuap 6); P hoopS 0546 - hole, pit, AI, (cf. 0038, 0318) SW - S khum\ W, B, Sh, LNK khum 1 ; LCH, LMY xum l ; CM khum2 CN - LP, LM khom 1; WN, BV, LC khum 1; PS khom l ; NM kom4 (A4) N - Y kum4; Sk khum\ WM, P kum2 (A4 in N languages) 0547 - pair, B4 SW - S khuu 3; W ku s 'comrade'; B ku 5; Sh ku 3 ; LNK khuu 3; LCH, LMY kuu 5; CM kuu 4 CN - LP khu1I 5; LM kow s; WN, LC, PS kuu 5; NM koo s N - Y ku 5 ; P kuu 6 0548 - sharpened stake, DLl, (cf. 0554) SW - S khwaak2; W khaa?2; B khwaa?2; Sh khwaak2; LNK khuak2 ; LCH, LMY xwaak2 CN - LP kuuk 5 'hoe' (DL2); LM kUllk 2 'hoe', vaak2 'sharpened stake'; WN khaak2; LC kllUk 2 'hoe' (Li regards all these as cognates; probably the words for 'hoe' are not) N - Y vaak2 ; Sk khwaak6 128
Cognates
0549 - axe, A I SW - S khwaan 5; W, B khwaan ' ; Sh khwaan ' 'a thunderbolt'; LNK khuan ' (homonymous with 0171); LCH, LMY kwaan ' CN - LM khwaan l (rare); WN khaan 1 N - Y vaanl; Sk vaan 2 ; P vaan l 0550 - nephew, niece; grandchild, Al SW - S laans ; W, B, Sh, LNK, LCH, LMY laan ' ; CM laan2 CN - LP, LM, WN laan ' ; BY laan2 ; LC, PS, NM laan! N - Y laanl; Sk laan2 ; WM, P laan! 0551 - below, B4 SW - S laa'll3; W, B laa'll5 'space beneath an elevated house'; Sh laa'll3 'space beneath an elevated house'; LNK laa'll3; LCH, LMY (tat) laa'll5 'underneath a house' CN - LP, LM laa'll5 'a pen'; WN laa'll2 (B?) 'space below'; LC laa'll5 'space beneath an elevated house' N - Sk Iua'll5 0552 - to rinse, wash, C4, (cf. 0325, 1116) SW - S laa'll4; W, B Jaa'll6; Sh, LNK laa'll5; LCH, LMY, CM Iaa'll6 CN - LP laa'll3; LM, WN, LC, NM laa'll6 N - Y rwa'll6; Sk Iaa'll6; WM rwa'll4; P Iww'll4 0553 - saliva, A4 SW - S laayl; W laal; B (sa) laal; LNK laal; LCH, LMY laa/; CM laayl CN - LP laal; LM, WN naal; LC, PS, NM laay4 N - Y naay4; Sk mlaa/; WM mlaay2; P naayl 0554 - a stake, DSI, (cf. 0548) SW - S, W, B lak!; Sh lak4; LNK, LCH, LMY lakl; CM lak 2 CN - LP lak 2; LM lak3 ; WN lak 6; PS lak3 (tone?); NM lak4 N - Y lak 3 ; Sk lak4 0555 - back, Al SW - S la'll5; W, B, Sh, LNK, LCH, LMY la'll!; CM la'll2 CN - LP, LM, WN la'lll; BY la'll!; LC, PS, NM la'll' N - Y la'll'; Sk laTJ2; WM, PIa'll! 0556 - to sharpen (a knife), DS4, (cf. 0463, 0560,1089, 1107) SW - S, W lap4; B, Sh lapS; LNK lap 3; LCH, LMY lapS N - Sk Jap 6 0557 - to tell, B4 SW - S law3 ; W, B lawS; Sh, LNK law3 ; LCH, LMY, CM lawS N - Sk 1005 (cognate?) 129
Comparative rai Source Book
0558 - body louse, A4 SW - S len l; B, Sh men4 ; LNK len 6 ; LeH, LMY min4 CN - LP, LM min4 ; WN man 4 ; LC, PS min4 ; NM men4 N - Y nan 4 ; Sk mlEI4 (OG), mlw4 (YG); WM nan 2 0559 - to exchange, DL4 SW - S lEEk3 ; W IE4; B IE7 5 ; Sh IEk 3 ; LNK, LCH, LMY lEEks; CM IEek4 N - Y le l (DS4) 0560 - sharp-pointed, AI, (cf. 0463, 0556,1089,1107) SW - S IEEms; W, B, Sh IEm'; LNK IEem!; LCH, LMY leml CN - LP fiim 3 ; LM siim3 ; WN lem l; LC, PS fHm 3 ; NM tom' (CI in LP, LM, LC, PS) N - Y lem l; Sk lem 2 'to sharpen', leEm2 'sharp-pointed' 0561 - dry (of weather, season), C4, (cf. 0512) SW - S lee,,4; W, B le,,6; Sh IE"s; LNK lee"s; LCH, LMY le,,6; CM lee,,6 CN - LP lee,,3; LM iee,,6; WN le,,6; LC, PS, NM lee,,6 N - Y re,,6; Sk leE,,6; WM re,,4; P lee,,4 0562 - finished, C4 SW - S lEEW\ B IEW6 ; LNK IEEW 5 ; LCH, LMY lew6 ; CM Izew6 CN - LP leew3; LM leew6 ; WN lew6 ; PS leew l (C?) N - Y lew6; Sk IEew6; WM liaw4 0563 - to lick, A4 SW - S lial; W le 4 ; B lia4 ; Sh le 4 ; LNK lia6 ; LCH, LMY lee 4 ; CM lial CN - LP lii4; LM lel; LC, PS, NM lii4 N - Y ria4 ; Sk lia4; WM ri 2 ; P lie 0564 - monkey, A4 SW - S li"l; W, B, Sh 1i,,4; LNK li,,6; LCH, LMY li,,4 CN - LP, LM, WN, LC, PS 1i,,4; NM hl,,4 N - Y 1i,,4; Sk Iii,,4 0565 - to be left over, Al SW - S Iwas; W hr\ B Iwa l; Sh Iyl; LNK Iwa l; LCH, LMY 1vyl; CM Iwa2 CN - LP )vv l; LM, WN Iww l ; PS, NM Iww 2 (B?) N - Y Iwa l; Sk lua2 ; WM IWI; P IWWI 0566 - python, Al SW - S (l1uu l ) Iwams; W ("u 4) Ivml; B (tal) Iwam l; Sh Ivml; LNK ("uu6 ) Iwam l ; LCH, LMY ("uu 4) Ivm l CN - WN num l N - Y (tua4) nuam l
130
Cognates
0567 - yellow, Al SW - S IwaTJ5; W IYTJ1; B IwaTJ1; Sh JYTJ1; LNK lwaTJI; LCH, LMY IYTJ\ CM IwaTJ2 eN - LP )YYTJI; WN lWTJI (usual word is hen 3); LC, PS IY¥TJ\ NM lwwTJl N - Sk vaaTJ4 (A4, cognate?) 0568 - gadfly, DLl SW - S lwap2; W ly?2; B Iwa?2; Sh lyk 2; LNK Iwap2; LCH, LMY lyyk 2 CN - LM nwwk2 ; WN lyt 2 N - Y Iwak 2 ; Sk Iwap 6 0569 - the wind, A4 SW - S lom l ; W lum 4 ; B, Sh lom4 ; LNK lom6 ; LCH, LMY lum4 ; CM lom l CN - LP, LM lom\ WN lam 4 ; LC lum4 ; PS, NM lom 4 N - Y rum\ Sk lum4 ; WM rum1 ; P lum 2 0570 - to sink into mud, B 1 SW - S 10m2 'mud'; W lum 2 ; B 10m2 'low place'; Sh 10m2 ; LNK 10m 3 'muddy place in a road'; LCH, LMY lum 2 'to step into (mud, a hole, etc.)'; CM 10m3 CN - LM 10m2 ; WN lam 2 'to step into (mud, a hole)' N - Y lam 2 'to sink'; WM lom s, lom l ; P bm s 0571 - to go down, A4 SW - S 10,,1; W IUTJ4; B, Sh 10,,4; LNK 10,,6; LCH, LMY IUTJ4; CM 10,,1 CN - LP nOTJ4; LM \0,,4; WN 10,,4; LC nu,,4; PS, NM no,,4 N - Y rOTJ4; Sk 1::rrJ 4; WM ro"z; P 10,,2 0572 - to cast (metal), Bl SW - S 1002; W, B, Sh 102 ; LNK 100 3; LCH, LMY 1002 CN - WN 1002 'to pour' 0573 - wheel, C4 SW - S 1004 ; W 106 'spool'; Sh 105 'cart'; LNK 100 5 'cart, wheel'; LCH, LMY 100 6 'cart; wheel'; CM 100 6 'oxcart' N - Sk 1003 'oxcart' (C?, probably < Lao); P luu 4 'to roll' 0574 - firewood, AI, (cf. 0462) SW - W 10 1; B lua l ; Sh 10 1; LNK lua l 'bamboo used for firewood'; LCH, LMY 100 1; CM lua2 CN - WN luu l 'small pieces of bamboo for firewood' N - Sk lua2 'bamboo firewood'
131
Comparative Tai Source Book
0575 - loose-fitting, Al SW - S Iuams; W 10m!; B luam!; Sh 10m!; LNK lom l (modern luam!); LCH, LMY lum ' N - Y lom l ; WM Iym l 0576 - uncle, older brother of either parent, A4 SW - S IU1)!; W, B, Sh IU1)4; LNK IU1)6; LCH, LMY lU1)4; CM IU1)1 CN - LP, LM 101)4; WN, LC IUTJ4; PS, NM IOTJ4 N - Sk IUTJ4; WM, P IU1l 2 0577 - to soak, B 1, (cf. 0770) SW - S, W, B maa2 ; Sh maa2 'to soak in liquor'; LNK maa3 ; LCH, LMY maa1 ; CM maa3 CN - LP, LM, WN, PS, NM maa2 N - Y ma2; Sk maa6; P maa2 (A4) 0578 - to increase, Cl SW - W maa3; B maaJ 'interest, profit' CN - LP, LM maa3 ; WN maa1 'to rise, of water'; LC, PS maa3 N - Y mal; P maa3 0579 - classifier for tools, DL4 SW - W maa\ ma7 2, maar; B maa7 s; Sh maak 3 CN - LP, LM, WN maak s; LC maak4; PS, NM maak s N - Y faak s; Sk maaks, maak6 ; WM faak 6 0580 - to mark; to intend, aim, Al SW - S maal; W, B, Sh, LNK, LCH, LMY maayl; CM maay2 CN - LM, WN maay! N - Y maay!; Sk maaf; P maay! 0581 - to like, DS4 SW - S mak4 'to be inclined to'; W mak4 ; B, Sh mak s; LNK mak3 ; LMY mak 5 ; CM mak6 N - Sk mak 6
0582 - he, it, A4 SW - S man!; W, B, Sh man 4 ; LNK man 6 ; LCH, LMY man4 ; CM man! CN - LP min 4 ; WN man4 ; LC myn4 ; PS min4; NM men! N - Sk man 4 0583 - potato, A4 SW - S man!; W, B man 4 ; Sh man4 'sweet potato'; LNK man6 ; LCH, LMY man 4 ; CM man! CN - LP, LM, WN, LC, PS man4 N - Y, Sk man 4; P man 2 132
Cognates
0584 - oil, A4, (cf. 1076) SW - S man l ; B, Sh man 4; LNK man6 ; LCH, LMY man 4; CM man l N - Sk man 4 0585 - porcupine, CI SW - S men 3 ; W min 3 ; B, Sh men 3 ; LNK men4 ; LCH, LMY min 3; CM mens CN - LP, LM min 3 ; WN man3 ; LC min 3 ; PS min 6 (C4); NM men' N - Sk man), men 3 0586 - to have, A4 SW - S miil; W, B, Sh mi 4 ; LNK mii 6 ; LCH, LMY mii4; CM mii l CN - LP mii 4; LM mey4; WN, LC, PS mii4; NM mel N - Y mi 4; Sk mii 4 ; WM mf; P mif 0587 - ditch, Al SW - S mwaTJ5 'a mine'; W mYTJI; B mwaTJI; Sh m¥TJI 'a dam'; LNK mwaTJI 'a mine'; LCH, LMY m¥TJI; CM mwaTJ2 CN - LP mnTJ!; LM mwwTJI; \VN mWTJI; LC m¥¥TJI (current in the countryside); PS m¥¥TJI N - Sk mwaTJI; WM mwaTJI 0588 - you, A4 SW - S mWTJI; W, B mWTJ4; Sh maUj4; LNK mWTJ6; LCH, LMY mWTJ4; CM mWTJ! CN - LP, LM, WN, LC, PS maUj4; NM maTJI N - Y, Sk mWTJ4; P mWTJ2 0589 - mango, B4 SW - S muaTJ3; W mOTJs; B muaTJ5; LNK muaTJ3; LCH, LMY m0115; CM muaTJ4 (in each language preceded by the word for 'fruit') CN - WN mOllS N - Y m0115; Sk mia'll5 0590 - pig, Al SW - S muu 5; W, B, Sh mu!; LNK, LCH, LMY muu l ; CM muu 2 CN - LP muu!; LM mow!; \VN muu!; BY muu 2; LC, PS muu l ; NM now l N - Y mu l ; Sk muu 2; WM maw l; P muu l 0591 - mucus of the nose, DL4 SW - S muuk 3 ; W mu?4; B mu?5; LNK, LCH, LMY muuk 5 CN - LP mok s; LM mook s; WN muks; LC muk4 ; PS mok4 (DS4); NM muuk s N - Y muk! (DS4); Sk muuk 5; WM muks (DL?); P muk 3 (DS4)
133
Comparative rai Source Book
0592 - face, Cl SW - S, W, B, Sh naa3 ; LNK naa4 ; LCH, LMY naa3 ; CM naa 5 CN - LP, LM, WN, LC, PS, NM naa3 N - Y na3; Sk, WM, P naa3 0593 - crossbow, CI 5W - 5, W, B naa3 ; LNK naa 4 ; LMY naa3 CN - WN naa3 N - Y nwa3 ; Sk nua3 0594 - mother's younger sibling, C4 SW - 5 naa4 ; W, B naa 6 ; Sh na 5 ; LNK naa 5 ; LCH, LMY, CM naa6 CN - LP, LM, WN, LC, PS naa 5 (B4 in CN languages) N - Y na6 ; Sk naa6 (C4 in N languages) 0595 - thick, AI, (cf. 0529) SW - S naa5 ; W, B, Sh, LNK, LCH, LMY naa l ; CM naa2 CN - LP, LM, WN naa1 ; BV naa2; LC, PS, NM naa l N - Y na l; Sk naa2 ; WM, P naa l 0596 - otter, DL4 SW - S naak\ W naa4 ; B naa7 5 CN - LP, LM, WN, PS, NM naak 5 N - Y naak s; Sk naak 5; WM naak6 0597 -long (of time), A4, (cf. 0975, 1058, 1155) SW - S naan l ; W, B, Sh naan 4 ; LNK naan 6 ; LCH, LMY naan 4 CN - LM, WN naan 4 N - Y naan 4 ; WM naan 2; p naan2 0598 - bored, B1, (cf. 0411,1041 ) SW S, W, B naay2; LNK naay; LCH, LMY naayl; CM naay CN - LP, LM, LC naayl 'tired' N - Y naayl; Sk naa/; WM nwaa/; P naa/ ('tired' in all four languages) 0599 - to soften over a fire, B4 SW - S naay3; B na/; Sh nal; LCH, LMY nayS; CM nal 0600 - skin, Al SW - S na115; W, B, Sh, LNK, LCH, LMY nal1l; eM na112 eN - LP, LM, WN nal1\ BV na112; Le, PS, NM naTl I N - Y naTl\ Sk na112; WM, P naTJI
134
Cognates
0601 - in, inside, A4 SW - S nay!; W, B naUj4 'yonder'; Sh naUj4; LNK naY;; LCH, LMY nal; CM nay! CN - LP daUj2 (A3); LM naUj4; WN, LC, PS, NM daUj! (A3) N - Y daUj\ Sk f¥¥!; WM 7daUj!; P naUj6 (A3 in N languages) 0602 - rotten, B4 SW - S naw3; W, B naws; Sh, LNK naw3; LCH, LMY naw 5; CM naw4 CN - LP, LM, WN, PS, NM naw s N - Y, Sk naws; WM, P naw6 0603 - tough, sticky, AI, (cf. 1030) SW - S niaw5; W new!; B niaw l ; Sh new!; LNK niaw l ; LCH, LMY newl CN -LM neew l N - Y niaw 1; Sk niawz 0604 - to pinch or hold in claws, under the arm, OLl, (cf. 0139) SW - S niip2; W, B nipz; Sh ni p3 (OL4); LNK, LMY niip2 CN - LP nip2 'to pick up with chopsticks'; LC nipz 'to pinch, to take with chopsticks' N - Y nip) (OS I); Sk niip6 (said to be < Lao) 0605 - pangolin, B4 SW - S nim 3; W, B lins; Sh, LNK lin); LCH, LMY lin s CN - LP, LM, WN Iin s; NM lenS N - Y lin5; Sk 1iI5 (OG), lin s (YG); WM lin 6 0606 - meat, flesh, C4 SW - S nwa4 ; Sh n¥5; LNK nwa 5 ; LCH, LMY n¥¥6 (also called cin 6) eN - LP nn 3 ; LM, WN nww 6 ; LC, PS, NM nww6 N - Y nos; Sk mb0 5 ; WM n¥6; P no0 6 (B4 in N languages) 0607 - above, north, AI, (cf. 0414, 0808) SW - S nwa 5; W n¥l; B nwa ' ; Sh n¥l; LNK nwa l; LCH, LMY m..¥I; eM nwa2 eN - LP n¥¥I; LM, WN nww l ; BV nwwz; Le, PS, NM nww l 0608 - tired, B I SW - S nway2; W n¥l; B nwal; Sh nol; LNK nwal; LCH, LMY n¥y2 eN - WNnwy2 0609 - worm, Al SW - S noons; W, B non l ; Sh nonl 'maggot'; LNK noon l ; LMY non!; eM no::m 2 eN - LP, LM noon l ; WN non l ; Le, PS, NM noon! N - Y non!; Sk nooF (OG), noon 2 (YG); WM n¥nl; P noon l
135
Comparative Tai Source Book
0610 - younger sibling, C4 SW - S nooT]4; W, B nOT]6; Sh nOT]5; LNK nooT]5; LCH, LMY nOT]6; CM nooT]6 CN - LP nooT]3; LM nooT]6; WN nOT]6; LC, PS, NM nooT]6 N - Y, Sk nuaT]6; WM nuaT]4; P nuuT]4 0611 - deaf, DLl SW - S nuak 2 ; W n07 2 ; B nua7 2 ; Sh nok 2 ; LNK nuak2 ; LCH, LMY nook2 CN - LP, LM nuuk 2 ; WN nuk 2 ; LC, PS, NM nuuk2 N - Y nuk 3 (DS I); Sk nuuk6; WM nuk 5; P nuk2 (DS 1) 0612 - young, Bl SW - S num 2 (only of men); W, B num 2, nom 2; Sh num 2 ; LNK num 3; LCH, LMY num 2 ; CM num 3 N - Sk num 6 (said to be < Lao) 0613 - kapok, B4, (cf. 0215) SW - S nun 3 ; W, B nuns; Sh, LNK nun 3 ; LMY nuns N - Y nuns; Sk nun6 (C4, said to be < Lao) 0614 - to support, as with a pillow, Al SW - S nuns; W, B, Sh mun l ; LNK nun l , muun l ; LCH, LMY nun l , mun l N - Sk muun 2 0615 - rat, mouse, Al SW - S nuu s; W, B, Sh nul; LNK, LCH, LMY nuu l; CM nuu 2 CN - LP nuu!; LM now!; WN nuu l ; BV nuu 2; LC, PS nuu l ; NM now l N - Y nul; Sk nuu 2; WM naw l; P nuu! 0616 - elephant's tusk, ivory, A4 SW - S T]aa!; W, B, Sh T]aa4; LNK T]aa6; LCH, LMY T]aa4; CM T]aa l CN - LP yaa4; LM T]aa4, yaa4 ; WN T]aa4; PS yaa4 N - Y T]a4 ; Sk T]aa4 0617 - sesame, A4 SW - S T]aa!; W, B, Sh T]aa4 ; LNK T]aa6 ; LCH, LMY T]aa4 CN - LP, LM, WN, LC, PS T]aa4; NM haa4 N - Y T]a4, ra 4; WM raa2; PT]aa2 0618 - (to lie) face up, Al SW - S T] aay 5; W, B haayl; Sh T]aayl, haayl 'to turn back or over'; LNK, LCH, LMY T]aayl CN - LM haayl; WN T]aayl N - Y haayl; Sk T]aay2
136
Cognates
0619 - central root, C 1 SW - S TJaw3 ; W, B haw3 ; Sh TJaw3 'bottom, foundation, origin'; LNK TJaw4 ; LCH, LMY TJaWJ CN - WN TJaWJ 'stem (offruit)' 0620 - to tilt the head back, Al SW - S TJeen5; W, B hen l; Sh TJen l 'to look up to, depend upon', hen I 'to turn up the face, to look up'; LNK Im:n l (modern TJeen l); LMY TJen l 0621 - mythical water creature, DL4 SW - S TJwak3; W TJy4 ; B TJwa?5; Sh TJ¥k3 'an alligator, crocodile'; LNK TJwak5; LCH, LMY TJ¥Yk 5 CN - LP hvyk 5; LM TJwwk s; WN TJvks; LC TJvyk4; PS TJ¥¥ks N - Y TJwak 5; Sk TJuak5; P TJWWk6 0622 - crippled, B4 SW - S TJoi; w, B TJoy5; LNK TJool 'lame'; LCH TJoy5; LMY TJoy5 'paralyzed' 0623 - mouth, DL2, (cf 1158) SW - S paak2; W, B paa12 'to speak'; Sh paak2 'to speak; mouth'; LNK paak 2; LCH, LMY paak 2 'to speak' but 'mouth' in certain contexts; usual word is SOpl; CM paak3 'to speak, mouth' CN - LP paak5; LM, WN, LC, PS paak 2; NM paak2, paa7 2 N - Y paak2; Sk paak6; WM, P paak s 0624 - kind of small frog, DL2 SW - S (ta 2) paat2; W (kap2) paaf; B paat2; LNK (ta-) paaf; LMY (xeer2) paaf CN - LP paat5 ; LM, PS paat2 ; NM paa1 2 N - Y paat2 0625 - to revolve, spin, B2 SW - S, W, B, Sh pan2; LNK pan3; LCH, LMY pan2; CM pan3 CN - LP pans; LM, WN pan 2; LC, PS, NM pan 2 N - Y pan 2 ; Sk pin6 ; panl, pal6 (OG), pan6 (YG) 'to spin (cotton)'; P pans 0626 - year, A2, (cf. 0545) SW - S pii 1; W, B, Sh pP; LNK pji2; LCH, LMY piP; CM pjj2 CN - LP pjj2; LM peyl; WN pHI; BY pii 2 ; LC, PS piil; NM peyl N - Y pjl; Sk pii l; WM pil; P pii l 0627 - banana blossom, A2 SW - S pliil; W, B, Sh pi l; LNK pij2; LCH, LMY pjjl; CM pi? CN - LP piP; LM peyl; LC, PS pii l; NM peyl N - Sk pliil (OG), priil (YG); P pjjl
137
Comparative Tai Source Book
0628 - bark, shell, DL2 SW - S plwak2; W py7 2; B pwa7 2; Sh pYk2 ; LNK pwak 2; LCH, LMY pyyk2; CM pwak 3 CN - LP pyyk 5 ; LM pWWk2; WN pik2 ; LC, PS pYYk2; NM pwwk2 N - Sk plaak 6 (OG), praak" (YG); WM plwk s (pluk 5?) 0629 - naked, A2 SW - S plwai; B pwai; Sh poy'; LNK pway2; LCH Pyy'; LMY pyi, poy!; CM pway2 N - Skpwai 0630 - lung, DL2 SW - S poot2; W, B, Sh poe; LNK, LCH, LMY pooe CN - LP pvtS; LM pve (DS2); WN poe; LC, PS pvt2 ; NM poot2 N - Y pue; WM put 5; P pwtl (DS2 in N languages) 0631 - to be graciously pleased, DL2 SW - S prooe; LNK pooe; LCH, LMY phooe; CM phoot3 N - Sk phoot6 0632 - crab, A2 SW - S puu'; W, B, Sh pu'; LNK puu 2 ; LCH, LMY puu'; CM puu2 CN - LP puu 2 ; LM pow'; WN, LC, PS puu'; NM pow l N - Y, Sk pawl 0633 - cliff, rock, Al SW - S phaa5 ; W phaa l; B faa l ; LNK, LCH, LMY phaa 1; CM phaa2 CN - LP, LM phyaa'; WN phaa1; LC, PS, NM phyaa l N - Sk phraa2 ; WM plaa'; P pyaa l 0634 - forehead, DLl SW - S phaak2 ; LNK, LCH, LMY phaak2 CN - LP, LM phyaak2; WN phaak2; LC, PS, NM phyaak2 N - Y pyaak2; Sk phraak 6; WM plaak5; P pyaak5 0635 - to walk, CI SW - S phaal (usual word is dvYn'); W phaal; Sh phaal 'to go'; LCH, LMY phaal 'to pass' CN - LP, LM, LC, PS, NM phyaal N - Y pyaayl; WM plaay3; P pyaay3 0636 - to rest, DS4 SW - S phak4; LMY phak5 ; CM phak6 CN - LP phak 5; LM pak4; LC pak4 'tired, fatigue'
138
Cognates
0637 - to collapse, A4 SW - S pha't']l; B, Sh pa't']4; LNK pha't']6; LCH, LMY pa't']4 CN - LM pa't']4 0638 - to burn (transitive), AI, (cf. 0212) SW - S phaws; W phaw1; B faw l ; Sh, LNK, LCH, LMY phaw 1 CN - LM phyaw 1; WN phaw! N - Y piaw l ; Sk phraw2; WM plaw!; P pyaw l 0639 - spicy hot, DSl, (cf. 0890, 1065) SW - S, W phet2; B fee; Sh phet4; LNK, LCH, LMY phee; CM phet2 CN - LP phit2; LM phyae; WN phat6 ; LC phit2 ; PS phee N - Sk phet4 (said to be < Siamese) 0640 - expensive, A4 SW - S ph££l1l; W, B p£'t']4; Sh p£'t']4 'to put away'; LNK phEE116; LCH, LMY P£114; CM pEE't'] I CN - LP phee't']4; LM pee't']4; WN pel'j4; LC, NM pee114 N - Y pe't']4; Sk phEE114; P peel'j2 0641 - ghost, AI, (cf. 0849) SW - S phii 5; W phil; B fi'; Sh phil; LNK, LCH, LMY phii'; CM phiF CN - LP phii'; LM pheyl; WN, LC, PS phiil; NM pheyl N - Sk phiil (in certain phrases; usual word is maa't']4) 0642 - taro, DLl SW - S phwak2; B fwa?2; Sh ph¥k2 ; LNK phwakl; LCH, LMY ph¥¥k2 ; CM phwak3 CN - LP phnk2; LM phywwk2; WN phik2; LC ph¥¥k2 'kind of potato'; PS ph¥¥k 2 ; NM phywwk2 N - Y pwak 2 ; WM plwak5; P piik 5 0643 - to slip and fall, DL4 SW - S phlaae; W phaat4; B piflaat5 ; Sh phaae 'to go by, pass by' CN - LM pyaatS; LC pyaat4 N - Y pyaat5; Sk thl¥¥t5 (00), thr¥¥t5 (YO); P pyaat6 0644 - enough, A4, (cf. 1000) SW - S ph:>:>!; W, B, Sh p:>4; LNK ph:>:>6; LCH, LMY p:>04; CM p:>:>! N - Sk ph:>:>4 0645 - thin (not fat), AI, (cf. 0405) SW - S ph:>om 5 ; W ph:>ml; B f:>ml; Sh yom!; LNK pho:>ml; LCH, LMY yom! (both places also have phom l in certain expressions); CM phoom 2 CN - LM yooml; WN phom l ; LC phyoom! N - Y pyom!; Sk phroom 2 ; WM ph'ml; P pyoom l 139
Comparative Tai Source Book
0646 - big knife, machete, C4 SW - S phraa4 ; W, B paa6 ; Sh pha5 ; LNK phaa5 ; LCH, LMY phaa6 (general term for knife) CN - LP phyaa); LM pyaa6 ; WN paa6 ; LC, PS, NM pyaa6 N - Y sa6 ; Sk thaa6 ; WM, P saa4 0647 - to separate, DL4 SW - S phraak3 ; W paa?4; B paa7 s; Sh phaak3 ; LNK, LCH, LMY phaak5 ; CM phaak4 CN - LP phyaak5; LM pyaak5; LC pyaak4; PS pyaak5 N - Y pyaak5; WM plaak6 ; P pyaak6 0648 - to deceive, A4 SW - S phraafll; Sh phaafl4 'unsubstantial, empty, void; unable to see' (last meaning cognate with S faafl1, 1154); LNK phaafl6 'to conceal'; LCH, LMY phaafl4 CN - LM pyaafl4; LC pyaafl4 (current in the countryside) N - P pyaafl2 0649 - common people, 84 SW - S phray3; W, B pal; LCH, LMY phay5 CN - LM pyal 0650 - late meal, A4 SW - S phraw1 (obsolete); LCH, LMY phaw4 CN - LP phyaw4; LM pyaw4 ; WN paw\ LC, PS, NM pyaw4 N - Y saw4; WM, P sa\y2 0651 - silk cloth, A4 SW - S phm:l; W, B pe 4 ; Sh phe 4 'satin'; LNK phee6 ; LCH, LMY phee 4 , hee4 0652 - pepper, DS4 SW - S phrik4; LNK phik3 ; LCH, LMY phik5 ; CM phik6 0653 - altogether, C4 SW - S phroom 4 ; W, B pom6 ; Sh phoms; LNK phoom5 ; LCH, LMY phom6 ; CM phoom6 N - Sk phroom 6 ; P som4 0654 - half gone, partly empty, 84 SW - S phrofl3; LNK phoofl3; CM phOTJ4 'some' CN - LP phyooTJ\ LM Pyoofl5; WN POTJ 5 'hair; LC pYOOTJ5 'half'; PS PyooTJ 5 N - Y Pyofl5 'halffull'; Sk phrooTJS, phroTJ5 (fast speech); P PYOOTJ 6
140
Cognates 0655 - tomorrow, DL4 (?) SW - S phrufl3 (nii4) (?); B pu7 s; Sh phuk3 ; LCH, LMY phuk 5 CN - LP phyokS, chok 5; LM cok 5; WN p¥k 5; LC pyuk\ PS pyok5; NM tuukS N - Y sok 5 ; Sk th:J:Jk 5 ; WM s¥k6 ; P sook6 0656 - husband, Al SW - S phua5 ; W phOl; B fua!; Sh pho'; LNK phua 1; LCH, LMY phoo!; CM phua2 CN - WN phuu! 0657 - mountain, A4, (cf. 0778, 1002) SW - S phuu!; W, B pu4 ; LNK phuu 6 ; LCH, LMY puu 4 0658 - person, CI, (cf. 0145) SW - S phuu}; W phu3 ; B fu 3; Sh phu}; LNK, LCH, LMY phuu 3; CM phuus CN - LP phuu3 ; LM phow); WN phuu}; LC puu}; PS phuu 3; NM phow3 N - Y pu6 ; Sk phuu6 ; WM paw4 (C4 in N languages) 0659 - to tie, DLl, (cf. 0210, 0839) SW - S phuuk2; W phu7 2; B fu7 2 ; Sh phuk2; LNK phuuk2 CN - LP phok2; LM phyok3; WN phuk6 ; LC phuk2 (DSl in LP, LM, WN, LC); PS phok2; NM suuk2 N - Y suk! (DS4) 0660 - to vomit, DL4 SW - S raak 3 ; W haa4 ; B haa7 s; Sh haak3 ; LNK, LCH, LMY haak s; CM haak4 CN - LP faak 5; LM laak 5; LC faak 4; PS, NM faak 5 N - Y, Sk ruak 5 ; WM ruak6 0661 - bran, A4, (cf. 1118) SW - S ram!; W, B, Sh ham4 ; LNK ham6 ; LCH ham 4 (literary \am4); LMY ham4 CN - LP fam 4 ; LM lam4 ; WN oam 4 ; LC -tam 4 'pig feed', -tams 'bran'; PS, NMfam4 N - Y, Sk ram 4 ; WM ram 2 ; P lam 2 0662 - chicken louse, A4 SW - S rayl; B hal; LNK hal; LCH, LMY hal CN - LP fal; LM Jay4; WN oay4; LC, PS f ay4; NM lel N - Y ri4; Sk rii 4; WM roi; P lii 2 0663 - first, DL4 SW - S reek\ B he7 5; LNK, LMY heek 5; CM heek 3
14J
Comparative Tai Source Book
0664 - rhinoceros, DL4 SW - S rEEt 3; W hd; B hEe; Sh hEe; LNK hEEt5 (modern IEEe): LCH, LMYhed N - Y retS; Sk rEEt S 0665 - long, A4, (cf. 0729) SW - S rijl (usual word is yaaw l); W, B, Sh hi4; LNK hii 6 'oval' CN - LP 'i-ii4; LM ley4; WN oii 4 ; LC, PS 'i-ii4; NM Iel N - Y, Sk ral; WM raf; P lay2 0666 - track, footprint, A4 SW - S r~~i; W, B, Sh h~y4; LNK h~:>y6; LCH, LMY h:>l (literary 10/); CM h:>oyl CN - LP 'i-ooy4; LM lool; WN ool; PS fooy4 N - Y ri4; Sk rii4; P Iii 2, IwiF 0667 - ear of rice, A4 SW - S ruaTJI; W hOTJ4; B huaTJ\ Sh hOTJ4; LCH hOTJ4 CN - LM luu1l 4 ; WN OUTJ4; LC, PS 'i-uu1l4 N - Sk rua1l4; WM rwaTJ2; P Iwwlll (A I?) 0668 - rainbow, A4? SW - S ru1l4 (C4); W (phP) hUT'l4 (A4); B (tal) hUT'l4 (A4); Sh h01l4 (A4); LNK hUT'l5, luT'ls (C4); LCH hU1l6 (C4, literary lUT'l4); LMY hUT'l6 (C4, literary ruTJ6); CN - WN OUTJ4 (A4) N - Sk rooTJ4 (A4) 0669 - pestle, DLI SW - S saak2 ; W, B saa7 2 ; Sh shaak 2 ; LNK, LCH, LMY saak2 ; CM saak3 CN - LP faak 2; LM, WN saak 2 ; LC, PS, NM -taak2 N - Y 8aak2 ; Sk saak6 ; WM 8aak5; P laak 5 'to pound' 0670 - carcass, DL4 SW - S saak3 ; W saa7 4 ; B saa7 5 ; Sh shaak3 'to remain, be left'; LNK saak5 ; LCH, LMY saak 5 'remains offood' CN - WN saak5 0671 - three, Al SW - S saam 5; W, B saam l ; Sh shaam l; LNK, LCH, LMY saam!; CM 5aam2 CN - LP 'l-aam l ; LM, WN saam\ BV faam 2 ; LC, PS, NM 'i-aam l N - Y 8aam l ; Sk saam 2 ; WM 8aam l ; P'l-aam l
142
Cognates
0672 - to weave (baskets, mats), A I, (cf. 0691) SW - S saan 5 ; W, B saan l ; Sh shaan l ; LCH, LMY saan l ; CM saan 2 CN - LP +aan l ; LM, WN saanl; LC, PS, NM 4aan l N - Y 8aan!; Sk saan 2 ; WM 8aan l ; P 4aan l 0673 - to tattoo, DS 1 SW - S, W, B sak 2; Sh shak4 'to strike repeatedly, with a short quick motion'; LCH, LMY sakI N - Sk sak4 0674 - to blow the nose, B 1 SW - S, W, B saTJ2; Sh shaTJ2 'to instruct'; LNK saTJ4 (CI); LCH, LMY saTJ2 CN - LP 4aTJ2; LM, WN saTJ2; LC 4aTJ5 'to bid, to order'; NM 4aTJ! (A?) N - Y eaTJ2; Sk saTJ6; WM eaTJs; P 4aTJs 0675 - pillar, AI, (cf. 1108) SW - S saw5; W, B saw!; Sh shaw!; LNK, LCH, LMY saw l ; CM saw2 CN - WN saw!; LC 4aw l , 4iiw!; NM +aWl N - Y eaw!; WM saUj4 (C4, Li says < Chinese); P 4aw l 0676 -light, AI, (cf. 1081) SW - S SEETJ5; W SETJI 'jewel'; B SETJI 'light,jewel'; Sh ShETJ! 'a precious stone'; LNK SEETJI; LCH, LMY SETJI 'jewel' N - Sk SEETJ2 0677 - four, B 1 SW - S sii 2 ; W, B sf; Sh shi 2 ; LNK sii 3 ; LCH, LMY sie; CM sii3 CN - LP 4ii 2 ; LM sey; WN sii 2 ; LC, PS 4if; NM 4ey N - Y 8f; Sk sii 6; P 4ii 5 0678 - tiger, AI, (0541, 0822) SW - S swa5 ; W Sy!; B swa!; Sh Shyl; LNK swa!; LCH, LMY sn 1; CM swa2 CN - LP hyl; LM sww!; BV 4ww 2 ; LC, PS, NM 4ww! 0679 - enemy, war, DSI SW - S sWk2 ; W, B sYk2 ; Sh shwk4 ; LNK SYkl; LCH swk!; LMY sykI, swk2 CN - WN SYk6, sak6 N - Y sakI (DS4) 0680 - to buy, C4 SW - S sww4; W, B sw 6 ; Sh shw 5; LNK sww 5; LCH, LMY, CM sww6 CN - LP h y3; LM SYUj6; WN sww6; LC, PS 4ww6; NM saUj6 N - Y sw 6 ; Sk sww6 ; WM ~aUj4; P sww4
143
Comparative Tai Source Book
0681 - writing, book, Al SW - S (na1l5) sww 5 ; W, B sw l; LNK, LCH, LMY (nalll) sww l ; CM (na1l2) sww 2 CN - LP hyl; LM SY14 I ; WN sww l ; BV +ww 2 ; LC, PS +ww l ; NM +a14 1 N - Y 8w l ; Sk sww 2 0682 - sour, CI SW - S som 3 'orange'; W sum); B 50m3 ; Sh shom3; LNK som 4 ; LCH, LMY sum 3 'sour; name of various fruits'; CM som s CN - LP +om 3 ; LM som 3 ; WN sam 3 ; LC +um\ PS, NM 10m 3 N - Y 8am\ Sk sam 3 ; WM 80m3 0683 - toilet, C 1, (cf. 0889) SW - S suam 3 ; B suam 3 'enclosed room'; LNK suam 4 'bridal bedchamber'; LCH, LMY som 3 'bedroom' CN - LP +00m 3; LM suum) 'bedroom'; LC +uum 3 'room'; PS +uum3 'bedroom' 0684 - eye, A2 SW - S, W, B, Sh taa l ; LNK taa2; LCH, LMY taa l ; CM taa2 CN - LP haa l (AI); LM, WN thaa l; BV thaa l (AI); LC, PS haa l ; NM thaa l N - Y ta\ Sk praa l; WM raal; P taa l 0685 - maternal grandfather, A2 SW - S, W, B taa l; LNK taa1; LMY taa l CN - LP taa' (B2); LM, WN taa2 (B2); LC, PS, NM taa l N - Y tal; Sk, WM, P taa l 0686 - to differ, B2 SW - S, B taa1l2; Sh taa1l2 'other'; LNK taa1l3; LCH, LMY taa1l2 CN - WN taa1l2; LC taa1l2 'other, another; each' N - Y taa1l2; Sk taa1l6; P taall' 0687 - window, B2 SW - S (naa3) taa1l2; W, B taa1l2 CN - LP taa1l5; WN taa1l2; LC, PS, NM taa1l1 0688 - to light (a lamp), C2, (cf. 1005) SW - S taay3 'a torch'; W, B, Sh tay3; LNK tayS; LCH, LMY tayl CN - LP tay 3; LC tay3 'torch' 0689 - grasshopper, DS2 SW - S tak4 (teen I); W tak2 (tin 2) 'a kind of bee'; B tak1 (ten I); Sh tak4 (ten l); LNK tak l (te£02 ); LMY tak l (ten l ); CM tak2 (te£n2 ) CN - LM tak 3 , thak 3; WN tak 6 N - Y tak 3; WM rak 5; P tak 2
144
Cognates
0690 - to pound, A2, (cf. 0696, 0702, 0718) SW - S, W, B, Sh tam l; LNK tam 2; LCH, LMY tam l; CM tam 2 CN - LP tam 2; LM, WN, PS, NM tam l N - Y, Sk, WM tam l 0691 - to weave, B2, (cf. 0672) SW - S, W, B, Sh tam 2 ; LNK tam 3 ; LCH, LMY tam 2 CN - LP tamS; LM, WN tam 2 ; LC, PS, NM tam2 N - Y, Sk, WM, P tam3 (C2 in N languages) 0692 - to cut, DS2, (d. 0959) SW - S, W, B tat2 ; Sh tat4 'to head off, put a stop to'; LNK tae; LCH, LMY t~tl, tae; CM tae CN - LP, LM tae 'to cut with scissors'; WN tat 6; LC tae 'to cut with scissors'; PS tat2 l N - Y tat ; Sk t~k4; P tae 0693 - wasp, A2 SW - S t~~nl; W, B ten l; Sh ten l 'a small hornet'; LNK tew 2 ; LCH, LMY ten l ; CM te~n2 CN - LP pheeTl I (AI); LM pheeTll; WN theTlI; LC, PS pheen 1 N - Y tin\ Sk thiil 4 (OG), thiin 4 (YG); WM, P tin 2 (A4 in N languages) 0694 - cucumber, A2 SW - S te~Tll; W, B, Sh t~TlI; LNK t~eTl2; LCH, LMY t~Tl\ CM te~Tl2 CN - LP pheeTl I (Al); LM pheeTll; WN theTlI; PS pheeTl J ; NM theeTl I N - Y tiaTl 1; Sk priaTl I; P tiiTl J 0695 - to add, A2 SW - S t¥¥ml; B t¥ml; LNK twwm 3 (B2), t¥¥m2; CM twam\ t¥¥m2 (B2) eN - LCtim 1 N - Y tim 4 (A4); Sk twwm 6 (B2) 0696 - to beat, A2, (cf. 0690, 0702, 0718) SW - S tii l ; W, B, Sh til; LNK ti?; LCH, LMY tii l; CM tii 2 CN - WNthii l N-Yti 4 (A4) 0697 - short, C2, (cf. 0350) SW - W, B tin 3 CN - LP, LM tin 3 ; WN tan 3 ; LC, PS tin 3 ; NM ten 3 N - Y, Sk, WM, P tin 3
145
Comparative Tai Source Book
0698 - to break wind, DS2 SW - S, W, B tot2 ; Sh tot4; LNK, LCH, LMY tot I CN - LP tye; LM tyf; WN tat6 ; PS tye; NM thd N - Y rae; Sk r&t4 ; P be 0699 - to slap, DS2 SW - S, W, B top2; Sh top4; LNK, LCH, LMY topl; CM top2 CN - LC tup2 'to beat, to clap (hands)' (cognate with 0718?) N - Sk tap4; P top2 0700 - stump, A2, (cf. 0824) SW - Stool; W, B, Sh tol; LNK to0 1 ; LCH, LMY tool; CM to0 2 CN - WN tool 0701 - to join, B2 SW - S to0 2 ; W, B, Sh t0 2 ; LNK to0 3 ; LCB, LMY to0 2; CM t:::d CN - WN to0 2 'toward, to' N - Y t0 2; Sk to0 6 0702 - to pound, DL2, (cf. 0690, 0696, 0718) SW - S took 2; W, B t07 2; Sh tok2 ; LNK, LCH, LMY took 2 CN - LP took S; LM took 2 ; WN tok 2 N - Y tok 2; Sk took6 0703 - big leaf, especially a banana leaf, A2 SW - S tOO'l')I; W, B, Sh to'l')I; LNK tOOT)2; LCH, LMY to'l')!; CM tOO'l')2 CN - LP tOO'l')2; LM tOOT)I; WN tOT)I; LC, PS, NM tOO'l')1 N - Y rOT)l; Sk rooT)2 (AI); WM rYT)l; P 100T)' 0704 - door, A2 SW - S (prie) tuu l ; W, B, Sh tul; LNK (phakl) tuu 2 ; LCB, LMY (pa-) tuu 1; CM (pa72) tuu 2 CN - LP tuu 2 ; LM tow!; WN, LC, PS tuu l ; NM tow l N - Y tul; Sk pak4 tuu l; WM taw l ; P tuu l 0705 - cupboard, C2, (cf. 0971) SW - S tuu3 ; B tuS; LNK tuu S 'iron chest, safe'; LCH, LMY tuu 3 ; CM tuuS CN - WN tuu 2 (B2) N - Y tu 2 (B2); Sk tuu 3 0706 - to wait, Cl SW - S, W, B, Sh thaa3 ; LNK thaa4 ; LCH, LMY thaa3 ; CM thaa 5 CN - LM, WN thaa3 N - Y sal; Sk thaa3 ; P saa 3
146
Cognates
0707 - landing, B4 SW - S thaa3; W, B taa S; Sh taa3; LNK thaa3; LCH, LMY taa 5; CM taa4 'river crossing' CN - LP thaa5 ; LM, WN, LC, PS, NM taa 5 ('river' in CN languages) N - Y ta5 'river'; Sk thaa 5; WM, P taa6 'river' 0708 - to challenge, C4 SW - S thaa4 ; B taa6 ; Sh ta 5 ; LNK thaa 5 ; LCH, LMY taa6 CN - WN taa6 N - P taa6 0709 - to ask, Al SW - S thaam 5; W, B, Sh, LNK, LCH, LMY thaam l ; CM thaam 2 CN - LP, LM thaam l ; WN chaam 1; LC thaam 1 N - Y saam I; Sk thaam 2; WM, P 8aam I
07 I 0 - charcoal, B1 SW - S, W, B thaan2 ; Sh thaan 2, than 2 ; LNK thaan 3 ; LCH, LMY thaan 2 ; CM thaan 3 CN - LP, LM, WN, LC, PS, NM thaan2 N - Y thaan 2 ; Sk thaan 6; WM, P taan 5 0711 - to change (e.g., clothes), B I, (cf. 0872) SW - S thaay2; W, B thay2; Sh thay2 'to redeem, ransom'; LCH, LMY thay2, thaay2; CM thaay3 CN - LM thay· 'to ransom'; WN thay2 'to ransom, redeem'; LC thay2 'to take the place of; for, instead' (Li says < Chinese) N - Sk thay6 'to redeem, ransom' 0712 - old, CI, (cf. 0091,0483) SW - S, W, B, Sh thaw3 ; LNK thaw4 ; LCH, LMY thaw3 ; CM thaw CN - LP thaw 3 (in kinship terms only); LC thaw3 'a word added to kinship terms to denote a man's senior relatives'; PS, NM thaw3 (in kinship terms) N - Sk thaw3 0713 - Thai, Tai, A4 SW - S thayL' W LNK tha',6·, " B tay4. Sh tay4 'a Shan or Tai' , thay4 'a Siamese" , y LCH, LMY tal (but thal refers to the people of Thailand) CN - LM, WN, LC tay4 N - Y tal; Sk thal 0714 - genuine, real, really, C4 SW - S thee 4 ; W, B te 6 ; Sh teS 'very, exceedingly'; LNK thee 5 ; LCH tee 6 ; LMY tss 6; CM tee 6 N - Sk thee 3 (C?, said to be from < Lao)
147
Comparative rai Source Book
0715 - young male animal, DSI SW - S thwk2; W, B thYk 2; Sh thwk4; 'a male buffalo'; LNK thyk, thwk\ LCH, LMY thwk l CN - LP thyk4 (DS4); LM tyk 3 ; WN thak 6; LC, PS tyk4 (DS4); NM tak4 (DS4) N - Y tak l; Sk thak 6 ; WM tak 6; P tak} (DS4 in N languages) 0716 - to arrive, reach, Al SW - S thwn5; W thwnl; B th)(n l ; LNK thynl (less frequent thwnl); LCH, LMY thwnl; CM thn'n 2, thwn2 CN - LP, LM, BV thynl; WN than I; LC, PS thYnl; NM thanl N - Y tan4; Sk than4; WM, P tan2 (A4 in N languages) 0717 - bag, AI, (cf. 1023) SW - S thunS; W thUTJI 'pocket'; B thonl; Sh thoTJ I; LNK thonl (modern thunl); LCH, LMY thUTJI; CM thon2 CN - LC thUTJl N - Sk thon2 0718 - to beat, pound, DS4, (cf. 0690, 0696, 0702) SW - S thup4; W t up 4; Sh thupS; LNK thup 3; LMY tups; CM tup6 CN - LP thop5; LM top4; WN tup4; PS top4; NM tuup' (DL4, cf. 0699) N - Y tupl; Sk thap 6; WM tup6; P tupl 0719 - cheap, DLl SW - S thuuk2; W, B thu7 2 ; Sh thuk 2 'suitable, in accord'; LNK thwwk 2 , thuuk2 'correct, right, cheap'; LCH, LMY thuuk 2 ; CM thuuk 3 CN - LM thok3 ; WN thuk6 ; LC thuk 2 (DS 1 in CN languages) N - Y twkl; Sk thwk6 (DS4 in N languages) 0720 - to sow, scatter, B I SW - S waan 2 ; W vaan2 ; B vaan 2 , baan 2 ; Sh waan2 ; LNK waan\ LCH, LMYvaan 2 CN - LP, LM, LC, PS, NM vaan2 N - Sk vaal 6 (OG), vaan6 (YG); WM waan 5 0721 - to make a gesture of salutation, C 1 SW - S waay3; B vay3 'to go to see royalty'; Sh way3; LNK waa/; LCH, LMY vay3; CM way' N - Sk val (C4, said to be < Lao or Siamese) 0722 - work (noun), DL4, (cf. 0941) SW - W ve4; B via7 5 ; LNK wiak5 ; LCH, LMY veek 5 CN - WN vik s 'festival' N - Y, Sk viak5
148
Cognates
0723 - a ring, A I SW - S wEens; W, B VEnI; Sh WEn l 'an anklet or bracelet, a bangle'; LNK wEEnl; LCH, LMY vEn l 'bracelet'; CM wEEn 2 CN - WN ven l 'earring' N - Sk vEEn 2 0724 - a comb, to comb, Al SW - S wiis; W viI; B viI, bP; Sh wil; LNK wii l; LCH, LMY viiI; CM wie CN - LP viiI; LM vei; WN viiI; BY vii 2; LC, PS viiI; NM vei N - Sk roi; Sk h::>::>y2, h::>y2 (fast speech); WM r¥i 0725 - don't, B3, (cf. 0726) SW - S yaa2; W, B J1aa4 ; Sh yaa2; LNK yaa3 ; LCH, LMY yaa2 CN - LP yaaS 'finished, already'; LM yaa2 'finished, already'; WN yaa2 'finished'; LC yaa2; PS, NM yaa2 'finished' N - Y yia2, ya2; Sk yaa6 ; P yii S ('finished' in all three languages) 0726 - to divorce, B3, (cf. 0725) SW - S yaa2; W yaa 2 'finished'; LNK yaa 3 (said to be a modern expression); LCH, LMY yaa2 0727 - hungry, DL3, (cf. 0009) SW - S yaak2 'to want'; W yaa7 2; B yaa7 2 'to starve'; Sh yaak 2; LNK yaak2 'to want'; LCH, LMY yaak 2; CM yaak 3 CN - LP yaakS; LM, WN, LC, PS, NM yaak2 N - Y yiak 2; Sk yuak 6 ; WM 7ywak S; P yiik S 0728 - to fear, C3, (cf. 0840, 0918) SW - W, B, Sh yaan 3 ; LNK yaan S; LCH, LMY yaan 3 ; CM yaanS CN - LC yaan l (A?) 0729 - long, A4, (cf. 0665) SW - S yaaw l ; B J1aaw4 (for bamboo tubes only); Sh yaaw4 ; LNKJ1aaw6 ; LCH, LMY yaaw4; CM J1aaw l CN - LM yaaw4; WN yaaw4 'long, only of bamboo joints' N - Y yaaw6 (C4, only of bamboo joints) 0730 - home, C3 SW - S yaaw3 (rwanl); W yaaw3 (h¥n4); B yaaw3 (hwan4); LNK yawS, yawS hwan 6 'household'; LCH, LMY yaaw3 (h¥n4) (literary) CN - WN yaaw3 'granary' N - Y yiaw6 ; Sk yia~ ('granary' in both languages)
149
Comparative Tai Source Book
0731 - maternal grandmother, A4 SW - S yaayl; W, B, Sh naay4; LNKJlaa/ (modern yaa/); LCH yaay\ naay4; LMYyaay4 CN - LP taayS (B2); LM, WN taay2 (B2); LC, PS, NM taay! (A2) N - Y taayZ (B2); Sk 7aay4; WM taayl (A2); P taal (B2) 0732 • to sew, DS4 SW - S yep4; W l1ip4 (Minot has Jlip4); B Jlips; Sh yep5; LNKJlipl (DS?); LCH yep!; LMY yip!; CM Jlip2 CN - LP, LM yap\ WN Jlip4, JlCp4, thap 6; LC, PS yap4; NM JlOp4 N • Y Jlipl; Sk Jlip6; WM Jlip6; P yip3 0733 - to urinate, B4 SW - S yiaw\ W, B m:w\ Sh yew3 ; LNKJlia~, Tjiaw3 ; LCH, LMY ye~; CMJliaw4 CN - LP, LM neew5 ; WN Jliw 5 ; LC, PS, NM neew4 (A4) N - Y JlU s; Sk Jluu 5 ; WM Jla~ 0734 - two, B4, (cf. 0341) SW - S yij3; B Jli s; Sh yi 3 'appellation of a second son'; LNK yiP, yii 5, Jlii 3 ; LCH, LMY yii 5 CN • LP yjj5; LM yey5; WN l1ii5, Jljis; LC, PS, NM yii 5 N - Y TjP; Sk Jlii 6 (C4); P l1ii6 0735 - to hear, A4, (cf. 0869, 1012) SW - S yin l ; W, B l1in4; Sh l1in4, yin4; LNKJlin6 ; LCH, LMY yin4; CM Tjinl, Jlin' CN - LP, LM yin4; WN 11in4,Jlin4; LC, PS hinl (AI?); NM l1enl (A?) 0736 - to shoot, A4 SW - S yil1'; B Jli114 'to take aim'; Sh ye114, Y¥114; LNKJli116; LCH yww 4 ; LMY yi114, YW114; CM j1il1' CN - LP, LM ya114; WN ni114 'to take aim', yi114; LC yal1\ NM Jla144 N - Y Tji114 'to aim'; Sk j1iil1\ Jli114 (fast speech); WM Jli112; P Tji112 'to aim' 0737 - woman, A4, (cf. 0217, 0876) SW - S yi115 (AI); W, B Jli114; Sh yi114; LNK j1i116 (modern yiTjI); LCH, LMY yi114; CM j1i111 CN - LP ni114; LM nil1\ yi114; WN j1i114; LC nil1l, niTj4 0738 - to pick up with the fingers, DS3 SW - S, W, B yip2; Sh yip4; LNK yipl; LCH, LMY yipl; CM yip2, yip" CN - LP 7ip2; LM 7i p3; WN 7i p6; LC nip2, 7ip2; PS 7ep2; NM 70p4 N - Y j1apl (DS4); Sk yip4, yup\ WM j1ap6 (DS4)
150
Cognates
0739 - bait, B 1 SW - S ywa2; W Jw 2 ; B pwa2 (in W, B 'meat, flesh'); Sh yr: 2 'food'; LNK pwa3 ; LCH, LMY yvr: 2 ; CM pwa3 CN - LM nww 6 'meat' (C4) N - Skpwa6 (C4) (pwa2 said to be < Lao or Siamese) 0740 - to borrow, A3 SW - S ywwm l; B ywm l ; Sh yiml 'to rent, hire', ywml; LNK ywwm 2; LCH ywm I; LMY ywm 4; CM Jlwwm I CN - LP yom4 (A4); LM yom 4 ; LC, PS yim l; NM yoml 0741-tostand,A3 SW - S ywwn l ; W, B ywn l ; LNK ywwn 2; LMY ywn4 (literary only); CMJlwwn ' CN - LP yin2; LM yin4; WN 7in l; PS yin'; NM yen l N - Y dwn ' ; WM 7dun l 0742 - to stretch, OL4, (cf. 1071) SW - S ywwt 3 ; W ywe; B ywt"; Sh ywe; LNK ywwt5, Jlwwt5 ; LCH, LMY ywwt2 (OL?); CM ywwe (OL?) CN - LC yiit2 (OL?) N - Y Jliat 5 0743 - to raise, lift, OS4, (cf. 0744) SW - S yok4; W Jlok4 ; B Jlok s; Sh yuk s; LNK Jlok3 (modern yok3); LCH, LMY yakS; CM Jlok6 CN - WNyak4 N - Y yakl; Sk Jluk 6 (only in certain expressions, < Lao) 0744 - to lift in both hands, A4, (cf. 0743) SW - S yool 'to praise, flatter'; W, B Jl04; Sh y04; LNK Jlo0 6 'to praise, flatter'; LCH, LMY yo04 (also, 'to praise, flatter') CN - WN yool (A?) N - Yyol (A?) 0745 - to dye, C4 SW - S yoom4 ; W, B Jlom 6; Sh yomS; LNK Jloom s; LCH, LMY yom 6 ; CMJloom 6 CN - LP yoom 3 ; LM yoom6 ; WN Jlom 6; LC, PS yoom 6; NM Jloom 6 N - Y, Sk Jlum 6 ; WM piam4 (Li says < Chinese); P yum4 0746 - highest point, tip, OL4, (cf. 0270) SW - S yooe; W Jlot4 ; B poe; Sh yoe 'to sprout out'; LNKJlootS (modern yoot 5); LCH, LMY yoot 5; CM Jloot4 CN - LP yootS; LM yootS 'young shoot'; WN JlOe; PS yootS; NM Jloot 5 N - Sk Jluut 5 ; WM Jlvt6 151
Comparative Tai Source Book
0747 • banana stem, DL3 SW • S yuak2 ; B yua7 2 ; Sh yok2 ; LNK yuak 2; LCH, LMY yook2 CN - LP yuuk S; LM, PS yuuk2 0748 - broom, A4 SW - W, B ]lu4 ; Sh yu4 'marsh date palm from which brooms are made'; LCH, LMY yuu4 ; CM JlUU I CN - WN Jliw4 (this dialect changes [uu] to [iw] after palatals); LC yuu 4 N - Y Jlu\ WM ]law2 'rice stubble' 0749 - to be in a place, B3 SW - S yuu 2 ; W, B, Sh yu 2; LNK yuu 3; LCn, LMY yuu 2 ; CM yuu J CN - LP yuu s; LM yow2 ; WN, LC, PS yuu 2 ; NM yow2 N - Y yu 2 ; Sk yuu6 ; WM 7yaw 5 ; P yuu 5 0750 - mosquito, A4 SW - S YUTJI; W, B JlUTJ4; Sh YUTJ4; LNK ]lUTJ6; LCn, LMY YUTJ4; CM ]lull) CN - LP, LM YOTJ4; WN ]lu1l 4; LC YU1l4; PS y01l4; NM ]l01l4 N - Y]lu1l 4 ; Sk ]luTJ 4 ; WM ]lU1l 2 0751 - confused, CI SW - S YU1l3; W, B ]lu1l 3; Sh YU1l3; LNK ]lUTJ4; LCH, LMY YUTJ3; CM ]lulls CN - LM YOll); WN ]lU1l 3; LC YU1l3 N - Y]lUk3 (DS?),]luTJ 2 (B?); Sk]lu11 6 (C4) 0752 - father's younger sibling, A3, (cf. 0935) SW - S, W, B, Sh 7aa l ; LNK 7aa2 ; LCH 7aa1; LMY 7aa4 CN - LP 7aa2; LM 7aa4; WN, LC, PS 7aa1 N • Y 7aaw1; Sk 7aaw s (B4); WM 7aaw1 0753 - part of yoke under the neck, C3 SW· B 70113; LNK 700TJ5 CN - WN 70113 N - Y 70TJ6; Sk 70TJ3; WM ?vTJ3 0754· one (in eleven), DS3, (cf. 0240) SW - S, W, B 7ee; Sh 7et4 ; LNK, LCH, LMY 7et l CN - LP 7et2 (7ie?); LM 7ae; WN 7at6; LC 7it2; PS 7et2; NM 7et4 N - Y 7ie; Sk 7d; WM 7it S 0755 - to lean back, A3, (cf. 0934) SW - S, W, B, Sh 7iTJI; LNK 7i1l2; LCH 7iTJ1; LMY 7i1l4 CN - LM 7iTJ4; WN 7iTJl N - Y 7iTJ1; Sk 7iTJI (regarded as < Lao or Siamese), biTJl; WM 7iTJ1
152
Cognates
0756 - other, B3 SW - S 7wum 2 ; W, B, Sh 7wn 2 ; LNK 7wwn3 eN - LP hn s; LM, Le, PS 7m2; NM 7en 2 N - Sk 7wwn6 ; WM 7wn 5 0757 - thorn, A3, (cf. 0233) Not in SW languages N - Y 7wan 1; Sk 70n 1; WM 70n l 0758 - brains, DLJ SW - W, B ?E?2; Sh 70k 2 ; LeH, LMY hEk2 CN - LP ?eek5; LM ?eek 2 ; WN 7ok2, 7ek2 ; PS 7eek2 N - Y 7uk 3 (DS3); Sk ?uuk6 0759 - to wound, DL3 SW - S, W baat2; B vaat2; Sh maar, waaf; LNK, LCH, LMY baaf eN - LP baat'; LM maae; WN, Le baar; PS, NM baaf 'sore, ulcer' N - Y baat2 'a sore'; Sk baat6 ; WM 7baat5 'a sore' 0760 - bamboo tube, e3 SW - W, B ba1)3; LNK ba1)'; LeH, LMY ba1)3 eN - LP, WN ba1)3 N - Y ba1)2; Sk ba1)6 (B3 in N languages) 0761 - to divide, share, B3, (cf. 1052) SW - S, B bE1)2; Sh mE1)2, WE1)2; LNK bEE1)3; LeH, LMY bE1)2 N - Sk bee1)6 0762 - chipped, nicked, B3 SW - S, W, B bin2 ; Sh min) (e3?); LNK bin 3 eN -LM min 2 N - Y baan2 ; Sk baal 6 (OG), baan 6 (YG); WM 7baan 5 0763 - grass mat, e3, (cf. 1126) Not in SW languages N - Y bin 6 ; Sk biin 3 ; WM 7bin3 0764 - girl, DS3 Not in SW languages N - Y bwk3 ; Sk bwk4; WM 7bwk 5 ; P mwk 3 0765 - big, DS3, (cf. 0200, 0396) Not in SW languages N - Y bwk3 ; Sk bwk4
153
Comparative Tai Source Book
0766 - caterpillar, C3 SW - S, W bu'll); B bo'll); Sh m01l3; LNK bOlls; LCH, LMY bUll) CN - LM mO'll3 N - Sk V01l6 (83) 0767 - to sink, A2 SW - Scorn!; W cum!; B com!; Sh som!; LNK com2 ; LCH, LMY cum! CN - WN cam! N - Y sam\ Sk cam!, com!; WM sam! 0768 - eaves, A4 SW - S chaai; 8 caay4; Sh saa/; LCH, LMY caa/ CN - LM caa/ N - Y 9aa/; Sk yaay4 0769 - bruised, C4, (cf. 0785, 0966) SW - S cham4 ; B cam 6 ; Sh, LNK sam 5 ; LCH, LMY cam 6 N - Y cam 6 ; Sk sam 6 0770 - to soak, B4, (cf. 0577) SW - S ChEE 3 ; W, B CE 5 ; Sh SE 3 ; LNK S££3; LCH, LMY CE£' CN - LP chee s; LM cee 5; WN ciis; PS cee5 N - Y se 5 ; Sk see5 0771 - to believe, B4 SW - Schwa); B cwa5 ; Sh SY} 'to buy on credit; to delay in acting or doing'; LCH cn' s; LMY Cyy2 (8?) N - Sk swa5 ; WM sw 6 0772 - lover, C4 SW - S chuu 4 ; W, 8 cu 6 ; Sh sus; LNK suus; LCH, LMY cuu 6 CN - LM CO\V' N - Y }'U6 ; Sk yuu 6 0773 - thread, C3, (cf. 0851) SW - S daay3; W daal 'raw silk'; B daal 'silk thread'; Sh laal 'silk'; LNK daai; LCH, LMY daal 'silk' CN - WN daal N - Y daay6 'ramie'; Sk daal 'thread', raay3 'ramie'; WM 7daay3 'ramie' 0774 - to trap, DS3, (cf. 1140) SW - S dak2 N - Y dak 3
154
Cognates
0775 - asleep, DS3 Not in SW languages CN - LP dak2; LM nak3 ; LC noon 4 dak 2; PS dak 2; NM dak4 N - Y dak 3 ; Sk dak 4 0776 -loud, A3 SW - S, W, B dal1l; Sh lal1!; LNK dal1"; LCH dal1!; LMY da114 N - Y dal1! 0777 - to get married (in certain idiomatic phrases), A3 SW - S d::>::>111; W d::>l1l; Sh bl1! 'appellation given to the father and mother of one's son-in-law or daughter-in-law'; LNK d::>::>112; LCH d::>111; LMY d::>114 CN - LM noo114; WN dOl1l N - Y dOl1l; Sk tr::>::>11 1 0778 - hill, mountain, A3, (cf. 0657, 1002) SW - S d:l:lyl; Sh bl; LNK d:l::>/ 'mountain ridge'; LCH d::>yl; LMY d::>l CN - LM nooy4 'path up a mountain' N - Y dol 'path up a mountain'; Sk r::>::>l; WM 7d¥yl 0779 - catfish, DS3 SW - S, B duk2; LNK, LCH, LMY duk 1 CN - LP dok2 ; LM nok 3 ; WN duk6 N - Y duk 3 ; Sk r::>k4 0780 - coconut grub, C3 SW - S dua113; W dOl1}; B dua113; LNK dua115; LCH, LMY d0113 CN - LM nuu1]3; WN dU1]] N - Y dU1]6; Sk dua1]3 0781 - to send (a present), DLl SW - S faak\ W, B faa7 2 ; Sh phaak2; LNK, LCH, LMY faak 2 CN - LP, LM, WN phaak2; LC, PS, NM phaak2 N - Sk kwaak 6 (OG), kuak 6 (YG); WM faak s 0782 - antelope, A4, (cf. 0109, 1034) SW - S faan 1; W, B faan 4; Sh phaan4 'barking deer'; LNK faan 6 ; LCH, LMY faan 4 N - Y faan 4 ; Sk vaal 4 (OG), vaan4 (YG); P faan 2 0783 - to slash, A4 SW - S fan l; W, B fan\ Sh phan4; LNK fan 6; LCH fan 4 N - Y fan\ Sk vaP (OG), van l (YG) (A?)
155
Comparative Tai Source Book
0784 - wing, DL4, (cf. 0266) Not in SW languages N - Y fwat>; Sk viatS; WM fwat 6 ; P fwe (DS4) 0785 - bruised, swollen, DS4, (cf. 0769, 0966) SW - S fok4; LNK fok 3 ; LCH, LMY fok s CN - WN fok4 N - Y fok'; Sk vok 5 (DL?) 0786 - bubble, foam, A4 SW - S fOO1]I; W f01]4 'a wave'; B f01]4; Sh ph01]4 'expanse or body of water'; LNK fOO1]6; LCH, LMY f01]4 N - Sk phOOT]4 0787 - to float, A4, (cf. 0 \98) SW - S fuu' 'to foam up'; W, B fu 4 ; Sh phu4 ; LNK fuu 6 ; LCH, LMY fuu 4 CN - LP fuu 4 ; LM fow4 ; WN, LC, PS fuu\ NM fow4 N -Y fu 4 ; Sk vuu' (A?) 0788 - dust, B 1 SW - S fun 2 ; W fwn 2 'powder'; 8 khun 2 ; Sh phun2 ; LNK fun 3 ; LCH, LMY fun 2 CN - WN phwn2 'manure used for fertilizer' N - Y puns (B4); Sk phuns (84); WM fons 0789 • beach, sandbar, DLl SW - S, W, B, Sh, LNK, LCH, LMY haat2 CN - LM haatl; LC haatl 'rapids'; PS haatl N - Sk haat6 0790 - to disappear, Al SW • S haay 5; B, Sh, LNK, LCH, LMY haay' CN - LP haay' 'to die' N . Y rway'; Sk rvvy' 0791 • vessel for steaming rice, Al SW - S hal 'jug'; W, B, Sh hay'; LNK hay' 'small-mouthed jug'; LCH, LMY hay' CN - LM lay!; WN chay' N - Y ray!; Sk hal 0792 - a tick, DS I SW - S, W, 8 hep2; LNK hep'; LCH hip!, hep!; LMY hep' CN - LM 7ip3; WN th Ep 6 N - Sk rip4
156
Cognates
0793 - waist, OLl, (cf. 0005) Not in SW languages N - Y hwatz; Sk vuat6 ; WM hwatS 0794 - to cover (with a blanket), Bl, (cf. 0282, 1078) SW - S hom 2; W hum 2; B, Sh hom 2; LNK hom 3; LCH, LMY hum 2 CN - LP, LM hom 2 ; WN ham 2; LC hum 2 N - Sk hum 6, ham 6 0795 - to shrink, OSl SW - S, W, B hoe; Sh hot4 ; LNK, LCH, LMY hot! CN - LP hoe; LM hoe; WN hot6 ; PS hd (OS4); NM hot4 N - Y rue; Sk hot4 0796 - a wart, OLI SW - S huut2; w, B hue; Sh hut4 (OSI); LCH, LMY sut l (OSI) CN - WN sotz N - Sk truut 6 0797 - stem, C2 SW - S kaan 3; W kaan 3 'classifier for long, slender objects'; B, Sh kaan l ; LNK kaan 5; LCH, LMY kaan l CN WN kaan 3 N - Y, Sk, WM kaan l 0798 - to speak, C2 Not in SW languages CN - LP kyaaT]3; LM kaaT]l; LC kyaa113 (Li says < Chinese); PS, NM kyaaT]l N - Y, WM, P kaa113 0799 - husk, OL2 SW - S, W, B, Sh, LCH, LMY kaapl CN - WN kaap2 N - Y kaap2; Sk kaap 6 0800 - to hold in the closed hand, A2 SW - S, W, B, Sh kaml; LNK kam 2 ; LCH, LMY kaml CN - LP kam 2 ; LM, WN, LC, PS, NM kam! N - Y, Sk, WM kam! 0801 - to take a bite, OS2, (cf. 0146) SW - S, W, B katZ; Sh kat4 ; LNK kat! CN - LP kat2 ; LM kae; WN kat6 ; LC, PS katz; NM kat4 N - Y kae; Sk kat4 ; WM kat5
157
Comparative Tai Source Book
0802 - to scratch, A2, (cf. 0140) SW - S, W kaw l ; LNK kaw; LCH, LMY kaw l CN - WN kaw l; LC, PS kaw4 (A4?); NM kaw 1 N - Y, Sk kaw 1 0803 - curry, soup, A2 SW - S keErJl; W, B, Sh kErJl 'to cook, applied to preparing curries'; LNK kEErJ2; LCH, LMY kErJl 'to cook' N - Sk keerJl 0804 - Vietnamese, A2 SW - S keEw1 ; W, B kew\ LNK kEew2 ; LCH, LMY kew l CN - LP keew2; LM keew l ; WN ciw 1; LC, PS, NM keew 1 N - Y cew 1; Sk keew l 0805 - glass, crystal, C2 SW - S kEE~; B kew' 'jewel'; LNK keew 5; LCH, LMY ke~ N - Sk kEew3 0806 -to hide, C4, (cf. 0991,1001) Not in SW languages CN - WN kww 6 (C4) N - Y kw} (C2), kw 6 (C4); Sk kww 3 'to put away' (C2); P kww4 (C4) 0807 - to carry on the shoulder, DL4 Not in SW languages N - Y kwat5 ; Sk khuat5 ; WM kwat6 ; P kwwt6 0808 - on, above, A4, (cf. 0414, 0607) Not in SW languages N - Y kwn4; Sk khwn4; WM, P kwn 2 0809 - ringworm, DL2 SW - S klaak2; W, B kaa7 2; LNK kaak2; LCH, LMY (xii 3 ) xaak 2 CN - WN caak2 N - Y caak2 ; Sk laak6 0810 - last (year), A2 SW - S klaayl; W kaay\ B kaayl 'to pass'; LNK kaay2; LCH, LMY kaayl '(year) before last' ('last year' is pii l lew6) CN - LP caay2; LM kyaayl; WN caayl; LC pjjl kyaayl; PS, NM kyaai ('[year] before last' in CN languages) N - Sk tlaayl (OG), traayl (YG); WM klaayl '(year) before last'
158
Cognates
0811 - matchbox, DS2 SW - S klak2 N - Sk plEk4 (OG), prEk4 (YG), plak4 (OG), prak4 (YG) 0812 - to hold the breath, C2 SW • S klan3 ; Sh kan 3 N • Y can3 'to go without'; Sk kan 3 0813 - smooth, C2, (cf. 0195) SW • S kliaTl 3 ; W (maa2) keTl 3 'orange'; B kiaTl 3 'smooth kind of orange'; Sh keTl 3 'to be clear, clean'; LNK kiaTl 5 ; LCH, LMY keTl 3 N • Sk tliaTl 3 (OG), triaTl 3 (YG) 0814 - strand (of rope), A2 SW - S kliaw I; Sh kiwI; LCH kiwI; LMY kiwI, kew l N - Y cew I; Sk tlEEw I (OG), trEEw I (YG) 0815 -lazy, DS2?, (cf. 0155) Not in SW languages N - Y cik3 (DS2); Sk tliik6 (OG), triik 6 (YG) (DL2); WM klik 5 (DS2); P cik2 (DS2) 0816 - to swallow, A2, (cf. 1014) SW - S klwwn I; W, B kwnI; Sh 7wn I; LNK kwwn2 ; LCH, LMY kwnI CN - WN kwn 6 (C4) N - Sk t1wwn 1 (OG), trwwn 1 (YG); WM klwaTl I 0817 - round, A2, (cf. 1066) SW - S klom I; W kum I; B, Sh komI; LNK kom 2 ; LCH, LMY kum I N - Sk plum I (OG), prum I (YG) 0818 • to build, B2, (cf. 0997) SW· S bo 2 ; W b 2 'to begin'; B ko 2 ; 8h b 2 'to pile'; LNK koo 3 ; LCH, LMY ko:>2 CN - LP koos; LM, WN, PS ko0 2 ('to build a fire' in CN languages) N • Y k0 2 ; Sk bo 6 0819 - wild olive, DL2 SW • S kookl; W ko7 2 CN • LM kook2; WN kok2; NM kuuk1 N - Y kok 2 ; Sk kook6 0820 - to heap up, A2 SW· S bOll I; W, B, Sh kOllI; LNK kOOTl2; LCH, LMY k0111 CN· WN kOT]l N . Y kOTll; Sk kOOT] I 159
Comparative Tai Source Book
0821 - to hug, embrace, OL2 SW - S bot2; w, B, Sh be; LNK, LCH, LMY koot2 CN - LP kootS; LM koot2; WN be; LC, PS, NM koot2 N - Y kot2 , kot1 (OS2), ko 3 (C2); Sk koot6 0822 - tiger, OL2, (cf. 0541, 0678) Not in SW languages N - Y kuk3 (OS2); Sk kuuk 6 ; WM kuks; P kuk 2 (OS2) 0823 - to do, make, 0L4, (cf. 1134) Not in SW languages N - Y kuaS, kuak 5 ; WM kuak 6 , ku 5; P kuk 3 (OS4) 0824 - stump, B2, (cf. 0700) Not in SW languages N - Y kwan 2 ; Sk kol 6 (OG), k::m 6 (YG) 0825 - tamarind, orange, Al SW - S khaam 5 'tamarind'; W khaam\ B khaam l 'tamarind'; Sh khaam l 'white jujube'; LNK khaam l 'tamarind'; LCH, LMY xaam 1 'tamarind' CN - LP kaam 2; LM, WN, PS, NM kaam 1 ('orange' and A2 in CN languages) N - Y, Sk, WM kaam 1 ('orange' and A2 in N languages) 0826 - to answer a call, Al SW - S khaan 5; W xaan 1; B khaan l ; Sh khaan l 'to speak, tell'; LCH, LMY xaan l N - Y haan l ; Sk TJaan2 ; WM haan l 0827 - fishy smell, A4 SW - S khaaw l ; W xaaw\ B kaaw4 ; Sh khEw4; LNK khaaw6 ; LCH xaaw\ LMYxEw4 CN - LM, WN caaw4 ; PS faa~ N - Y haaw4 ; Sk yaaw4 ; P haaw2 0828 - to itch, A4 (cf. 0835) SW - S khan l ; W xan 4 ; B kan4 ; Sh khan 4 'pungent to the taste or smell, sharp in temper, full of lascivious desire (vulgar)'; LNK khan6 ; LCH, LMY xan4 CN - LM, WN, NM han 4 N - Sk (yum4) yal 4 (OG), (yum4) yan 4 (YG) 0829 - handle, rod, A4 SW - S khan l ; W, B, Sh, LCH, LMY kan 4 N - Y kan 4 ; Sk khal 4 (OG), khan 4 (YG); WM kan 2
160
Cognates
0830 - acacia, A4 SW - S khee l; W, B ke 4 ; LNK khee 6 ; LMY kee 4 CN - LM kee\ WN kee 4 N - Y ke4 0831 - guest, DLi SW - S kheek2; W, B khe7 2; Sh khek2; LNK kheek2; LCH, LMY xeek2 CN - LP, LM kheek2 ; WN chek2 ; LC, PS, NM kheek 2 N - Y hek2 ; Sk heek6 0832 - chopping board, Al SW - S khia,,5; B khia"l; Sh khe"l; LNK khia"l; LCH, LMY xe"l CN - LP, LM khii"l; WN chi"l; LC, PS khii"l; NM hii,,' N - Y, WM he,,' 0833 - sharp, sharp edge, A4 SW - S khom ' ; W xum 4 ; B kom 4 ; Sh khom4 'the edge ofa cutting instrument'; LNK khom6 ; LCH, LMY xum 4 'the sharp edge of a blade' CN - LP khom 4 ; LM hom4 ; LC kum4 ; PS, kom 4 ; NM hom4 N - Sk yam 4 0834 - to carry, transport, AI, (cf. 0372) SW - S khon'; B khon\ LCH, LMY xun l N - Sk khun 2 0835 - to itch, A4 (cf. 0828) SW - Sh khom 4 ; LCH, LMY xum 4 N - Y hum 4 ; Sk yum 4 ; WM xum 2 0836 - tame, familiar, C4 SW - S khun 4 ; B kun 6 ; LCH kun 6, xun 6 ; LMY kun 6 CN - WN kun 6 N - Y kun 6 ; Sk khun 6 0837 - a litter (of young), DL4 SW - S khrook 3 CN - LM look 5; WN cok'; LC kyook4 ('family' in CN languages) N - Y cok 5; Sk rooks 0838 - to lie athwart, Al SW - S khwaa"s; W, B, Sh khwaa,,'; LNK khua"l; LMY xwaa,,' CN - LM khwaa"l; WN khaa"l; LC khwaa,,1 'unreasonable; perverse, violent' N - Y vaa"l; Sk vaa,,2
161
Comparative Tai Source Book
0839 - to tie up, B4, (cf. 0210, 0659) SW - S laam3 ; B laam\ Sh laam3 ; LNK laam3 ; LCH, LMY laam5 CN - LP, LM, WN, LC, PS Iaam5 N - Sk laam5 ; WM, P laamo 0840 - to fear, Al (cf. 0728, 0918) Not in SW languages CN - LP, LM, WN, LC, PS, NM laaw l N - Y laaw 1; Sk laa~; WM Iaaw l 0841 - alive, C4 Not in SW languages N - Y lio; Sk hi:J.0 lii 6 'still, yet'; WM li4 0842 - water pipe, A4 SW - W, Sh lin4 ; LNK Iin 6 ; LCH, LMY Iin4 CN - LM, WN lin 4 N - Y, Sk Iin4; WM, P lin 2 0843 - to fall over, C4 SW - S lom4; W lum 6 ; B lom6 ; Sh, LNK lom 5; LCH, LMY lum 6 CN - LP 10m3 ; LM lom 6 ; WN lam 6 ; PS, NM lom 6 N - Y, Sk lam 6 ; WM lam4 0844 - to fall (of a leaf, etc.), B 1 SW - S lon 2; W lun 2; B, Sh lon 2 ; LNK lon 3 ; LCH, LMY lun 2 CN - LP, LM lyn 2; WN lan 2; LC lin2 'to drop quickly'; PS Ivn 2; NM Ien2 N - Y Ian 2; Sk bn6 0845 - to lose one's way, Al SW - S 101)5; W IU1)! 'mistaken'; B, Sh 101)1 'to forget'; LNK 101)\ LCH, LMY IU1)! CN - LM 101)1; WN b1)l; LC IU1)2 (B?) N - Y lo,,! 'wrong'; Sk b1)2 'to forget'; WM 101)! 0846 - to erase, DS4 SW - S lop4; LNK Iwp 3, lopl; LMY lop5 N - Y lupl; Sk IWp 6 0847 - iron (the metal), A4, (cf. 0183) Not in SW languages N - Y fa 4 ; Sk maa4
162
Cognates
0848 - spleen, C4 SW - S maam4 ; W, B maam 6 ; Sh, LNK maam 5 ; LCH, LMY mem6 CN - LM, WN maam 6 N - Y maam6 ; Sk maam\ maam6 (C?, genuine Saek word is said to be paaTJ3); WM maam4 0849 - ghost, A4, (cf. 0641) Not in SW languages N - Y faaTJ4; Sk maaTJ4; WM faaTJ2 0850 - sterile, Al SW - S mans; W, B, Sh, LNK, LMY man l CN - LP, LM man l N - Y, Skman l 0851 - thread, AI, (cf. 0773) SW - S mal 'silk'; W may\ B mayi 'cotton cloth'; Sh mayl; LNK mayl 'silk, silk thread'; LCH, LMY mayi CN - LP, LM, WN, LC, PS, NM mayi N - Y mayi; Sk mW; WM, P mayl 0852 - cat, A4 SW - S meew l; W, B, Sh mew4; LNK mee~; LCH, LMY mew4 CN - LP, LM meew4 ; WN mew\ LC, PS, NM meew2 (B?) N - Y me~ (C?); Sk meew4 0853 - soot, CI SW - W mi 3; LCH, LMY mii 3 CN - LP mii 3 ; LM mel; LC, PS mii 3 N - Y mP; Sk miP in ploo6 miP 'coals in fire' 0854 - doctor, shaman, Al SW - S moo 5; W, B, Sh mol; LNK, LCH, LMY moo l CN - LP, LM, WN, LC, PS moo l N - Y mol; Sk moo 2 0855 - termite, DL4 SW - S mooe; W mot4 ; B moe; Sh moe; LNK, LCH, LMY m::lOt5 CN - LP, LM mooe; WN moe; PS, NM moot' N - Y motS; Sk mootS 0856 - pubic hair, Al SW - S moy'; W, B, Sh moyi; LNK mooyl; LCH, LMY moyl CN - PS mooyl N-Y, WMmi l
163
Comparative Tai Source Book
0857 - beard, B4, (ef. 0247) Not in SW languages CN - LP, LM moms; WN, LC mums; PS, NM moms N - Y mums; WM, P mum 6 0858 - arrow of crossbow, B 1 Not in SW languages N - Y na 2 ; Sk naa6 ; WM naa 5 0859 - jackal, A4 SW - S nai; B, Sh na/; LNK nal; LCH, LMY na/ CN - WN na/ N - Y, Sk na/ 0860 - pubic mound, B 1 SW - S, B, W naw2; Sh naw2 'the lower part of the abdomen'; LCH, LMY nawz CN - WN naW2 N - Y naw2 ; Sk naw 6 0861 - debt, Cl SW - SniP; Sh nP; LNK nii\ LCH, LMY niP CN - LM nei; WN, PS nii 3 N - Y ni 3 0862 - here, this, C 1 4 3 6 s SW - SniP , nii 4 "• W B nP ., ni 6 •,Sh yna',J " nays. LNK nii 'nii ", LCH LMY nii , nii s CN - LP, LM nay3; WN nii , nal (B4); LC nal (also, nay6 in certain phrases); PSnai N - Y ni 6 (C?); Sk nji3, nii 6 , rii 6 ; WM nay4; P ni? 0863 - kidney stones, C 1 SW - S, B nhy3; LNK niw4; LCH niw3; LMY niw3 , new3 CN - LM niiw6 (C4); WN J1iw3 N - Y niw3 , niaw3 ; Sk diiw3 (00), diw3 (YO) (also, nii\y3 [00], ni~ [YO], both said to be < Siamese) 0864 - hump of an ox, DLl SW - S nook2 ; B n07 2 ; Sh nok2 ; LNK, LCH, LMY nook! CN - LP, LM nook 2 ; WN nok2, nok 2 ; PS nook! N - Y nok2 ; Sk nook6 0865 - pus; lake, Al SW - S noons; W, B, Sh non'; LNK no:)'r!'; LCH, LMY n:)'11' CN - LP, LM noonl; WN n0nl; LC, PS, NM noon 1 N - Y nonl; Sk noon2; WM n\'111
164
Cognates
0866 - shadow, reflection, A4 SW - S t'jaw1; W, B, Sh t'jaw4 ; LNK t'jaw6; LCH, LMY t'jaw4 CN - LM, WN, LC, PS, NM t'jaw4 N - Y, Sk t'jaw4 0867 - to smell bad, AI, (cf. 0910) Not in SW languages N - Y haw'; Sk t'jaw2 ; WM haw l 0868 - finger, toe, B4, (0239) Not in SW languages N - Y J1iat'j5; Sk t'jiat'j5 0869 - to hear, listen, AI, (0735,1012) Not in SW languages N - Y J1ia l; SkJ1ia2 0870 - to dust off, DS2 SW - S pae; Sh pat4 'to sweep'; LNK pae 'to sweep'; LCH, LMY pat l CN - LP pae; LM pae; WN pat6 ; LC pae ('to sweep' in CN languages) N - Y pae 'to sweep'; Sk pSk4; WM pae 0871 - to climb, A2 SW - S piin l ; W, B pin l; LNK piin 2 CN - LM, WN pin' N - Y pinl; Sk piinl; WM plen 2 (A4); P pin!, peen 2 0872 - to change, B2, (cf. 0711) SW - S plianz; W phen 2 ; B pian 2 ; Sh pin 2 , pen 2 ; LNK pian 3 ; LCH, LMY pen 2 CN - LP piin 5; LM piin 2 ; WN pin2 ; LC piin 2 (Li says < Chinese); PS piin 2 N - Y pian 2; Sk pian6 0873 - to turn upside down or inside out, C2 SW - S pHn 3; W, B, Sh pin 3 ; LNK pins; LCH, LMY pin 3 CN - LP, WN pin 3 N - Y pin 3; Sk pliin 3 (OG), priin3 (YG) 0874 - to rob, C2 SW - S plon3; LNK punS, pons CN - LM pym3 N - Sk pun 3 0875 - a brush, A2 SW - S prEst'j1 N Sk prsst'jl
165
Comparative rai Source Book
0876 - woman, wife, A4, (cf. 0217, 0737) Not in SW languages N - Y pa4; Sk phaa4; WM, P paa2 0877 - crazy, DL4, (cf. 0015) Not in SW languages CN - WN paak 5 N - Y paak5; P paak6 0878 - thunder, e3, (cf. 1103) Not in SW languages N - Y pya3 ; Sk phraa3; WM plaa3 0879 - to defeat, be defeated, C4 SW - S phee 4 ; W, B pe 6 ; Sh pe 5; LNK ph&&5; LCH, LMY p&&6 N - Y pe5 (B4), pe6; Sk ph&S5 (B4) 0880 - shirt, B4, (cf. 0337) Not in SW languages N - Y pwa5 ; Sk phia5 ; WM pu6 ; P pww6 0881 - blistered, A4 SW - S pho011I; W, B, Sh, LeH, LMY P01l4 CN - WN p01l4 N - Y P0114 'to puff out'; Sk phoo114, pho01l4 (latter said to be < Lao or Siamese) 0882 - young bamboo shoot, A4, (cf. 0243) Not in SW languages CN - WN oaa11 4 N - Y raa114; Sk naa114; WM raa112 0883 bad, C4 SW - S raal; W, B haal; Sh haay5; LNK haay5, laay5; LCH, LMY haay6 CN - LM laal; WN oaal; Le, PS +aal N - Y rway6; Sk raay6 0884 - quick, A4, (cf. 0425) SW - S rew l ; Sh sew4 ; LNK Iiw6 , leew6 ; LCH lew4 ; LMY lew4 , rew4 N - Y riaw4 ; Sk riiw4 (OG), riw4 (YG) « Siamese rew l 'quick"?) 0885 - strength, strong, A4 SW - S n:&l1l; W, B, Sh h£114; LNK h&&11 6 ; LCH, LMY h£11 4 eN - LP +ee11 4 ; LM lee114; WN oe1l 4 ; LC +ee11 4 ; NM lee1l 4 N - Y re1l4; Sk ree114; WM re112
166
Cognates
0886 ~ bedbug, DL4 SW ~ S rwae; W hyt4 ; B hwat5; Sh hye; LNK hwat S CN - LP Int5; LM IwwtS; WN IytS; LC lyyt4 ; PS lyyt S; NM IwwtS N - Y rwat'; Sk ruat6 (DL?); WM rwat6 0887 - to water (plants), DL4?, (cf. 1099) SW - S rot4 ; Sh hot4 (DS}); LCH, LMY hot l (DS!, 'to shrink') CN - WN OytS (DL4) N - Y rwatS (DL4); Sk n:k6, hoe (latter said to be < Lao); WM ruak" (DL4) 0888 - squirrel, DL4, (cf. 0406) SW - S (kli 2) rook3 ; W h04; B ho?S; LNK (ka-) hooks; LMY hooks CN - LP 4ook5; LM lok 5; WN ooks N - Y rok 5; Sk rooks 0889 - a room, DS4, (cf. 0683) SW - B luk 5; Sh Iuk4 (DS?) CN - WN QUk4 'bedroom' N - Y ruk l 'bedroom'; WM ruk 6; P IukJ 0890 - spicy hot, DL4, (0639, 1065) Not in SW languages N - Y saae; Sk thaat 5 0891 - fishtrap, A4 SW - S sayl; W, B sal; Sh shal; LNK say6; LCH, LMY sal CN - LP hl; LM, WN say4; LC 4al N - Y 8al; Sk yal 0892 - splinter, Cl SW - S, B sian3 ; Sh shen\ LNK sian4 ; LCH, LMY sen} CN - WN cen 6 (C4) N - Y sen6 ; Sk kheel 6 (OG), kheen6 (YG) (C4 in N languages) 0893 - to see (someone) off, B1 SW - S SOT]2; W SUT]2; B S0112; Sh shoT]?; LNK 50113; LCH, LMY sU11 2 CN - LP 40T]2; LM sOT]\ WN 50112; LC +UT]2; PS, NM 40112 N - Sk COT]6 0894 - to put on, wear, C2, (cf. 1031) Not in SW languages N - Y tan); Sk ten'; WM, P tan 3
167
Comparative Tai Source Book
0895 - to set up, C2 SW - S, W, B, Sh taTJ3; LNK taTJ5; LCH, LMY taTJ) CN - LP, LM, WN taTJ3; LC taTJ) 'to erect, build'; PS, NM taTJ3 N - Y, Sk taTJ3 0896 - shuttle of the loom, B2, (cf. 0197) Not in SW languages CN - LM pyaw5; WN thaw2 (B I) N - Y taw2 ; WM raws (B?); P taw5 0897 - turtle, B2 SW - S, W, B, Sh taw2; LNK taw 3; LCH, LMY taw2 CN - WN taw2 N - Sk r::>::>4 (A4, probably not cognate) 0898 - to hunt, B2? Not in SW languages CN - LP phyaw l (AI); LM phyaw4 (A?); LC, PS phyaw2 N - Y taw2; P tawS 0899 - to warn, A2 SW - S twan l; LNK twan 2 ; LCH, LMY t1(n l CN - WNtwn l N - Y twan! (B2); WM twan l; P twwn l 0900 - wild, forest, Bl, (cf. 0258, 0448) SW - S thwan 2; W thyn 2; B thwan 2; Sh thyn 2; LNK thwan 3 ; LCH, LMY thyn Z CN - LP thyyn2 ; LM thWWTJ2; LC thyyn l (A?) N - Y twan 5; Sk thual S (OG), thuan 5 (YG); WM twan 6 ; P twwn6 (B4 in N languages) 0901 - to wake up (intransitive), B2, (cf. 0280) SW - S twwn2 ; W, B, Sh twn2 ; LNK twwn 3 ; LCH, LMY twn 2 CN - LP tyn 5; LM hn 2; WN twn 2; LC, PS tin 2 ; NM ten 2 N - Y rwn l 0902 - to castrate, A2 SW - S to::>nl; W, B, Sh, LCH, LMY toni CN • LP toon 2; LM toon l; WN toni; LC, PS toon l; NM toon 2 (tone? toon 1) N - Y toni; Sk t::>::>n!; WM tyn! 0903 - to argue, Al SW - S thiaTJ5; W theTJI; B thiaTJl; Sh theTJl; LNK thiaTJl; LCE, LMY theTJI CN - LM khiiTJl; WN cel'll N - Y seTJ l; Sk thiaTJ2
168
Cognates
0904 - to pull out, Al SW - S th::>::>ns; Sh th::>nl; LNK tho::m l ; LMY thon l N - Sk tuun l 'to take off, remove' 0905 - to flood, Cl SW - S thuam 3 ; W, Sh thom 3; LNK thuam 4 ; LCH, LMY thom 3 CN - LP thoom3 (thuum 3?); LM thuum 3 ; WN thum 3 ; LC, PS thuum 3 N - Y turnS 'to flood' (B4), tum 6 'covered by water or earth' (C4) (which is cognate?); Sk thum6 (C4) 0906 - whole area of fields, B4 SW - S thUrt3; B tort5; Sh tOrt3; LNK thort3; LCH, LMY turtS CN - LP thOrt5; LM tOT\s; WN tOrtS; NM tOrtS N - Y tOT\s; Sk thoT\5 0907 - rattan, Al SW - S waays; W, B vaay\ Sh, LNK waay I; LCB, LMY vaayl CN - LP, LM, WN, LC vaai N - Y vaayl; Sk vaay2; WM waayl 0908 - to fan, a fan, A4 SW - S wii l ; W, B vi 4 ; Sh wi4 ; LNK wii 6 ; LCH, LMY vii 4 eN - LP vii 4; LM vey4; WN, LC, PS vii4; NM vel N - Y vi 2 'to winnow' (B?); Sk phii4; WM pol 0909 - to broil, C3 SW - S, W, B, Sh yaaT\3; LNK yaaT\5; LCH, LMY yaart3 CN - LM, WN yaart3 N - Y yiart6; Sk yuart3 'to smoke fish, meat, etc.'; WM ?ywart3 0910 - to smell bad, AI, (cf. 0867) SW S men5; W mini; Sh, LNK men l; LCH, LMY mini CN - WN man l 0911 - soft, Ct, 2, 3 or B4? SW - S nim 3 0912 - hundred, DL2, (cf. 0315) SW - Sh, LCH, LMY paak2 CN - LP paak5; LM, WN, LC, PS, NM paak2 0913 - figure, shape, B4 SW - S raaT\3 'frame, sketch'; Sh haaT\3; LCH, LMY haaT\5
169
Comparative rai Source Book
0914 - mattress, B 1 SW - S swa2 'mat'; W Sy2; B swa2; Sh 51w 2 'to spread open, as a mat'; LNK swa 3; LCH, LMY Syy2 'to spread' CN - WN sww 2 N - Sk swa6 0915 - to bend or straighten, DS3 SW - S dae; Sh lat4 ; LCH, LMY dati CN -LMmyae N - Sk det\ bId 0916 - to pluck, DS2, (cf. 0440) SW - S plit2; W, B pit 2 ; Sh pit4 0917 - kind of vegetable, DL2 SW - S, W, B, LCH, LMY kaat 2 CN - LP kaat 5 ; LM, WN kaat2 ; LC laa4 kaat2 'a kind of potato' (LC perhaps not the same vegetable); PS, NM kaat2 N - Sk kek4 (DS2) 0918 - to be afraid, A2, (cf. 0728, 0840) SW - S klua l ; Sh kOI; LNK kua2 ; LCH, LMY kOOI 0919 - half-grown, fairly large, B 1 SW - S khwa112; LCH, LMY XYT]2 CN - LP khn'112; LM khwW112; WN khw112 0920 - to kneel, DS4, (cf. 0970) SW - S khuk4 ; Sh khup 5; LCH, LMY XOp5 (xaw2) CN - LM kok 4 'to bend the knee' N - Sk thuk6 0921 - to surround, A4, (cf. 1102) SW - S khum l ; Sh kum 4 ; LNK khum 6 ; LCH, LMY kum 4 0922 - vine, AI, (cf. 0538) SW - S khaw5; W khaw l CN - LP, LM, WN, PS khaw l ; NM haw l 0923 - pond, A I Not in SW languages CN - LP, LM thom l ; LC thum l ; PS thom l
170
Cognates
0924 - dregs, Bl, (cf. 0993) SW - S saa2 ; B saa2 'yeast'; Sh, LCH, LMY saaz CN - LM saa2 'wine dregs'; PS caa2 'wine dregs' N - Sk saa6 0925 - millet, CI
SW - S, LCH, LMY faa1l3 CN - LP, LM, WN, NM phaallJ N - Sk via1l3 0926 - tobacco, A3 Not in SW languages CN - LP yiin2; LM 7iin4; LC 7iin2 (B?, Li says < Chinese); PS, NM yiin 1 0927 - to pickle, DL3, (cf. 0053) SW - W hp2; LNK 7wap2 CN - LP 7np 5; LM 7wwpz; LC, PS hyp2; NM 7Up2 N - Sk 7wap 6 0928 - warm, B3 SW - S, W, B, Sh 7un 2 ; LNK 7un 3 ; LCH, LMY 7un 2
CN - LP 70n s; LM 70n 2 ; WN 7un 2 ; LC 7un 2 'to cook slowly for a long time'
0929 - to have sexual intercourse, CI SW - W, B sP; LNK sii 4 ; LCH, LMY siP 0930 - to hold in the mouth, A3
SW - S 7om!; W 7um 1; B, Sh 7om'; LNK 70m2 ; LCH 7um 1 ; LMY 7um 4 CN - LP 70m2 ; LM 7om 4 ; WN 7um'; PS 7om l ; NM hom' N - Y 7am2 , 7um2 (B3); Sk 7am l 0931 - basin, B3 SW - S, W, B, Sh 7aa1l2; LNK 7aa1l3; LCH, LMY 7aa1l2 CN - LP 7aalls; LM, WN, LC, PS, NM 7aa1l 2
N - Y 7aa112; Sk 7aa1l6 0932 - to set up (a bed), A3, (cf. 0990) Not in SW languages CN - LP ?aan 2 ; LM ?aan4 ; PS, NM 7aan! 0933 - to read, B3
SW - S, W, B 7aan 2; Sh ?aan2 - 'to read aloud, as a scholar, count'; LNK 7aan3; LCH, LMY 7aan2 'to read, to count' CN - LP hans; LM, WN 7aan2 ; LC 7aan2 ('to count' in CN languages) N - Sk ?aan l (A3?)
171
Comparative Tai Source Book
0934 - to lean back, A3, (cf. 0755) Not in SW languages CN - LP 7aai; LM ?aay\ LC 7ii3 7aayl 'arm-chair'; PS, NM 7aayl 0935 - father's younger brother, A3, (cf. 0752) SW - S ?aal; W, B 7aaw l; Sh 7aaw l 'father's younger brother or husband of father's younger sister', same as 7aa l ; LNK 7aaw2 ; LCH 7aaw l; LMY 7aaw4 CN - LM, WN 7aa~; LC 7aaw2 'father's younger brother or husband offather's younger sister'; PS 7aaw2 (B3 in CN languages) N - Y 7aaw l; Sk 7aaws (84); WM 7aaw l 0936 - classifier for things, A3 SW - S, W, B 7an l ; Sh ?anI 'which, that which; a substantive particle'; LNK 7an 2 ; LCH 1an l; LMY 7an4 CN - LP 7an2 ; LM 7an 4 ; WN, LC, NM 7an l N - Sk 7al l (00), 7an l (YO) 0937 - mirror, B2 Not in SW languages CN - LP kii115; LM kii112; WN ci112; PS, NM kiiT]2 0938 - gold, A2 (cf. 0117) Not in SW languages CN - LP kiml; LM kiml; WN dml; LC, PS kim\ NM kyom l N - Y dml; WM kiml 0939 - sword, B2, (cf. 0433) Not in SW languages CN - LP kiim s; LM, LC, PS, NM kiim2 0940 - a saw, to saw, 82, (cf. 0192) SW - W kw s (B4) CN - LP kn 5; LM hUj2; WN chww 2 ; LC, PS kWW1; NM kaUj2 N - Y kw 2 0941 - work (noun), A2, (cf. 0722) Not in SW languages CN - LP kOT]2; LM kOT]I; WN ka116 (C4); LC kUT]1 (Li says < Chinese); PS, NM k0111 0942 - buttocks, C2 SW - S kon 3 ; W kun 3 ; B, Sh kon3 ; LNK kon s; LCH, LMY kun' CN - LP kon 3 ; LM kom\ kod; LC kun>; PS, NM kon 3
172
Cognates
0943 - seed, hard core, B2, (cf. 0213, 0457) SW - S, W, B, Sh ken 2 ; LNK kssn 2 (A2); LCH ken 2 ; LMY ken' (A2) CN - LP keen 5; LM keen 2; WN cen 1 ; PS keen 2 ('hard' in CN languages) N - Sk keel 6 (OG), keen6 (YG) 0944 - fishbone, C2 SW - S, W, 8, Sh kaaT]3; LNK kaaT]5; LCH, LMY kaaT]3 CN - LP, LM, PS, NM kaaT]l N - Sk kaaT]l 0945 - to take up in the two cupped hands, DL2 SW - S bOpl; 8, Sh kopl; LCH, LMY kOOp2 CN - LP kOOp5; LM kOOpl; WN bp2; LC, PS, NM kOOp2 0946 - door latch, A2 SW - S kloon ' 'door latch; rafter'; W bn t 'roofbeam'; 8 kon ' ; Sh kon ' 'rafter'; LNK bon 2 ; LCH, LMY kon' CN - LP coon 2 ; LM, LC, PS, NM kyoon ' ('to close a door or window' in CN languages) 0947 - price, 82, (cf. 0500) Not in SW languages CN - LP kyaa 5 ; LM kyaa2 ; WN caa2; LC, PS kyaa 2 0948 - shelf above a fire, 81 SW - W caa3 (C?); Sh khaa2 (8?); LCH, LMY xaa2 (8?) CN - LP kyaa 5 ; LM kyaa1 ; WN chaa 2 ; PS kyaal (82 in CN languages) N - Sk thraa6 (C4) 0949 - melon, A2 SW - S kwaa ' 'cucumber'; LCH, LMY kwaa l 'kind of gourd' CN - LP kwaa1 ; LM, LC, PS, NM kwaa 1 0950 -to roll up, C2 SW - W kon 3 CN - LP, LM kwiin 3 ; LC kwiin 3 (Li says < Chinese); PS, NM kwiin 3 0951 - to chop, DLl, (cf. 0466) SW - W khwe7 l ; B khia7 2 CN - LP, LM, LC khiik2 0952 - bridge, A4 (cf. 0544) Not in SW languages eN - LP khii~; LM, LC, PS, NM kiiw4 N - Y ciaw4 ; Sk khaw4 ; WM kiaw1
173
Comparative Tai Source Book
0953 - penis, A4 SW - S khuayi; W xwa/; B kua/; Sh kway4, kal; LNK khoy6; LCH, LMYkwal CN - LP, LM, WN, PS, NM val 0954 - turbid, DS4, (cf. 0162) Not in SW languages CN - LP khot4 ; LM kot4 ; LC kut4 taat2 ; PS, NM kd 0955 - to feed, AI, (cf. 0187) SW - S khun s; LNK khun' CN - LP, LM khon'; LC khun'; PS, NM khon' 0956 - scissors, C2 SW - W, B hw3 CN - LP kheew4 ; LM, LC, PS, NM keew4 (A4 in CN languages) N - Sk hEW (Could all these be cognate with S khiaw' 'sickle'?) 0957 - classifier for garments, A4 Not in SW languages CN - LP khoTj4; LM IUU114; WN, LC kUTj4; PS k0114; NM tOTj4 0958 - indigo, Bl, (cf. 0534) Not in SW languages CN - LP khon s (B?); LM khon 2 ; WN khun2 ; PS, NM khon 2 0959 - to cut, B4, (cf. 0692) Not in SW languages CN - LP khee 5; LM kee 5, hees; WN hEE s; LC, PS, NM keel 0960 - branch, B4, (cf. 0488) SW - W xaa5; B llaa5; Sh khaa3 ; LNK TJaa3 ; LCH, LMY xaa s 'fork in a road' CN - LP khaa 5; LM, WN TJaa 5; LC, PS kaa 5; NM TJaa 5 N - Sk Tjaa5 0961 - ape, B4 SW - S khaa113; Sh kaa113; LNK khaaTj3; LCH, LMY kaaTJ5 CN - LP khaaTj5; LM, PS, NM kaaTjs N - Sk khaa115, khaaTj6 (C4) 0962 - threshold, C4 Not in SW languages CN - LP khaam 3; LM, WN, LC, PS kaam 6
174
Cognates
0963 - to squeeze, massage, C4 SW - S khan 4; W, B kan 6; Sh kan 5 'to wrestle, ravish'; LNK khan 5; LCH, LMY kan 6 CN - LP khan 3 ; LM kan6 ; WN kan 6 'to wrestle'; NM kan6 N - Sk khal 6 (OG), khan6 (YG) 0964 - tight, DS4 SW - S khap4; W kap4; B, Sh kap 5; LNK khap 3; LCE, LMY kap 5 CN - LP kap2 (DS2?); LM kap 3 (DS2?); WN kap4; LC, PS, NM kap4 ('narrow' in CN languages) 0965 - shady, cloudy, Al Not in SW languages CN - LP, LM, LC, PS kham\ NM ham l 0966 - swollen, B4, (cf. 0769, 0785) SW - W, B kaUj5; Sh kaUj3; LCH, LMY kai CN - LP khaUj\ LM, WN, LC, PS, NM kaUj5 0967 - crooked, hunchback, A4, (cf. 0147) SW - LCH, LMY b0 4; PS koo 4 CN - LP khoo\ LM, LC koo 4 0968 - poor; difficult, C I, (cf. 0390) SW - W kh0 3; B kh0 2 (8?) CN - LP kho0 3 ; LM ho0 3 ; LC, PS, NM kho0 3 0969 - a hook, Al SW - S kho0 5; W xo l; 8, Sh khol; LNK, LCH, LMY xoo l CN - LP khoo 4 (A4); LM, WN, PS khoOI N - Sk ho0 2 0970 - to kneel down, 84, (cf. 0920) Not in SW languages CN - LP khwii5; LM k wey5; WN kii 5; LC kwii 5 0971 - cupboard, 84, (cf. 0705) SW - W kuy2 (82?) CN - LP khwii5; LM kwey5; WN kii 5; LC, PS kwii\ NM kwey5 0972 - fist, A4 Not in SW languages CN - LP khwiin 4 ; LM kwiin 4 ; WN kin4; LC kam 1 kwiin4 'to make a fist'; PS, NMkwiin4
175
Comparative Tai Source Book
0973 - trousers, B I Not in SW languages CN - LP, LM khwaa2 ; WN khaa1 ; LC, PS khwaa2 ; NM vaa2 0974 - cave (actually a recess beneath a projection in a cliff), A4, (cf. 0365) Not in SW languages CN - LP T]YYm4; LM T]wwm4; WN T]um4; LC ilyym4 (Li says < Chinese); PS T]YYm4; NM ilwwm4 0975 - time, turn, DL4, (cf. 0597, 1058, 1155) SW - S iluat'; B iluat5; LNK iluatS CN - LP vuut S; LM T]uut5; LC iluut4 (,month' in CN languages) 0976 - to look, A4, (cf. 1094) SW - Sh ilol 'to look at slyly' CN - LP, LM, LC, PS ilool 0977 - first (month), A2 SW - W ceT]l; B ciaT]l; Sh seT]l; LCH, LMY ceT]l CN - LP ciilz; LM ciiT]\ WN ciT]\ LC, PS, NM ciiT]1 N - Sk ciaill 0978 - blanket, A2, (cf. 1128) SW - W cenl CN - LP ciin 2 ; LM, PS, NM ciin! 0979 - to turn, B2 Not in SW languages CN - LP ciin 5 ; LM, PS, NM ciin 2 0980 - wall, A4, (cf. 0058) Not in SW languages CN - LP +iil 4 ; LM, WN, LC, PS ciil4; NM SY1']4
0981 - to cook, C2 Not in SW languages CN - LP Cyy3; LM CYLlj3; LC, PS cww3 0982 - to fry, A2 SW - W, B cw 1 CN - LP ceen2 ; LM ceen 1; WN cenl; PS, NM ceen! 0983 - bottomless cage, C2 Not in SW languages CN - LP, LM, LC, PS caam 3
176
Cognates
0984 - raised net, A2, (the type of net called yoo! in S) SW - Sh sam!; LCH, LMY cam! CN - LP cam2 ; LM, WN, LC, PS cam l 0985 - thousand, Al Not in SW languages CN - LP, LM chiin 1; LC siin l (Li says < Chinese); PS siin l; NM ~iinl 0986 - money, A4, (cf. 0250) SW - W, B cen4 CN - LP cheen4 ; LM ceen 4 ; WN cen4 ; LC ceen 4 (Li says < Chinese); PS ceen4 ; NM seen4 0987 - fork, Al Not in SW languages CN - LP, LM chaa l ; WN chaa6 (C4); LC saa l ; PS, NM saa l 0988 - wrong, incorrect, B 17, (cf. 0295) SW - W caa5 'false' (B4) CN - LP, LM chaa2 (B 1); WN saa3 (C 17); LC saa2 (B 17); PS, NM saa2 (B 1) 0989 - it is, B4 SW - S chal; W cw 5; Sh saUl} 'true, certain'; LCH, LMY cai CN - LP chn 5; LM CYUl 5 ; WN caUl 5; LC cww 5 'to be; to belong'; PS cww 5; NM caUlS 0990 - bed, A4, (cf. 0932) SW - W COT]4; LCH, LMY COT]4 'bed of a monk' CN - LP ChOOT]4; LM C0011\ WN C0114; LC COOT]4 (,table' in CN languages) 0991 - to hide, C3, (cf. 0806, 100 I) Not in SW languages CN - LP dii 3 ; LM nii 3 ; LC, PS die 0992 - navel, C3 (cf. 0050) Not in SW languages CN - LP -dii 3 ; LM -ney3; WN, PS -dii 3 0993 - wine dregs, B3, (cf. 0924) Not in SW languages CN - LP dyyS; LM nww 2 ; LC, PS dww 2; NM dww 4 0994 - to smell something, A3 SW - S doml; W dum l; B doml; Sh nom l; LNK dom 2 ; LCH dum l ; LMY dum 4 CN - LP dom 2; WN dom l N - Sk dam l 177
Comparative Tai Source Book
0995 - numb, benumbed by cold, e3
SW - Sh laa'!)3 CN- LP daa'!)3; LM naa'!)3; Le daa'!)3 ('cold' in CN languages) 0996 - idle, free, A3, (cf. 1105)
SW - S, W, B daayl; Sh laayl 'to be empty, barren, alone'; LeH daayl; LMY daa/ eN - LP daay2; LM naa/; WN daayl; Le, PS, NM daayl N - Sk dyyyl 0997 - to make a fire, A3, (cr. 0818)
sw - W daTJI CN - LP daTJ2; LM naTJ4; WN, Le, PS, NM daTJl 0998 - to sting, e3
SW - B dan 3 eN - LP dan 3 ; LM nan 3 ; WN, LC dan 3 ('to itch' in eN languages) 0999 - to swim under water, A3
SW - S, W, B daml; Sh lam l 'to dive'; LCH daml; LMY dam4 CN - LP dam 2 ; LM nam4 ; WN, PS, NM dam l 1000 - enough, A3, (cf. 0644) SW - B nol eN - LP do0 2 ; LM no0 4 ; Le, PS, NM doo l 1001 - to hide, take shelter, e3, (0806, 0991) Not in SW languages eN - LP do0 3 ; LM no0 3; Le, PS do0 3 1002 - hill, e3, (cf. 0657, 0778) Not in SW languages eN - LP dooTJ3; LM noo'!)3; LC doo'!)3 'wilderness; outskirts ofa village'; PS, NM doo'!)3 1003 - to hit, play, etc. (in phrases), DS2 SW - S, W, B tok2 ; Sh twk4; LNK, LCH, LMY tokl eN - LP t''ik 2 ; LM t¥k 3; WN tyk6 (in many expressions, but thok6 paa l 'to fish'); LC tik2 'to do, to cause' N - Sk twk4 1004 - earth, dirt, A2, (cf. 0445) SW - S tom l 'mud' eN - LP tom 2 ; LM tom l ; LC tum l; PS, NM tom'
178
Cognates
1005 - to light (fire, lamp), C2, (cf. 0688) Not in SW languages CN - LP tiim 3, teem}; LM tiim 3 ; WN tem 3 ; LC, PS, NM teem 3 1006 - hot; angry, C3, (cf. 0314) Not in SW languages CN - LP diiw3 ; LM niiwl 'to scorch'; LC, PS, NM dihvl 1007 - plugged up, A2, (cf. 0014) SW - S, W, B tan l ; Sh tan l 'to be solid, have no cavity'; LNK tan 2 ; LCH, LMYtan l CN - LP tan 2; LM tan l N - Sk ten l 1008 - to hold, contain, A2 Not in SW languages CN - LP to0 2 ; LM tool; WN to0 4 (A4); LC, PS, NM tool 1009 - kind of wasp, B2 SW - S to0 2 ; W, B t0 2; Sh t0 2 'a large hornet'; LNK too\ LCH, LMY to0 2 CN - LP to0 5 ; LM, WN, PS, NM to0 2 N - Sk to0 6 1010 - to gamble, C2 Not in SW languages CN - LP, LM, LC, PS, NM to0 3 N - Sk to0 3 'to challenge' 1011 - a piece, lump, B2 SW - B ton 2 ; LNK toon 3 ; LCH, LMY ton 2 CN - LP toon5 'a meal'; LM toon 2 'a meal'; LC toon 2 'meal, numeral classifier of meals'; PS toon 2 'meal' 1012 - to listen, hear, B4, (cf. 0735, 0869) Not in SW languages CN - LP thiTj\ LM tillS; LC, PS tillS; NM h'Tjs 1013 - sugar, Al Not in SW languages CN - LP thY¥Tjl; LM thWWTjI; WN thwllI; LC th¥¥lll (Li says < Chinese); PS th¥Yll 1; NM thWWTjI 1014 - to swallow, AI, (cf. 0816) Not in SW languages CN - LP, LM th¥nl; WN thwn 6 (C4); PS th¥nl; NM then l
179
Comparative Tai Source Book
1015 - chopsticks, B 1 SW - W, B, Sh thu 2; LCH, LMY thuu 2 CN - LP thuu 2; LM tho";; WN, PS thuu 2; NM thaLll 2 N - Sk thww 5, thuu S (B4) 1016 - kind of basket, Cl SW - W thu1l3 CN - LP, LM tho1l3 'bucket'; PS, NM tho1l3 1017 - wet, A4 Not in SW languages CN - LP thom 4 ; LM tom4 ; LC tum 4 1018 - to carry on the back, C4, (cf. 1043) Not in SW languages CN - LP thee}; LM, LC, PS tee6 1019 - to smear, A4 SW - S thaa!; W, B, Sh taa\ LNK thaa6 ; LCH, LMY taa4 CN - LP thaa4 ; LM, WN, LC, PS taa4 N - Sk thaa4 1020 - all, A4, (cr. 0225) SW - S tha1l4 (C4); W tW1l4; Sh ta1l4; LNK tha1l6; LCH, LMY tWll\ taT]4 (frequently taaT]4 in both places) CN - LP thaT]4; LM tall\ WN taT]\ tWT]4; LC, PS, NM ta1l4 N - Sk thWT]4 1021 - place (in expressions for above, below, etc.), Cl Not in SW languages CN - LP, LM than}; LC than} 'side, place' 1022 - to shave, B 1 Not in SW languages CN - LP, LM, LC, PS thai 1023 - bag, B4, (cf. 0717) SW - W, B tal; LNK thai; LCH, LMY tal CN - LP thal; LM, WN, LC, PS tayS 1024 - rabbit, DL? SW - W th::>7 2 ; B tb?5 CN - LP, LM, LC, PS, NM tho0 2 (81 in CN languages)
180
Cognates
1025 - to gather, A4 Not in SW languages CN LP tho0 4 ; LM, WN to04 ; LC to0 4 'to provide, to store up'; PS, NM to04 1026 - to do reciprocally, A4 Not in SW languages CN - LP thoo4; LM, LC, PS, NM to0 4 1027 - brass, copper, A4 SW - S thOO1']l; W, B, Sh t01']4; LNK thOO1']6 'gold'; LCH, LMY t01']4 CN - LP thoo1']4; LM too1']\ WN t01']\ LC, PS, NM tOO1']4 N - Sk thOO1']4 (only in certain expressions < Lao or Siamese) 1028 - to flee, Al SW - S niis; B, Sh nil; LNK, LCH, LMY nii l CN - LP niP; LM neyl; WN niP,jliP; LC, PS niil; NM neyl 1029 - crop (of a chicken), Al SW - S nia1']5; W ne1']l; B nia1']l; Sh ne1']l; LNK nia1']!; LMY ne1']l CN - LP, LM nii1']l 1030 - to be sticky, AI, (cf. 0603) SW - Sh no l CN - LP, LM, WN nuu!; LC khaw3 nuu! 'glutinous rice'; PS nuu! 1031 - to put on, wear, B4, (cf. 0894) SW - S nU1']3 (lower garment only); W, B nU1']5; Sh nU1']3, nW1l3; LNK nU1']3; LCH, LMY nUllS CN - LP n01l5; LM 10115; WN, LC nUllS; PS n01l5 1032 - breast, A4 SW - S nom!; W num 4 ; B, Sh nom 4 ; LNK nom 6 ; LCH, LMY nUm4 CN - LP, LM, PS, NM nom 4 N - Sk nom4 (only in the meaning 'milk') 1033 -lady, A4 SW - S naall1; W, B, Sh naa1']4; LNK naa1l6; LCH, LMY naa1l4 CN - LP, LM naa1l4; WN naa1']4 'wife of older brother'; PS, NM naa1']4 N - Sk naa1']4 1034 - kind of deer, C4, (cf. 0 I 09, apparently the same animal as 0782) Not in SW languages CN - LP naan 3 ; LM, WN, LC, PS, NM naan 6
181
Comparative rai Source Book
1035 - dew, mist, A4 SW - Sh naal CN - LP, LM, LC, PS, NM naal 1036 - top of the head, A4 Not in SW languages N - Y naut; Sk nn 4 1037 - which, A?, (cf. 0438) SW - S nays, dayl, rayl; W, B daUJl; Sh laUJl, naUJI C - LP naUJ4 (A4); LC naUJI; PS naUJ4 (A4); NM kaUJ4 N - Y laUJ4 (A4); Sk nn\ nyy2 'where' (AI) 1038 - the morning, AI, (cf. 0028) SW - Sh laUJl, naUJI; LCH nayl CN - LP, LM, WN, LC, PS, NM naUJI 1039 - to rub, Al Not in SW languages CN - LP, LM nool; WN no0 6 (C4); PS nool 1040 - flour, A3 SW - W byl 'yeast, leaven'; B bwa l; LCH byyl CN - LP bn 2 ; LM mww 4; LC, PS bww ' N - Sk bwa l 1041 - to poison (fish), A3/B3?, (cf. 0411, 0598) SW - S bwa2 (B3); W by2 (83); 8 bwa ' (A3); Sh my2 (B3); LNK bwa2 (A3); LCH byy' (A3); LMY bn 4 (A3) CN - LP bn 2 (A3); LM mww 2 (B3); WN bww l 'to poison' (A3), bww 2 'poisonous' (83); LC, PS bww 1 (A3) N - Sk vial 'to poison' (A3), via6 'to be poisoned by' (83) 1042 - an edible water plant, C3 SW - S, W bUTJ3; B bOTJ3; LCH, LMY bUT]3 CN - LP bOTJ3; LM mOTJl; WN bWT]3; LC phyak2 bUTJ3 buu2 ('sweet potato' in CN languages) 1043 - to carryon the back, DL3, (cf. 1018) SW - S beek 2 ; W, B be?2; Sh mek2 ; LNK, LCH, LMY beek2 CN - LP beek 5; LM meek2; WN bek 2 ; Le, PS, NM beek 2 1044 - a package; to wrap up, A3 Not in SW languages CN - LP been2 ; LM meen4; LC, PS, NM been l
182
Cognates
1045 - to spill, B3 SW - S, W baa2 ; B baa2, vaa2 ; LNK naam s baa3 'flood'; LCH, LMY baa2 CN - LP baas; LM maa2 ; WN, LC, PS, NM baa2 1046 - to squirm, struggle, C3 SW - S din 3 ; Sh lin 3 ; LNK dins; LCH, LMY tin 3 1047 - crucible, C3 SW - S baw3 ; W baw 'a cast, mold'; B baw 3 taa l 'eye socket'; Sh maw; LNK baws; LCH, LMY baw CN - LP baw3 'head'; LM maw3 'jug'; WN baw3 'gourd'; LC, PS bawl 'head' N - Sk bavl 1048 - queue (referring to hair), A2 Not in SW languages CN - LP piin 2; LM piin I ; LC piin i (Li says < Chinese); PS, NM pHn! 1049 - half, B2 Not in SW languages CN - LP puun 5 ; LM puun2 ; LC puun 2 (Li says < Chinese); PS, NM puun 2 1050 - a board, C2 SW - W, B, Sh pen); LNK peens; LCH, LMY pen) CN - LP, LM, LC, PS, NM peen 3 N - Sk peen 3 1051 - hemp, B2 SW - S, W, B, Sh paan 2 ; LNK paan 3 ; LMY paan 2 CN - LM, WN paan 2 'ramie'; LC paan 2 1052 - to divide, A2, (cf. 0761) SW - S, W, B pan I ; Sh pan! 'to give'; LNK pan 2; LCH, LMY pan i CN - LP pan 2; LM, WN, LC, PS, NM pan i N - Sk pan i 1053 - to mold with the hands, C2 SW - S, W, B, Sh pan 3 ; LNK pans; LCH, LMY pan 3 CN - LP, LM, WN pan 3 ; LC pan3 'to work in clay or clay-like substance'; NM pan) N - Sk vaP (OG), van 3 (YG) 1054 - to feed (a child or invalid), C2 SW - S poon 3 ; W, B, Sh pon 3 ; LNK poon 5 ; LMY pon 3 CN - LP, LM poon 3 ; WN pon 3 ; LC, NM poon3 N - Sk puun6 (B2)
183
Comparative Tai Source Book
1055 - white, DLl, (cf. 0509) SW - S phwak2; LCH, LMY phyyk 2 CN - LP phyyk2 ; LM phwwk2; LC, PS phYYk 2; NM phwwk2 N - Sk only in saal)6 phwak6 'white elephant' 1056 - goose, B4, (cf. 0068) Not in SW languages CN - LP phyn 5; LM, LC, PS pyn 5; NM pens 1057 - to whittle, Al Not in SW languages CN - LP, LM, PS, NM pheen l 1058 - a time, A4, (cf. 0597,0975, 1155) Not in SW languages CN - LP phay4; LM, WN, LC, PS pay4 1059 - bamboo, B I SW - S phay2; LNK phai; LCH, LMY phaf CN - LP phay2; WN phay2 'a kind of hardwood'; LC, PS phay2 N - Sk phray 6 'a kind of wild bamboo' 1060 - a mound, A4 Not in SW languages CN - LP ph004; LM p004; WN pOOl 'mountain' (A?); LC, PS p004 1061 - orphan, C4 SW - S (kam 1) phraa4 ; LCH (kam 2) phaa6 ; LMY (kam 2) faa6 CN - LP phyaa3 ; LM pyaa6 ; WN paa6 ; LC, PS, NM pyaa6 N - Sk thraa6 1062 - vinegar, B I SW - B me; Sh mi 2 'seasoning'; LCH, LMY nam 6 mji2 'pepper sauce' (mW 'to prepare food in the form of a salad') CN - LP mji2; LM mey2; WN, LC, PS mii2; NM mel 1063 - to return, A4 SW - S mwa 1 (obsolete); W my4 'to go upstream'; B mwa4 'to go upstream' (opposite of pay I 'to go downstream'); Sh my4; LNK mwa6 ; LCH, LMY myy4 'to go' CN - LP myy4; LM mww 4 ; LC, PS, NM mww4 N - Sk mwa4 (said to be < Lao) 1064 - frost, A I SW - W mvyl; B mwayl 'dew'; Sh moyl; LCH, LMY mvyl 'dew, mist' CN - LP myyyl; LM muu/; WN mwyl; PS myyyl; NM muuyl 184
Cognates
1065 - spicy hot, B4, (cf. 0639, 0890) Not in S W languages CN - LP, LM, PS m¥n 5; NM mens 1066 - round, A4, (cf. 0817) SW - B, Sh mon 4 ; LCH, LMY mun 4 CN - LP, LM m¥n4; WN man4 ; LC, PS m¥n4; NM men 4 N - Sk mon 4 1067 - plum, C4 SW - W man 6 ; LCH, LMY sum 3 maak 2 man6 'a kind offruit' CN - LP man 3; LM, WN, PS, NM man 6 1068 - drunk, A4 SW - S maw'; W, B maw4 ; Sh maw4 'giddy, dizzy'; LNK mawl>; LCH, LMY maw4 CN - LP, LM, LC, PS, NM maw4 N - Sk maw4 1069 - ox, A4, (cf. 0256) Not in SW languages eN - LP, LM, WN moo 4 ; LC moo 6 (C4); PS, NM mo04 N - Sk boo 4 1070 - dawn, BI Not in SW languages eN - LM moon2 ; LC moon 2 'twilight'; PS moon 2 1071 - to stretch out, DL3, (cf. 0742) SW - S yiat2; W yet2; B yiat2; Sh yet2; LNK yiat2 ; LCH, LMY yeet2 CN - LP yiit 5; LM 7iit2 ; WN 7it2; LC, PS, NM yiit2 1072 - to step on, DL3, (cf. 0392) SW - S yiap2; Sh yep2; LNK yiap2; LCH, LMY yeep2 CN - LP yii p5; LM 7iip2 N - Sk yi ap 6 1073 - hawk, B 1, (cf. 1100) SW - S hiaw2, yiaw2; W hew2, yew2; B hiaw2 CN - LP, LM, PS yiiwS (B4) 1074 - a small shrimp, A4 SW - Sh llE:W4 eN - LP, LM, LC, PS yiiw4
185
Comparative Tal Source Book
1075 - Indian corn, B4 Not in SW languages CN - LP yyy 5 ; LM YYUj5; LC kha\~ yww 4 (A4); PS yww 5 ; NM paUjs 1076 - oil, A4, (cf. 0584) SW - W yaw4 ; B yav0 (said to be < Vietnamese); LCH, LMY maak 2 yaw4 'kind of fruit that yields oil' (cognate?) CN - LP yuu4 ; LM yow4; WN yiw4; LC, PS yuu 4 ; NM yow4 1077 - to use, B4?, (cf. 0032) SW - W YUT}4 (A4) eN - LP, LM Y0T}'; WN YUT}2 (B?); LC YUT}5 (Li says < Chinese); PS, NM YOT}5 1078 - to cover, A4, (cf. 0282, 0794) Not in SW languages CN - LP, LM, WN yaa4 ; LC yaa4 'to cover up, to screen, to mend' 1079 - kind, B3 SW - S yaaT}2; LNK yaaT}3; LCH, LMY yaaT}2 CN - LP ynT}5; LM YWWT}s; WN yiT}5; LC YYYT}5 'form, manner' (Li says < Chinese); PS YYYT}5; NM YWWT}5 (B4 in CN languages) N - Sk yaaT}6 1080 - slack, A4 SW - S yaanl; W, B, Sh yaan 4 ; LNKpaan6 ; LCH, LMY yaan4 N - Sk yaaJ 4 (OG), yaan4 (YG) 1081 - light, daybreak, B4, (cf. 0676) SW - S ruT}3; W, B hU1]5; Sh hU1]' 'to shine'; LCH hU1]5 (also in the name Chieng Hung: ce1]4 hU1]s; literary ruT}5); LMY hU1]5 CN - LP f01]5; LM JOT]5; WN OUT]5; LC +U1]5 'to dawn; to be bright'; PS, NM f01]5 N - Y ro1]5; Sk roo1]5 1082 - to fight, DS4 SW - S rop4; Sh hops 'to find, meet with'; LNK hop) 'to fight (only of cocks)' CN - LP fOp4; LM lop4; LC +Up4 ('to meet' in CN languages) N - Sk JOp6 1083 - gutter, trough, A4 SW - S raan 1; W, B, Sh haa1]4; LNK haa1l6; LMY haa1]4 CN - LP faaT]4; LM laan 4 ; WN oaaT]4; LC taan4 N - Y rua1]4; Sk haa1]4
186
Cognates
1084 - to receive, DS4 SW - S rap4; B, Sh haps; LNK hap 3 CN - LP +ap4; LM lap\ WN oap4; LC, PS +ap 4 N - Sk rap6 1085 - to cry out, C4 SW - S roo114; W, B h01l6; Sh ho'lls; LNK hoo'lls, bo'lls; LCH, LMY hO'll6 CN - LP +00'll3; LM 100'll6; WN 0011 6 ; LC +0011 6 1086 - string, A4, (cf. 0323) SW - W lin4 CN - LP, LM lin4; WN lan4 ; LC, PS lin 4; NM len 4 1087 - lotus, A4 Not in SW languages CN - LP, LM liin4; WN fin 5 (B4); LC liin 4 (Li says < Chinese); PS liin4 1088 - sickle, A4 Not in SW languages CN - LP liim4; LM niim4; LC, PS, NM liim 4 N - Sk liam 4 1089 - to sharpen, AI, (cf. 0463, 0556, 0560,1107) Not in SW languages CN - LP Iiiw 1 'to peel'; LM liiwl; LC, PS liiw 1 'to peel' 1090 - to play, B4, (cf. 0184) Not in SW languages CN - LP, LM liiws; WN Iiws; LC, PS, NM Iiiw 5 1091 - wife of man's younger brother, A4, (cf. 0289) SW - W 104; B lua4 'wife of father's younger brother'; Sh 104 'one's elder brother's wife' CN - LP, LM, WN, LC, PS luu4 ('daughter-in-law' in CN languages) N - Sk luaw4 'wife of father's younger brother' 1092 - blunt-pointed, B 1 Not in SW languages CN - LP, LM, LC, PS luu2 1093 - all (day, etc.), B4 Not in SW languages CN - LP, LM lyn 5 ; PS tins; NM lenS
187
Comparative Tai Source Book
1094 - to look, A4, (cf. 0976) SW - S IEEI; W, B IE4; LNK IEE 6; LCH, LMY IEE4 'to look sideways' CN - LP, LM lee4 1095 - lightning, DL4 SW - S lEEp 3; B mEp5 'to stick out (the tongue)'; Sh maap) 'to blaze, flame; to glitter, glance as a ray of light'; LNK h:Eps 'to stick out'; LCH, LMY mEEpS CN - LP, LM meeps; WN maaps; LC meep4 'to glitter', faa6 meep4 'lightning'; PS, NM meeps 1096 - to run, B4 SW - S IEn 3 ; W, BIEns; Sh lEn 3; LNK lEEn 3 ; LCH, LMY lEnS CN - LP, LM leen s; WN lenS; LC, PS leen s 1097 - (rice) cooked in a bamboo tube, Al SW - S (khaawl) laam 5 ; B laam l ; Sh laam l 'to hold in the fire'; LNK (khaw4 ) laam 1; LCH, LMY (xaw3) laam! CN - LP, LM, WN laam l ; LC khaw3 laam l ; PS laam! 1098 - soybeans, Cl Not in SW languages CN - LP hall3; LM laT}3; PS haT}3 1099 - to water (plants), A4, (cf. 0887) Not in SW languages CN - LP, LM, LC, PS, NM lam 4 1100 - hawk, 84, (cf. 1073) Not in SW languages CN - LP lamS 'eagle'; LM, WN lamS; LC lamS 'a kind of eagle or hawk'; PS lamS N - Sk lamS 1101 - road, 84, (cf. 0364, 0474) Not in SW languages CN - LP, LM, WN, LC, PS, NM 100 5 1102 - to surround (as with a fence), C4, (cf. 0921) SW - S b:)m 4 ; W, B bm 6 ; Sh bms; LNK \o:)m s; LCH, LMY bm 6 CN - LP 100m3 ; LM 100m6 ; WN hom6 , hum 6 ; LC, PS 100m6 1103 - thunder, A4, (cf. 0878) Not in SW languages CN - LM, LC looy4; PS poos lool
188
Cognates
1104 - tile, C4 Not in SW languages CN - LP vaa 3; LM vaa6 ; LC, PS vaa6 ; NM fJwaa6 1105 - free, idle, B 1, (cf. 0996) SW - S waafJ3 (84); W vaafJ2; Sh waafJ2 'to assist gratuitously'; LNK waafJ3 CN - LP, LM, LC, PS, NM vaafJ2 1106 - heart, AI, (cf. 0022) Not in SW languages CN - LP iim!; LM simI; LC, PS -tim!; NM fom! 1107 - to sharpen to a point, CI, (cf. 0436,0556,0560, 1089) SW - S siam 3 ; Sh shem 3 ; LNK siam 4 ; LCH, LMY sem3 CN - LP iiim}; LM siim3 ; LC iiim3 'sharp' 1108 - pillar, AI, (cf. 0675) Not in SW languages CN - LP fiiw 1; LM seew 1; LC faw!, iiiw l ; PS fiiw! 1109 - to swim, Al Not in SW languages CN - LP iiiw 1; LM seew l ; LC, PS fiiw l 1110 - to embroider, B 1 SW - W, B sew2 ; Sh shew 2 'to sew for decoration'; LNK seew3 'to baste'; LCH, LMY sew2 CN - LP iiiw2; LM seew2; WN sew3 (C?); PS fiiw; NM fiiwl (tone?)
1111 - day before yesterday, A4 SW - S swum!; W, B swn4 ; Sh shwn 4 (in 'day before yesterday', 'month before last', 'year before last'); LNK, LCH, LMY swn 4 CN - LP h'l(n4 ; LM s'l(n 4 ; WN sin 4 ; LC van 4 fin 4 ; PS iin 4 ; NM ien 4 I 112 - a part, B 1 SW - S, B suan 2 ; LNK suan3 ; LCH, LMY son 2 N - Sk sual 6 (OG), suan6 (YG) 1113 - classifier for long, thin objects, Cl SW - S sen3 ; Sh shen 3 'string, rope'; LNK sen 4 ; LCH, LMY sin l CN - WN san 3 N - Sk sell (OG), sen3 (YG) 1114 - a lock, Cl Not in SW languages CN - LP iaa\ LM saa3 ; WN saa2 (8?); LC, PS iaa3 189
Comparative Tai Source Book
1115 - cockroach, DLl SW - S, B, LNK, LCH, LMY saap2 CN - LP +aap2; LM, WN saap2; LC, PS +aap2; NM +aak 2 N - Sk saap6 1116 - to wash, A4, (cf. 0325, 0552) SW - S saaw'; Sh taaw 4 'to wash for gold'; LNK thaa~ 'to seek in water with a stick, hook, spoon, etc.'; LCH, LMY taaw4 'to feel about in water; to wash (rice) in water' CN - LP +aaw4 ; LM saaw4 ; WN taaw4 'to wash for gold'; LC, PS, NM +aaw4 1117 - one or so, any, DS 1 SW - S, W, B sak2; Sh shak4 'particle denoting separation'; LCH, LMY saki CN - LP +ak2; LM sak3 ; WN sak 6 ; LC, PS +ak2 N - Sk sak4 111& - pig-feed, Cl, (cf. 0661) Not in SW languages CN - LM sam3 ; LC +am 3 1 I 19 - small, B I, (cf. 0246) Not in SW languages CN - LP +ay2; LM say2; LC, PS, NM h y2 1120 - to poke, C2, (cf. 0034) SW - S ciP; W ci 3 ; Sh sP 'to sting as an insect'; LNK ciP 'to hold up, rob'; LMY cii 3 'to sting' 1121 - to teach, Al SW - S soon 5 ; W son l 'to imitate'; B sonl; Sh shon' 'to study, learn, acquire knowledge'; LCH, LMY son l CN - LP +oon l ; LM soon 1; WN sonl, son'; LC, PS +oon' S - Sk sool2 (OG), soon 2 (YG) 1122 - to pound (rice) again, C4 SW - S soom4 ; W, B som 6 ; Sh shom 5; LCH, LMY som 6 CN - LP +oom3 ; LM soom 6 ; LC khaw3 +oom 6 'husked rice'; PS +00m 6 1123 - necklace, CI SW - S sol; W soy) 'earring'; B sol 'necklace; chain'; Sh shoy 'a tuft, a tassel'; LCH, LMY sol CN - LP fool 'earring'; LM sooy 'earring'; WN sol 'necklace, bracelet'; LC, PS iooy 'earring' N - Sk sool
190
Cognates
1124 - a harrow, Al SW - Sh phVI; LCH phVVI; LMY fvv l CN - LP phVVI; LM, WN, LC, PS, NM phWWI N - Sk phiaz 1125 - to braid, Al SW - W f'll; B fwal; Sh ph'll; LNK fwal; LCH, LMY f'lVI CN - LP ph'lvl; LM, WN phWW1; LC phwwl 'to dress (hair)'; PS, NM phWWI N - Sk pial 1126 - mat, DL4, (cf. 0763) SW - S fuuk 3 'mattress'; W fur; B fu7 5; LNK fuuk 5 'mattress' CN - LP fok s; LM fooks; WN fuk 5; LC fuk4; PS fok 4 (DS4); NM fuuk s 1127 - water tortoise, Al SW - W faa l; LNK (paa2) faa!; LCH, LMY faa! CN - LP, LM, WN, PS phaa l N - Sk via3 (probably not cognate) 1128 - blanket, A4, (cf. 0978) SW - B faa4 CN - LP, LM, WN, LC, PS, NM faa 4 'quilt' 1129 - to bury, Al SW - S faT)5; W, B faT)!; Sh phaT)!; LNK, LCH, LMY faT)1 CN - LP, LM, WN, LC phaT)! 1130 - to make (rope), CI SW - S, W, B fan); Sh phan3 'to twist tight and hard'; LNK fan 4 ; LCH, LMY fan 3 CN - LP, LM phan\ LC phan3 'to twist'; NM phan3 1131 - market, B4 Not in SW languages CN - LP, LM faU.f5; LC faU.f 4 (A4); PS, NM faU.f 5 1132 - mole, Al SW - S fayS; LCH, LMY fal 'freckles' (Bl, cognate?) CN - LP, LM, PS may! 1133 - vagina, Al SW - S hii 5; W, B, Sh hil; LNK, LCH hiit CN - LP, LM hiit; WN sii l; PS hiil; NM heyl
191
Comparative Tai Source Book
1134 - to do, to make, DS4?, (cf. 0823) SW - S yd 'to have intercourse'; Wyet\ B yee; Sh hd (DSI); LNK hd; LCH, LMY het5 CN - LP hee (hie?); LM hae; LC hit2 ; PS hee; NM het4 (DSI in CN languages) N - Sk hit6 1135 - cage, BI Not in S W languages CN - LP hOTJ2; LM IOTJ2; LC hUTJ2; PS hOTJ2; NM khyoTJ 2 1136 - pot, frying pan, D L I, (cf. 0227) SW - B he7 2 'pot' CN - LP, LM heek2 'frying pan'; LC heek 2 'pot, caldron, kettle'; PS, NM heek2 'round-bottomed frying pan' N - Sk heek6 1137 - edge, side, A4, (cf. 0309) Not in SW languages CN - LP, LM heen 4 1138 - to guard, Al SW - Sheens CN - LP, LM, LC, PS, NM heen ' 1139 - cholera, B? SW - S haa2 (Bl); W haa4 (A4); Sh haa 3 (B4); LNK haa3 ; LCH, LMY haaS (B4) CN - LP +aas; LM laa5 ; WN oaa 5 (B4 in CN languages) N - Sk haa6 (C4) 1140 - to set (a trap), CI, (cf. 0774) SW - W haaTJ3; B haaTJ3 'platform for hunting'; Sh haaTJ3 'to construct, arrange, array, prepare, hunter's platform in a tree'; LNK haa'll4 'a trap, hunter's platform'; LCH, LMY haa'll' 'platform; to prepare, set up' CN - LP haaTJ3; LM, WN thaa113; LC, PS haa'll3 1141 - shoe, A4 SW - W, B haal CN - LP, LM, WN haay4; LC, PS kaay4; NM haay4 1142 - lime, AI, (same as 0085?) Not in SW languages CN - LP, LM hooy'; WN h::>y'; LC hooyl (Li says < Chinese); PS, NM hooy1 1143 - to hang down, CI SW S, W, B, Sh h::>l; LNK h::>::>y4; LCH, LMY h::>y3 CN - LP, LM hool; WN h::>l; PS hool
192
Cognates
1144 - slave, I, CI, (cf. 0494, 0533) SW - S khaa 3 (khaa2 'mountain people'); W chaa1 'mountain people'; B saa3 'mountain people'; Sh khaa3 ; LNK khaa4 'servant; l' (latter said to be from Bangkok); LCH, LMY xaa3 CN - WN chaa3 'mountain people' 1145 - paternal grandfather, B2 SW - S puu2 ; W, B, Sh pu 2 ; LNK puu 3; LCH, LMY puu 2 1146 - tree; beginning, C2 SW - S ton 3; W tun'; B, Sh ton 3; LNK ton 5 ; LCH, LMY tun 3 1147 - cool, A3 SW - S, B yen!; Sh yen l 'to be quiet, still'; LNK yen"; LCH yin!; LMY yin4 CN - LM nin 4 'gooseflesh' N - Sk yen! (only in certain expressions < Lao) 1148 - to hire, C2 SW - S, W, B caaTj3; Sh saaTj3; LNK caaTj5; LCH, LMY caaTj3 N - Sk caaTj3 1149 - anvil, B4 SW - S thaTj3; B taTjs; Sh taTj3; LNK thaTj3; LCH, LMY ta1l5 CN - LM, WN taTjs N - Sk thaTj6 (C4) 1150 - calfofthe leg, B4, (cf. 0131, 0501) SW - S nOTj3; W, B, nOTj5 'underside of the knee'; Sh nOTj3 'the inside of the bend of the knee'; LNK n:)01l3; LCH, LMY nOTj5 CN - LM, NM nooTj5 1151 - to toast, C2 SW - S, W, B, Sh pi1l3; LNK piTj'; LCH, LMY piTj3 CN - LM pi1l3 'to bake in ashes' 1152 - level; only, A4 SW - S phiaTjI; B pia1l4; Sh pe1l 4 ; LNK phiaTj6; LCH, LMY pe1l4 CN - LP phiiTjI; LM piTj4; WN phiTjI, peTj5 N - Sk phiaTj4 1153 - to mend, Al SW - W, B fUTjI; Sh phuTjl; LNK fUUTjI; LCH, LMY fUTjI CN - LP, LM phoTjI; WN phUTjI, phoTjI; NM phooTjI 1154 - blind, having poor eyesight, A4, (cf. 0416) SW - S faall 1; W, B faaTj4; LNK faaTj6; LCH, LMY faa1l4 193
Comparative Tai Source Book
1155 -long (of time), AI, (cf. 0597, 0975, 1058) SW - S hW1']5 (literary); W hWTjI; B h'lTjI; Sh hWTjI; LNK h""1']I; LCH, LMY hWTjI CN - LP, LC h'lTjI; PS hWTjI; NM ha1']1 1156 - to sift, Al SW - S khw1']5; W ChWTJ1; B SYTjl; Sh khwTjI; LNK khYTJI 'a sieve'; LMY XWTJI CN - LM 1)(1']1; WN chaTJI; LC khYYTjI; PS khiTJI N - Sk raTJ2 1157 - petal; section of fruit, DL2 SW - S kliip2; W, B kip2; LNK kiip2; LCH liip2 'a clove of garlic' (cognate?) CN - LP kii p5; WN ci p6; LC kip2 N - Sk tliip6 (OG), triip6 (YG) 1158 - mouth, DSl, (cf. 0623) SW - W, B SOp2; Sh ShOp4; LNK SOpl 'lips'; LCH, LMY SOpl 1159 - strange, DL2 SW - S pleek2; W, B pe7 2 'alike, similar' (cognate?); Sh pek2 'different'; LNKptek 2 CN - LM peek2 'to exchange by mistake'; WN pek 2 'to leave, separate from'
194
REFERENCES Abramson, Arthur S. 1962. The Vowels and Tones o/Standard Thai: Acoustical Measurements and Experiments. Publication 20. Bloomington: Indiana University Research Center in Anthropology, Folklore, and Linguistics. Aymonier, Etienne. 1895. Voyage dans Ie Laos. Paris: Annals du Musee Guimet, Bibliotheques d'Etudes vols. 5, 6. Reference to "savages" called Silk, vol. 5, pp. 112-13. Baccam, Don, Falaung Baccam, Hung Baccam, and Dorothy Fippinger. 1989. Tat Dam-English English Tai-Dam Vocabulary. Eastlake, CO: Summer Institute of Linguistics. Benedict, Paul K. 1997. Linguistic Prediction: The Case of Saek. In Comparative Kadai: The Tai Branch, edited by Jerold A. Edmondson and David B. Solnit, 161-87. Arlington, TX: Summer Institute of Linguistics and The University of Texas at Arlington. Bickner, Robert J., John Hartmann, Thomas John Hudak, and Patcharin Peyasantiwong, eds 1989. Selected Papers on Comparative Taj Studies: William 1. Gedney. Michigan Papers on South and Southeast Asia, no. 29. Ann Arbor, MI: Center for South and Southeast Asian Studies, University of Michigan. Blanchard, Wendell. 1957. Thailand, Its People, Its Society, Its Culture. New Haven: HRAF Country Survey Series. Bonifacy, Auguste Louis. 1907. Etude sur les Tay de la Riviere Claire au Tonkin et dans la Chine Meridionale (YUnnan et Kouangsi). Toung Pao, series 2, 8:77-98. - - - . 1919. Cours d 'etlmographie indochinoise. Hanoi-Haiphong: Imprimerie d' Extreme-Orient. Sek listed on p. 81. Creder, Wilhelm. 1935. Siam, das Land der Tai. Stuttgart: J. Engelhorns nachf. Cushing, Josiah Nelson. [1881]1914. A Shan and English Dictionary. 2nd ed. Rangoon: American Baptist Mission Press. (Reprint: Farnborough, England: Gregg International, 1971.) Davis, Sara L.M. 2005. Song and Silence: Ethnic Revival on China's Southwest Borders. New York: Columbia University Press. Dieu, Chinh Nhim, and Jean Donaldson. 1970. Pap san khhiim pak Tiiy-Keo-Eng: Ngu~vuhg Thai (Trang)-Viet-Anh: (White) Tai-Vietnamese-English Vocabulary. Saigon: Department of Education. Diguet, Edouard. 1895. Etude de fa langue (aj; precedee d'une notice sur les races des hautes regions du Tonkin: comprenant grammaire, methode d'ecriture tai et vocabulaires. Hanoi: F.H. Schneider.
195
Comparative Tai Source Book
Donaldson, Jean. 1963. White Tai Phonology. M.A. thesis, Hartford Seminary Foundation, Hartford, CT. Donaldson, Jean, and Jerold A. Edmondson. 1997. A Preliminary Examination of Tay Tac. In Comparative Kadai: The Tai Branch, edited by Jerold A. Edmondson and David B. Solnit, 235-66. Arlington, TX: Summer Institute of Linguistics and The University of Texas at Arlington. Durand, Maurice. 1952. Notes sur les pays tai de Phong-th6. Bulletin de la Societe des Etudes Indochinoises. N.s. 27: 193-231. Edmondson, Jerold A. 2000a. Personal Communication, 6 May. - - - . 2000b. The Language Corridor: New Evidence from Vietnam. In Proceedings: The International Conference on Tai Studies, July 29-31, 1988, edited by Somsonge Burusphat, 129-50. Bangkok: Institute of Language and Culture for Rural Development, Mahidol University. Edmondson, Jerold A., and Kenneth J. Gregerson. 2001. Four Languages of the Vietnam-China Borderlands. In Papersfrom the Sixth Annual Meeting of the Southeast Asian LingUistics Society: /996, edited by Karen L. Adams and Thomas John Hudak, 101-33. Tempe, AZ: Program for Southeast Asian Studies, Arizona State University. Edmondson, Jerold A., and David B. Solnit. 1997a. Comparative Shan. In Comparative Kadai: The Tai Branch, edited by Jerold A. Edmondson and David B. Solnit, 337-59. Arlington, TX: Summer Institute of Linguistics and The University of Texas at Arlington. - - - , eds 1997b. Comparative Kadai: The Tai Branch. Arlington, TX: Summer Institute of Linguistics and The University of Texas at Arlington. Egerod, S0ren. 1957. Essentials of Shan Phonology and Script. Academia Sinica Bulletin of the Institute of Ethnology 29: 121-29. - - - . 1960. The Romanization of Shan. Burma Research Society Fiftieth Anniversary Publication 1:47-49. - - - . 1961. Three Shan Texts. Acta Orientalia 26(3/4): 149-88. Esquirol, Joseph, and Gust Williatte. 1908. Dictionnaire Dioi-Franr;ais. Hong Kong: Imprimerie de la Societe des Missions-Etangeres. Fippinger, Jay. 1975. Black Tai Sentence Types. In Studies in Tai Linguistics in Honor of William 1. Gedney, edited by Jimmy G. Harris and James R. Chamberlain, 130--69. Bangkok: Cemtral Institute of English. Fippinger, Jay, and Dorothy Fippinger. 1970. Black Tai Phonemes, with Reference to White TaL Anthropological Linguistics 12(3):83-97. Fraisse, Andre. 1950. Les tribus Sek et Kha de la province de Cammon (Laos). Bulletin de la Societe des Etudes Indochinoises 25(3):333-48. Saek vocabulary on pp. 338-40. Gedney, WilIiam J. 1947. [ndlc Loanwords in Spoken Thai. Ph.D. dissertation, Yale University. - - - . 1961. Special Vocabularies in Thai. In Georgetown University Round Table on Language and Linguistics, edited by Michael Zarechnak, 109-14. Washington, D.C.: Georgetown University Press. - - - . 1964. A Comparative Sketch of White, Black, and Red Tai. The Social Science Review, Special Number, 1-47. Bangkok. 196
References
1965. Yay, A Northern Tai Language in North Vietnam. Lingua 14: 180-93. - - - . 1970. The Saek Language ofNakhon Phanom. Journal a/the Siam Society 57(1):67-87. - - - . 1972. A Checklist for Determining Tones in Tai Dialects. In Studies in Linguistics in Honor o/George L. Trager, edited by M. Estellie Smith, 423-37. The Hague: Mouton. - - - . 1989. Siamese Verse Forms in Historical Perspective. In Selected Papers on Comparative Tai Studies. William J. Gedney, edited by Robert J. Bickner, John Hartmann, Thomas John Hudak, and Patcharin Peyasantiwong, 489-544. Ann Arbor, MI: Center for South and Southeast Asian Studies, University of Michigan. - - - . 1993 a. Saek Final-I: Archaism or Innovation? In William J Gedney's The Saek Language: Glossary, Texts, and Translations, edited by Thomas John Hudak, 917-74. Ann Arbor, MI: Center for South and Southeast Asian Studies, University of Michigan. - - - . 1993b. The Twelve Year Names in Saek. In William J Gedney's The Saek Language: Glossary, Texts, and Translations, edited by Thomas John Hudak, 975-89. Ann Arbor, MI: Center for South and Southeast Asian Studies, University of Michigan. - - - . 1995a. Linguistic Diversity Among Tai Dialects in Southern Kwangsi. In William J Gedney's Central Tal Dialects: Glossaries, Texts, and Translations, edited by Thomas John Hudak, 803-22. Ann Arbor, MI: Center for South and Southeast Asian Studies, University of Michigan. - - - . 1995b. A Comparative Central Tai Word list. In William J Gedney'S Central Tai Dialects: Glossaries, Texts, and Trans/ations, edited by Thomas John Hudak, 883-962. Ann Arbor, MI: Center for South and Southeast Asian Studies, University of Michigan. 1995c. An Areal Vowel Change in Tai Dialects in Kwangsi and Kweichow. In William J. Gedney's Central Tal Dialects: Glossaries, Texts, and Translations, edited by Thomas John Hudak, 823-58. Ann Arbor, MI: Center for South and Southeast Asian Studies, University of Michigan. - - - . 1995d. Notes on the Tai Dialect ofNing Ming: Part One. In William J Gedney's Central Tal Dialects: Glossaries, Texts, and Translations, edited by Thomas John Hudak, 859-82. Ann Arbor, MI: Center for South and Southeast Asian Studies, University of Michigan. - - - . 1997. Saek, A Displaced Northern Tai Language. In William J. Gedney's Tai Dialect Studies: Glossaries, Texts, and Translations, edited by Thomas John Hudak, 1281-1302. Ann Arbor, MI: Center for South and Southeast Asian Studies, University of Michigan. Haas, Mary R. 1942a. Types of Reduplication in Thai. Studies in Linguistics 1(1):1-6. ---.1942b. The Use of Numeral Classifiers in Thai. Language XVIII:201-05. - - - . 1946. Techniques ofIntensifYing in Thai. Word II: 125-30.
197
Comparative Tai Source Book --~.
1956. The Thai System of Writing. Washington D.C.: American Council of Learned Societies. ---.1964. Thai-English Student's Dictionary. Stanford: Stanford University Press. Hartmann, John F. 1981. Computations on a Tai Dam Origin Myth. Anthropological Linguistics 23(5): 183-202. - - - . 1984. Linguistic and Memory Structures in Tai-Lue Oral Narratives. Pacific Linguistics Series B-No. 20. Canberra: The Australian National University. - - - . 1985. Dating White Thai and Black Thai Scripts. A paper presented at the 18 th International Conference on Sino-Tibetan Languages and Linguistics, Ramkhamhaeng University, Bangkok, August 27-29. Published in Thai: 1987. Kaan-kaamnot ?aayu? tua-?aksoun tay khaaw lae? tay dam. Ruam Bot Khwaam Prawatisaat [Royal Thai Historical Society Review] 5:121-39. ---.1986. Varieties ofTai Dam Scripts. Crossroads 3(1):97-103. - - - . 1992. Tai Dam Poetics and Proto-tone Categories. In Papers on Tai Language, Literature, and Linguistics, edited by Carol J. Compton and John F. Hartmann, 262-77. DeKalb, IL: Center for Southeast Asian Studies, Northern Illinois University. - - - . 1994. Pronominal Strategies in Tai Dam Poetic Discourse. In Papersfrom the Second Annual Meeting of the Southeast Asian Linguistics Society: 1992, edited by Karen L. Adams and Thomas John Hudak, 187-99. Tempe, AZ: Program for Southeast Asian Studies, Arizona State University. Haudricourt, Andre-Georges. 1956. De la restitution des initiales dans les langues monosyllabiques: Ie probleme du thai commun. Bulletin de la Societe de Linguistique de Paris 52(1):307-22. - - - . 1958. Les Sek de la province du Cammon (Laos), migration thai ou deportation chinoise? Journal Asiatique 246: 107-08. - - - . 1960. Notes sur les dialectes de la region de Moncay (Vietnam du Nord). Bulletin de rEcole Fram;aise d'Extreme Orient 50: 161-77. - - - . 1963a. Remarques sur les initiales complexes de la langue Sek. Bulletin de la Societe Linguistique de Paris 58: 156-63. - - - . 1963b. La langue Sek. Proceedings of the International Congress of Orientalists 25 (Moscow) 4:414-15. Abstract. - - - . 1972. Problemes de phonologie diachronique. Paris: Societe pour l'etude des 1angues africaines. - - - . 1976. La tonologie du Sek. Bulletin de fa Societe Lillguistique de Paris 71(1):299-304. Henderson, Eugenie J.A. 1949. Prosodies in Siamese: A Study in Synthesis. Asia Major New Series I (Part III): 189-215. Hudak, Thomas John. 2004. William J. Gedney's Elicitation Questionnaire. Journal of the American Oriental Society 124(3):549-59.
198
References Hudak, Thomas John, ed. 1991a. William J. Gedney's The Yay Language: Glossary, Texts. and Translations. Michigan Papers on South and Southeast Asia, no. 38. Ann Arbor, MI: Center for South and Southeast Asian Studies, University of Michigan. - - - , ed. 1991 b. William J. Gedney's The Tai Dialect of Lungming: Glossary, Texts, and Translations. Michigan Papers on South and Southeast Asia, no. 39. Ann Arbor, MI: Center for South and Southeast Asian Studies, University of Michigan. - - - . ed. 1993. William J. Gedney's The Saek Language: Glossary, Texts, and Translations. Michigan Papers on South and Southeast Asia, no. 41. Ann Arbor, MI: Center for South and Southeast Asian Studies, University of Michigan. - - - , ed. 1994. William J. Gedney's Southwestern Tai Dialects: Glossaries, Texts, and Translations. Michigan Papers on South and Southeast Asia, no. 42. Ann Arbor, MI: Center for South and Southeast Asian Studies, University of Michigan. - - - , ed. 1995. WilliamJ. Gedney's Central Tai Dialects: Glossaries, Texts, and Translations. Michigan Papers on South and Southeast Asia, no. 43. Ann Arbor, MI: Center for South and Southeast Asian Studies, University of Michigan. - - - , ed. 1996. William J. Gedney's The Lue Language: Glossary, Texts, and Translations. Michigan Papers on South and Southeast Asia, no. 44. Ann Arbor, MI: Center for South and Southeast Asian Studies, University of Michigan. - - - , ed. 1997. WiIliamJ. Gedney's Tai Dialect Studies: Glossaries, Texts, and Translations. Michigan Papers on South and Southeast Asia, no. 45. Ann Arbor, MI: Center for South and Southeast Asian Studies, University of Michigan. - - - . ed. 2000. Cushing's Shan-English Dictionary: A Phonetic Version. Tempe, AZ: Program for Southeast Asian Studies, Arizona State University. - - - . ed. 2001. Minot's White Tai Dictionary: A Phonetic Version. Tempe, AZ: Program for Southeast Asian Studies, Arizona State University. Khanitthanan, Wilaiwan. 1975. Saek Revisted. InA Tai Festschriftfor WilliamJ. Gedney on the Occasion of his Fifth Cycle of Life Birthday Anniversary, April 14, 1975, edited by Thomas W. Gething, 128-39. Honolulu: University ofHawai'i Southeast Asian Studies Program. 1976. Phaasaa Saek [The Saek Language]. Bangkok: Thammasat University Press. In Thai. Lebar, Frank M., Gerald C. Hickey, and John K. Musgrave. 1964. Ethnic Groups of Mainland Southeast Asia. New Haven: HRAF Press. Li, Fang-Kuei. 1940. The Tai Dialect of Lungchow. Institute of History and Philology Monographs, Series A, No. 16. Academia Sinica. Shanghai: The Commercial Press, Ltd. In Chinese.
199
Comparative Tai Source Book
- - - . 1944. The Influence of the Primitive Tai Glottal Stop and Pre-glottalized Consonants on the Tone System of Po-ai. Bulletin of Chinese Studies 4:59-68. - - - . 1956. The Tai Dialect of Wu-ming. Institute of History and Philology Monographs, Series A, No. 19. Academia Sinica. Taipei, Taiwan. In Chinese. - - - . 1957a. The Jui Dialect of Po-ai: Phonology. Bulletin of the Institute of History and Philology 28:551-66. 1957b. The Jui Dialect of Po-ai and the Northern Tai. Bulletin of the Institute of History and Philology 29:315-22. - - - . 1959. Classification by Vocabulary: Tai Dialects. Anthropological Linguistics 1(2):15-2l. - - - . 1960. A Tentative Classification of Tai Dialects. In Culture in History: Essays in Honor ofPaul Radin, edited by Stanley Diamond, 951-59. New York: Columbia University Press. - - - . 1964. The Phonemic System of the Tai-Lil Language. Bulletin of the Institute of History and Philology 35:7-14. - - - . 1977. A Handbook of Comparative Tai. Honolulu: The University Press ofHawai'i. Luo, Yongxian. 1996. The Subgroup Structure ofthe Tai Languages: A HistoricalComparative Study. Ph.D. dissertation, The Australian National University. Macey, Pau!' 1905. Etude ethnographique sur diverses tribus, aborigenes ou autochtones habitant les provinces des Hua-phano, Ha-tang-hoc et du Cammon, au Laos. Actes 14e Congres International des Orientalistes, Alger 1905. I re Partie, SO Sect.:3-63. Description of"Seks" on pp. 36-43; vocabulary on pp. 52-57. Mark, Lindy Li, and Fang-kuei Li. 1966. Speech Tone and Melody in Wu-Ming Folk Songs. In Essays Offered to G.H Luce by his Colleagues and Friend~ in Honour ofhis Seventy-fifth Birthday, vol. 1, edited by Ba Shin, Jean Boisselier, and A.B. Griswold, 167-86. Ascona, Switzerland: Artibus Asiae. Maspero, Henri. 1912. Etude sur la phonetique historique de la langue annamite. Les initiales. Bulletin de f'Ecole Fran~aise d'Extreme-Orient 12(1): 1-127. Saek tones on pp. 3-5. McFarland, George Bradley. 1944. Thai-English Dictionary. Stanford: Stanford University Press. Minot, Georges. 1940. Dictionnaire tay blanc-fran<;ais avec transcription latine. Bulletin de rEcale Franr;aise d'Extreme Orient 40(1):1-237. - - - . 1949a. Vocabulaire Franr;ais- Thay Blanc et Elements de Grammaire, vol. I. Hanoi: L'Ecole Fran<;aise d'Extreme-Orient. ---1949b. Vocabulaire Franr;ais-Thay Blanc et Elements de Grammaire, vol. II. Hanoi: L'Ecole Fran<;aise d'Extreme-Orient. Mix, Mrs. H.W., ed. 1920. An English and Shan Dictionary. Rangoon: American Baptist Mission Press.
200
References
Moeng, Sao Tern. 1995. Shan-English Dictionary. Kensington, MD: Dunwoody Press. Moerman, Michael. 1965. Ethnic Identification in a Complex Civilization: Who are the Lue? American Anlhropologist 67: 1215-30. - - - . 1988. Talking Culture: Ethnography and Conversational Analysis. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press. Morev, L.N. 1988. Yozik sek [The Saek Language]. Moscow: Nauka. In Russian. Noss, Richard B. 1964. Thai Reference Grammar. Washington D.C.: Foreign Service Institute. Riviere, Armand. 1902. Vocabulaire Hang-thcek, khas Xos, Hareme. In Mission Pavie, Geographie et Voyages IV, 285-90. Paris: E. Leroux. Sarawit, Mary. 1973. The Proto-Tai Vowel System. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Michigan. Siedenfaden, Erik. 1930. Ethnology. In Siam, Nature and Industry, 82-106. Bangkok: Ministry of Commerce and Communications. Snyder, Wit C., and Lu Tianqiao. 1997. Wuming Zhuang Tone Sandhi: A Phonological, Syntactic, and Lexical Investigation. In Comparative Kadai: The Tai Branch, edited by Jerold A. Edmondson and David B. Solnit, 107-37. Arlington, TX: Summer Institute of Linguistics and The University of Texas at Arlington. Thongkum, Theraphan L. 1976. The Saek Language of Ban Ba Wa: Some Phonetic Notes. In Genetic Relationship, Diffusion, and Typological Similarities of East and Southeast Asian Languages, edited by Mantaro J. Hashimoto, 398-409. Tokyo: Japan Society for the Promotion of Science. Tingsabadh, M.R.K. 1976. A Phonetic Description of Tai Nang. In A Festschrift for Richard B. Noss, edited by A. Wansotorn and J.D. Palmer, 159-75. Bangkok: Central Institute of English Language. Young, Linda Wai Ling. 1985. Shan Chrestomathy: An Introduction to Tai Mau Language and Literature. Lanham, MD: University Press of America.
201
INDEX [Note: Locator numbers refer to the gloss, not the page]
artisan; skilled ........... ashes ................... ask .................... asleep .................. astringent in taste ......... aunt, older sister of either parent ........... avoid, dodge ............. awaken (someone) ........ axe ....................
above .............. 607, 0808 north ................. 0607 on ................... 0808 acacia .................. 0830 accustomed ............. , 0519 add .................... 0695 affair, matter . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0165 afraid .................. 0918 aim, intend; mark ......... 0580 alive ................... 0841 all ................. 0225,1020 all (day, etc.) ........... 1093 all gone . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0225 also, then ............... 0104 altogether ............... 0653 and, with . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0482 angry; hot .... . . . . . . . . . .. 1006 animal .................. 0327 classifier for ........... 0362 horn of ............... 0515 pen for ................ 0150 tend .................. 0420 young male ......... . .. 0715 announce ............... 0260 answer a call . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0826 ant ..................... 0226 white ant . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0279 antelope ................ 0782 anvil ................... 1149 any, one or so .. . . . . . . . . .. 1117 which, what ............ 0438 ape .................... 0961 argue ................... 0903 arm .................... 0129 armpit .................. 0307 armspread (a measure) ..... 0379 arrive, reach ............. 0716 arrow of crossbow ........ 0858
0031 0366 0709 0775 0059 0259 0188 0280 0549
back ................... 0555 carry on the back. .. 10 18, 1043 bad .................... 0883 bag ................ 0717,1023 bait .................... 0739 bake ................... 0401 bamboo ................. 1059 shoot ................. 0882 split flooring ........... 0453 strip for tying .......... 0360 tube .................. 0760 banana ................. 01 0 1 blossom. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0627 bunch ................ 0539 leaf .................. 0703 stem .................. 0747 bank, of river ............ 0459 banyan ................. 0328 bark, shell . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0628 bark, to ................. 0074 basin ................... 0931 basket .................. 1016 fish .................. 0153 winnowing ............ 0449 bathe ................... 0001 be, become ..... . . . . . . . .. 0263 be in a place ............. 0749 203
Comparative Tai Source Book
beach, sandbar ........... 0789 bean ................... 0377 soybeans ... . . . . . . . . . .. 1098 bear, a .................. 0216 beard .............. 0247,0857 beat .................... 0696 beat, pound .............. 0718 become, be .,. . . . . . . . . . .. 0263 bed .................... 0990 set up, to . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0932 bedbug ................. 0886 bee, beeswax ............ 0297 beeswax, bee ............ 0297 before . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0106 beg .................... 0149 beginning; tree ........... 1146 believe ................. 0771 belly, stomach ............ 0375 below ............... , .. 0551 below, south ........... 0348 bend over ............... 0102 bend, strengthen . . . . . . . . .. 0915 benumbed by cold, numb ... 0995 betel ................... 0299 big .......... 0200, 0396, 0765 big (tiger) ............. 0541 bird .................... 0242 bite, to ................. 0146 takeabite ............. 0801 bitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0532 black ................ , .. 0043 blanket ............ 0978, 1128 cover with . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0794 blind ................... 0416 poor eyesight. . . . . . . . . .. 1154 blistered ................ 0881 blood .................. 0191 blow, to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0262 blow away ............. 0275 blow the nose .......... 0674 blunt-pointed ............ 1092 board .................. 1050 boat .................... 0310 body body hair .............. 0531 body~use ............. 0558
boil, a .................. 0461 boil, to intransitive ............ 0447 transitive .............. 0359 bone ................... 0055 book, writing ............ 0681 bored ............. 0411,0598 borrow ................. 0740 bottomless cage .......... 0983 bowl, cup ............... 0378 braid, to ................ 1125 brains .................. 0758 bran ................... 0661 branch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0960 of a tree ............... 0488 bras~copper ............. 1027 break, to intransitive ............ 0355 transitive .. . . . . . . . . . . .. 0073 break wind .............. 0698 breast .................. 1032 breath, heart ............. 0022 hold the breath ......... 0812 bridge ............. 0544, 0952 broil ................... 0909 broom .................. 0748 brother father's younger brother .. 0935 bruised ................. 0769 bruised, swollen ........ 0785 brush, a ................. 0875 bubble, foam. . . . . . . . . . . .. 0786 build ................... 0818 bunch of bananas ......... 0539 bundle, a; to tie up ........ 0210 burn, to intransitive ............ 0212 transitive .............. 0638 bury ................... 1129 buttocks ................ 0942 buy .................... 0680 cage ................... bottomless ............ calf of the leg ............ can; to obtain ............ 204
1135 0983 1150 0042
Index
chopsticks . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1015 cicada ............. 0417,0418 city, a country ............ 0221 civet cat ................ 0077 classifier for animals ............... 0362 garments .............. 0957 long, thin objects. . . . . . .. 1113 round objects .......... 0054 things ................ 0936 tools ................. 0579 claws pinch or hold in ......... 0604 take hold of with ........ 0139 clean, to ................ 0292 clear, transparent ......... 0331 cliff, rock ............... 0633 climb ................... 0871 close, to ................ 0467 the eyes ............... 0177 closely spaced; miserly ..... 0370 cloth ................... 0285 silk cloth .. . . . . . . . . . . .. 0651 cloud. " ................ 0056 cloudy, shady ............ 0965 coarse; vulgar ............ 0391 cockroach . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1115 cockscomb .............. 0255 cockspur ................ 0049 coconut ................. 0302 coconut grub ........... 0780 cold .................... 0234 cold, a ................ 0385 collapse ................. 0637 comb, a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0724 to comb . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0724 come ................... 0203 common people .......... 0649 complete, entire .......... 0542 confused ................ 0751 contain, hold. . . . . . . . . . . .. 1008 cook, to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0981 cook rice .............. 0478 cooked, ripe ............. 0343 in a bamboo tube. . . . . . .. 1097 cooking pot. . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0227
candle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0369 carcass ................. 0670 carefully, gradually, slowly 0154 carry; to hold ............ 0372 as a suitcase ........... 0473 in the arms ............ 0013 on the back ....... 10 18, 1043 on the shoulder .. . . . . . .. 0807 on two ends of a shoulder pole. . . . . . . .. 0070 two or more persons ..... 0464 carry, transport ........... 0834 carrying pole. . . . . . . . . . . .. 0502 cast (metal), to ........... 0572 cast-net ................. 0471 castrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0902 cat ..................... 0852 catch ................... 0419 caterpillar . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0766 catfish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0779 cave .............. 0365,0974 central root . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0619 chaff ................... 0098 challenge ............... 0708 change, to . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0872 clothes, etc. . . . . . . . . . . .. 0711 charcoal ................ 071 0 chase .............. 0121,0179 chasm .................. 0470 cheap .................. 0719 cheek .................. 0092 che~ ................... 0008 chew ................... 0134 chicken . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0090 crop .................. 1029 louse ............... " 0662 scratch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0520 child ................... 0439 child, (one's) ............ 0201 chin .................... 0503 chipped, nicked .......... 0762 chisel .................. 0335 cholera ................. 1139 choose. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0190 chop .............. 0466,0951 chopping board ........... 0832 205
Comparative Tai Source Book
cool .................... 1147 copper, brass. . . . . . . . . . . .. 1027 cord, rope ............... 0037 cord, string ............ 0323 core, hard, seed. . . . . . . . . .. 0943 cotton .................. 0455 cough, to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0003 count ................... 0237 country, city .. . . . . . . . . . .. 0221 cover, to ........... 0282, 1078 with a blanket .......... 0794 crab .................... 0632 crack, hole .............. 0038 cradle .................. 0402 crawl .............. 0144,0347 crazy .............. 0015,0877 creature, mythical water . . .. 0621 crippled ................ 0622 crooked ................. 0147 crooked,hunchback ....... 0967 crop (ofa chicken) ........ 1029 cross, to ................ 0114 crossbow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0593 arrow of .............. 0858 crow, a ................. 0481 crow,to ................. 0119 crucible. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1047 cry out ................. 1085 crystal, glass . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0805 cucumber ............... 0694 cup, bowl ............... 0378 cupboard ........... 0705,0971 curry, soup .............. 0803 cut, to ............. 0692,0959 cycle, year .............. 0545 dark ................... dark red. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. daughter-in-law .......... dawn ................... day .................... after tomorrow ......... before yesterday ........ daybreak, light ........... deaf .................... debt ....................
decayed, tender ........... 0267 deceive ................. 0648 deep ................... 0196 deer ............... 0109,1034 kind of deer. . . . . . . . . . .. 0782 defeat, be defeated ........ 0879 design, stripe, mark ....... 0174 desire, to ................ 0537 destroy ................. 0173 dew, mist ............... 1035 die ..................... 0346 differ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0686 difficult. . .. . ........... 0390 difficult; poor . . . . . . . . . . .. 0968 dig .................... 0163 dike between rice fields .... 0510 dip out ................. 0349 dirt, earth .......... 0445, 1004 disappear ............... 0790 discarded snake skin. . . . . .. 0535 ditch ................... 0587 divide .................. 1052 divide, share ............. 0761 divorce ................. 0726 do, make ........... 0823, 1134 do reciprocally ......... 1026 doctor, shaman . . . . . . . . . .. 0854 dodge, avoid ............. 0188 dog .................... 0205 don't .................. 0725 door ................... 0704 door latch .. . . . . . .. ..... 0946 dove ................... 0514 drag, pull ............... 0172 dream, to ................ 0458 dream of . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0460 dregs ................... 0924 wine dregs. . . . . . . . . . . .. 0993 dried sweat and dirt on skin . 0526 dried up ................ 0079 drum ................... 0493 drunk .................. 1068 dry .................... 0512 dry field .............. 0306 dry land ............... 0413 weather, season . . . . . . . .. 0561
0223 0491 0289 1070 0383 0312 1111 1081 0611 0861
206
Index
duck ....... ,.,., ... ,... dumb, mute . . . . . . . . . . . . .. dust .................... dust off .. . . . . . . . . . . . .. dye ....................
0264 0017 0788 0870 0745
each other, together ...... , ear ..................... ear of rice ............. earth, dirt .......... 0445, earthworm .............. , easy .................... eat ..................... eaves ................... edge ................... edge, side ............. edible water plant ........ , effort, make an; strain. . . . .. egg .................... eggplant ................ eight ................... elbow .................. elephant ................ elephant's tusk; ivory .... embrace, hug ............ embroider . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. empty .................. half gone, partly empty . .. end, tip ................. enemy, war . . . . . . . . . . . . .. engage in trade ... . . . . . . .. enough ............ 0644, enter ................... entire, complete .......... equal ................... equipment, utensils, tools . .. erase ................... evening meal ............ exchange ................ excrement . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. expensive ............... expose to the sun ......... extinguish ............... eye .................... blind; poor eyesight ..... close the eyes ..........
0089 0479 0667 1004 0048 0249 0487 0768 0309 1137 1042 0409 0124 0524 0265 0340 0427 0616 0821 IIIO 0271 0654 0270 0679 0113 1000 0123 0542 0367 0159 0846 0186 0559 0522 0640 0345 0437 0684 1154 0177
open the eyes .......... 0194 face .................... 0592 lie face doV\'11 ........... 0169 lie face up ............. 0618 fall (ofa leaf, etc.) ........ 0844 fall over ............... 0843 slip and fall . . . . . . . . . . .. 0643 fall, to .................. 0358 familiar, tame ............ 0836 fan, a ................... 0908 fan, to .................. 0908 far ..................... 0492 fat ..................... 0293 father .................. 0301 father's younger brother .. 0935 father's younger sibling .. 0752 fear ............... 0728,0840 feed, to ................. 0955 a child or invalid . . . . . . .. 1054 feed, raise ............. 0187 feel, grope. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0525 fell (a tree) .............. 0272 fence, a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0317 fever ................... 0125 few, small . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0246 fiber, spiderweb, membrane . 0395 field dry field .............. 0306 rice field .............. 0231 whole area of .......... 0906 fight, to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1082 figure, shape . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0913 finger, toe .......... 0239,0868 pick up with ........... 0738 fingernail, toenail ......... 0185 finished ................. 0562 fire .................... 0063 make a fire ............ 0997 soften over a fire ........ 0598 firewood ........... 0462,0574 firm wobble, not firm or tight .. 0527 first .................... 0663 first month. . . . . . . . . . . .. 0977 fish .................... 0269 207
Comparative Tai Source Book
catfish ... . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0779 fish basket . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0153 fishbone .............. 0944 fish hook . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0019 fish scales ............. 0097 fishtrap ............... 0891 fishy smell .............. 0827 fist ..................... 0972 five .................... 0066 flame ................... 0273 flea .................... 0209 flee .................... 1028 flesh, meat .............. 0606 float .............. 0198, 0787 flood, to ................ 0905 flooring, split bamboo ..... 0453 flour ................... 1040 flow ................... 0180 flower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0052 fly, to .................. 0020 flying squirrel . . . . . . . . . . .. 0406 foam, bubble. . . . . . . . . . . .. 0786 fog .................... 0228 fold, to ................. 0288 fold double ............ 0374 foot .................... 0356 footprint, track ......... 0666 forehead ................ 0634 forest .............. 0258, 0448 forest, wild ............ 0900 forget .................. 0193 fork .................... 0987 four .................... 0677 fragrant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0084 free, idle ........... 0996, 1105 frog .................... 0103 small frog ........ 0132,0624 frost ................... 1064 fruit .................... 0206 section of; petal . . . . . . . .. 1157 fry ..................... 0982 frying pan, pot ........... 1136 full .................... 0354 after eating ............ 0007
galangal, kind of root . . . . .. 0499 gallbladder .............. 0443 gamble ................. 1010 garden .................. 0342 garments, classifier for . . . .. 0957 gather .... . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1025 genuine, real, really ....... 0714 gesture make salutation gesture. .. 0721 ghost. . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0641, 0849 gills, the gums. . . . . . . . . . .. 0253 ginger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0523 girl .................... 0764 give .... '" ............. 0075 gizzard ................. 0353 glass, crystal . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0805 go ..................... 0261 go down .............. 0571 go out ................ 0010 go up ................. 0143 goat .................... 0290 gold .............. 0117,0938 good ................... 0442 goose ............. 0068, 1056 graciously pleased ........ 0631 gradually, slowly, carefully . 0154 grain, seed .............. 0213 grandchild; nephew, niece .. 0550 great-grandchild ........ 0181 grandfather maternal .............. 0685 paternal . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1145 grandmother maternal .............. 0731 paternal ............... 0388 grass ................... 0389 grass mat .............. 0763 thatch grass ............ 0498 grasshopper ............. 0689 great-grandchild .......... 0181 green ................... 0135 grey-haired ...... . . . . . . .. 0254 grind, sharpen . . . . . . . . . . .. 0463 grope, feel ............... 0525 grub, coconut ............ 0780 guard, to ................ 1138
gadfly .................. 0568 208
Index
guest ................... gums, the; gills . . . . . . . . . .. gun .................... gutter, trough ............
heart ................... 1106 heart, breath ........... 0022 heavy .................. 0235 heavy shower .......... 0065 heel .................... 0339 help, to ................. 0039 hemp ................... 1051 here, this . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0862 hide. . .. .......... 0806, 0991 hide, take shelter . . . . . . .. 1001 high, tall ................ 0344 highest point, tip ........ 0746 hill .................... 1002 hill, mountain .......... 0778 hire ............... , . , ,. 1148 hit, play (in phrases) .... , .. 1003 hoe ,., .. , ....... , .... ,. 0423 hold, contain .. , . . . . . . . . .. 1008 hold, carry ............. 0372 hold the breath ......... 0812 in claws, under the arm . .. 0604 in closed hand ......... , 0800 in the jaws ... , ... , ..... 0506 in the mouth ........... 0930 hole .................... 0318 hole, crack ............. 0038 hole, pit. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0546 hollow .................. 0100 home ................... 0730 hoof (as ofa horse) ........ 0094 hook,a ................. 0969 horn of an animal ......... 0515 horse ................... 0204 hot .................... 0314 hot; angry ............. 1006 spicy hot .... 0639, 0890, 1065 house .................. 0311 housefly ................ 0384 how many . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0093 hug, embrace ............ 0821 human being, person ....... 0145 hump of an ox . . . . . . . . . . . . 0864 hunchback, crooked ....... 0967 hundred ............ 0315,0912 hungry ............ 0009,0727 hunt .................... 0898
0831 0253 0268 1083
hail .................... 0469 hair body hair. . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0531 hairknot . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0490 of the head ............ 0300 pUbic ................. 0856 queue ................. 1048 whorl in the hair; sp irit ... 0171 half .................... 1049 half gone, partly empty . .. 0654 half-grown, fairly large . .. 0919 half, middle . . . . . . . . . . .. 0540 hammer ................. 0151 hand .. , ................ 0219 hold in the closed hand ... 0800 left ................... 0322 lift in both hands ........ 0744 mold with the hands ..... 1053 right .................. 0164 take in two cupped hands . 0945 handle, rod .............. 0829 handle of a knife . . . . . . .. 0040 hang down .............. 1143 hang up ............... 0168 hard ................... 0517 hard core, seed ......... 0943 harrow ................. 1124 hat wicker hat . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0495 hate .................... 0030 have ................... 0586 hawk .............. 1073,1100 he, it ................... 0582 head ................... 0086 hair of the head ......... 0300 head louse ............. 0468 tilt the head back. . . . . . .. 0620 top of the head ......... 1036 heap up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0820 hear .................... 0735 hear, listen ........ 0869,1012 209
Comparative Tai Source Book
hurt .................... 0023 husband ................ 0656 husk ................... 0799
know ................... 0319 ladder, stairs ............. 0044 lady .................... 1033 lake; pus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0865 land, dry ............... 0413 land leech ............... 0363 landing ................. 0707 lasso ................... 0528 last (year) ............... 0810 latch, door. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0946 late at night ............... 0051 in the morning .......... 0324 late meal .............. 0650 laugh ................... 0475 lay (a cloth) across ........ 0286 lazy ............... 0155,0815 lead by the hand .......... 0025 leaf ................... 0018 big leaf, especially a banana leaf . . . . . . . .. 0703 leak .................... 0316 lean back .......... 0755, 0934 leech ................... 0274 land leech ............. 0363 left (hand) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0322 left over ................ 0565 leg ..................... 0501 calf of the leg .......... 1150 lower leg, shin . . . . . . . . .. 0131 lemongrass .............. 0158 level; only. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1152 lick ................... 0563 lid; wall ................. 0058 lie ..................... 0676 lie athwart ............. 0838 lie down, sleep ......... 0245 lie face down ........... 0169 lie face up ............. 0618 lift in both hands .......... 0744 light ................... 0676 light a lamp . . . . . . . . . . .. 0688 light, daybreak ......... 1081 light (fire, lamp) ........ 1005 light (not heavy) .......... 0408
I ..................... 0494 I; slave .......... 0533, 1144 idle, free ... . . . . . . .. 0996, 1105 impetigo, the itch ......... 0472 imprison, shut up ......... 0120 in, inside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0601 incorrect, wrong .......... 0988 increase ................. 0578 incubate ................ 0061 Indian corn .............. 1075 indigo ............. 0534,0958 ink ..................... 0224 insect .................. 0215 inside, in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 060 I inside out turn upside down or inside out. . . . . . . . .. 0873 intend, aim; mark ......... 0580 intercourse, sexual ........ 0929 intestines ................ 0330 iron (the metal) ...... 0183,0847 it, he ................... 0582 it is .................... 0989 itch, the; impetigo ......... 0472 itch, to ............. 0828,0835 ivory, elephant's tusk .... .. 0616 jackal .................. 0859 join .................... 0701 kapok .................. kapok tree . . . . . . . . . . . .. kick .................... kidney stones ............
kill .................... kind .................... kitchen ................. knee ................... kneel ................... kneel down ............ knife ................... big knife, machete. . . . . ..
0613 0251 0444 0863 0112 1079 0543 0122 0920 0970 0218 0646 210
Index
lightning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1095 like, to .................. 0581 lime .................... 1142 liquid, soft .............. 0182 liquor .............. " .. 0178 listen, hear ......... 0869,1012 listen, obey . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0062 litter (of young) .......... 0837 liver ................... 0352 lock, a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1114 long ............... 0665,0729 long (of time) ....... 0597,1155 look .............. 0976, 1094 look, watch over . . . . . . .. 0450 loom for weaving ......... 0480 shuttle of loom ......... 0896 loop ................... 0476 loose-fitting ............. 0575 lose one's way ........... 0845 lotus ................... 1087 loud ................... 0776 louse body louse ............. 0558 chicken louse .......... 0662 head louse ............. 0468 love, to ................. 0304 lover ................ , 0772 low, short (not tall) ........ 0350 lump, piece . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1011 lung .................... 0630 lye (water) .............. 0432 machete, big knife ........ make, do ........... 0823, make a fire ............ make an effort, strain .... make rope . . . . . . . . . . . .. male person, man ......... young male animal ...... man, male person ......... young unmarried man . . .. mango .................. many, much ............. mark; intend, aim ......... mark, stripe, design ....... market ..................
married get married massage, squeeze ........ . master, owner; you ....... . mat ................... . grass mat ............. . matchbox .............. . maternal grandfather ........... . grandmother .......... . matter, affair ............ . mattress ............... . meal .................. . evening meal .......... . late meal ............. . midday meal .......... . measure from thumb to the fingertip ......... meat, flesh .............. medicine ................ melon .................. membrane, spiderweb, fiber mend ................... metal, cast to ............. midday meal . . . . . . . . . . . .. middle .................. middle, half. . . . . . . . . . .. millet .................. mirror .................. miserly; closely spaced ..... mist, dew ............... moan, to ................ mold with the hands ..... .. mole ................... mollusk. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. money .................. money, silver. . . . . . . . . .. monkey. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. month, moon. . . . . . . . . . . .. first(month) ........... moon, month ............. more than ............... morning ........... 0028, late in the morning ...... mortar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. mosquito ................
0646 1134 0997 0409 1130 0029 0715 0029 0407 0589 0175 0580 0174 1131 211
0777 0963 0021 1126 0763 0811 0685 0731 0165 0914 0220 0186 0650 0248 0142 0606 0387 0949 0395 1153 0572 0248 0095 0540 0925 0937 0370 1035 0156 1053 1132 0085 0986 0250 0564 0047 0977 0047 0496 1038 0324 0160 0750
Comparative Tai Source Book
mother mother's younger sibling . mound ................. . mound, pubic ......... . mountain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. mountain, hill .......... mountain stream ........ mouse, rat . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. mouth ............. 0623, hold in the mouth ....... open (the mouth) . . . . . . .. put out of mouth ........ much, many ............. mucus of the nose . . . . . . . .. mud, sink into, to ......... mushroom ............... mute, dumb. . . . . . . . . . . . .. mythical water creature ....
0214 0594 1060 0860 0657 0778 0087 0615 1158 0930 0397 0507 0175 0591 0570 0078 0017 0621
obtain; can .............. 0042 of; thing ................ 0152 oil ................ 0584, 1076 old .................... 0712 of living things ......... 0091 ofthings .............. 0483 older brother of either parent, uncle ......... 0576 sibling ................ 0294 sister of either parent, aunt 0259 olive, wild ............... 0819 on ..................... 0414 on, above .............. 0808 one .................... 0240 one in eleven ........... 0754 one or so, any .......... 1117 only; level. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1152 only one, single, same . . .. 0046 open ................... 0126 open the eyes .......... 0194 open the mouth ......... 0397 orange, tamarind. . . . . . . . .. 0825 orphan .................. 1061 other ................... 0756 other people, they . . . . . .. 0513 otter ................... 0596 outside ................. 0244 owner, master; you . . . . . . .. 0021 ox ................ 0256,1069 hump of ox ............ 0864
naked .................. 0629 name ................... 0426 narrow ................. 0130 navel . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0050, 0992 near .................... 0096 neck ................... 0148 necklace ................ 1123 needle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0128 nephew, niece; grandchild .. 0550 net cast-net ............... 0471 raised net. . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0984 new .................... 0211 nibble, peck ............. 0361 nicked, chipped .......... 0762 niece, nephew; grandchild .. 0550 night ................... 0141 night, nightfall. . . . . . . . .. 0118 nine .................... 0088 north,above ............. 0607 nose ................... 0435 blow the nose .......... 0674 mucus of nose .......... 0591 not .................... 0016 numb, benumbed by cold .. 0995
package; to wrap up ....... pair .................... palm, sole ............... pan, frying .............. pangolin .......... ..... part, a ......... . . . . . . . .. partly empty, half gone ..... paternal grandfather ....... grandmother ........... peak, summit ............ peck, nibble ............. peel, to ................. pen for animals ........... penis ...................
obey, listen .............. 0062 212
1044 0547 0452 1136 0605 11 12 0654 1145 0388 0424 0361 0283 0150 0953
Index
people common people ......... 0649 they, other people ....... 0513 pepper .................. 0652 person .................. 0658 person, human being ..... 0145 pestle .................. 0669 petal; section offruit ...... 1157 pick (the teeth) ........... 0421 pick up ................. 0484 with the fingers . . . . . . . .. 0738 pickle, to ........... 0053,0927 picture .................. 0477 piece, lump .............. 1011 pig .................... 0590 pig-feed. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1118 pillar .............. 0675, 1108 pillow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0229 support as with a pillow .. 0614 pimple .................. 0336 pinch, hold in claws, under the arm .......... 0604 pipe water pipe . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0842 pit, hole. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0546 place ................... 0371 be in a place ........... 0749 in expressions for above, below, etc. . . . . . . . . . .. 1021 plant edible water plant ....... 1042 plant, tree ............. 0105 to plant ............... 0281 play, to ............ 0184, 1090 play, hit, etc. (in phrases) . 1003 pleased, graciously . . . . . . .. 0631 pleat, to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0422 pliers, tongs ............. 0138 take hold with " ........ 0139 plow, a ................. 0368 to plow ............... 0368 pluck .............. 0440,0916 plug (a hole) ............. 0014 plugged up ............ 1007 plum ................... 1067 pod; sheath ..... . . . . . . . .. 0060
point, to ................ 0034 poison, to ............... 1041 poke ................... 1120 pole, carrying ......... . .. 0502 pond ................... 0923 poor; difficult . . . . . . . . . . .. 0968 porcupine ............... 0585 pot, cooking . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0227 pot, frying pan ........... 1136 potato .................. 0583 pound, to ........... 0690,0702 pound, beat ............ 0718 pound (rice) again ....... 1122 present progressive. . . . . . .. 0430 price ................... 0947 price, value ......... . .. 0500 progressive, present ....... 0430 pubic hair ............... 0856 pubic mound . . . . . . . . . .. 0860 pull, drag ............... 0172 pull out ............... 0904 pungent, unpleasantly ...... 0136 pus; lake ... . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0865 put .................... 0329 put away .............. 0386 put down, take down ..... 0276 put on, wear ...... 0894, 1031 put out of mouth ........ 0507 python ................. , 0566 queue (refer to hair) ....... 1048 quick ................... 0884 rabbit .................. raft .................... rain .................... rainbow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. raise, feed . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. raise, lift ................ raised net. . . . . . . . . . . . .. rapids .................. rat, mouse . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. rattan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. raw, not ripe . . . . . . . . . . . .. reach, arrive ............. read .................... 213
1024 0291 0064 0668 0187 0743 0984 0486 0615 0907 0446 0716 0933
Comparative Tai Source Book
real, genuine, really ....... really, genuine, real ....... receive ................. reciprocally, to do . . . . . . . .. red .................... dark red . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. reflection, shadow ........ release .................. remove ................. remove, take down ...... repeat .................. rest .................... return .................. revile, scold ............. revolve, spin . . . . . . . . . . . .. rhinoceros ............... ribs, side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. rice .................... cook rice .............. cooked in bamboo tube. .. dike between rice fields .. ear ofrice ............. pound (rice) again ....... rice field .............. transplant (young rice plants) ........... vessel for steaming rice. .. young rice plant ........ ride .................... right (hand) . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ring .................... ringworm ............... rinse, wash .............. ripe, cooked ............. river bank ............... road .............. 0474, road, way ............. rob ..................... rock, cliff ............... rod, handle .............. roll up .................. roof, to ................. room ................... root .................... central root ............ galangal, kind of root ....
rope, cord ............... 0037 make rope ............. 1130 strand (of rope) ......... 0814 rotten .................. 0602 round ............. 0817,1066 rub .................... 1039 run .................... 1096
0714 0714 1084 1026 0441 0491 0866 0278 0376 0277 0326 0636 1063 0429 0625 0664 0505 0116 0478 1097 0510 0667 1122 0231
saddle .................. 0398 saliva .................. 0553 salt .................... 0099 salty .................. 0516 salutation make gesture of . . . . . . . .. 0721 same, single, only one ..... 0046 sand ................... 0321 sandbar, beach ......... 0789 saw, a ............. 0192, 0940 to saw ........... 0192, 0940 say .................... 0380 scald ................... 0199 scales, fish .............. 0097 scatter, sow. . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0720 scissors ................. 0956 scold, revile ............. 0429 scrape .................. 0161 scratch, to .......... 0140, 0802 as chickens ............ 0520 search, to ............... 0530 section of fruit; petal ...... 1157 see .................... 0076 see someone off ........ 0893 seed ................... 0457 seed, grain . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0213 seed, hard core ......... 0943 seek .................... 0067 sell .................... 0508 send (a present) .......... 0781 separate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0647 sesame ................. 0617 set up .................. 0895 set up a bed . . . . . . . . . . .. 0932 set up a trap ............ 1140 seven ................... 0024 sew .................... 0732 sexual intercourse ......... 0929
0436 0791 0489 0137 0164 0723 0809 0552 0343 0459 1101 0364 0874 0633 0829 0950 0230 0889 0303 0619 0499 214
Index
sing .................... 0511 single, only one, same ..... 0046 sink, to ................. 0767 sink into mud .......... 0570 sit ..................... 0236 six ..................... 0082 skilled; an artisan ......... 0031 skin .................... 0600 discarded snake skin ..... 0535 dried sweat, dirt on skin .. 0526 sky .................... 0057 slack ................... 1080 slap .................... 0699 slash ................... 0783 slave; I ............ 0533, 1144 sleep, lie down ........... 0245 slip and fall . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0643 slippery, smooth . . . . . . . . .. 0195 slowly, gradually, carefully 0154 small. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1119 small, few .. . . . . . . . . . .. 0246 smear .................. 1019 smell fishy smell. . . . . . . . . . . .. 0827 smell bad ......... 0867,0910 smell something ........ 0994 smoke .................. 0170 smooth ................. 0813 smooth, slippery ........ 0195 snake ................... 0257 discarded snake skin ..... 0535 snare, a ................. 0308 snore ................... 0107 soak .............. 0577,0770 soft .................... 0911 soften over a fire ...... " 0599 soft, liquid. . . . . . . . . . . .. 0182 soft;young ............ 0011 sole, palm ............... 0452 son-in-law ............... 0518 soot .................... 0853 sound .................. 0333 soup, curry .............. 0803 sour .................... 0682 south, below . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0348 sow, scatter. . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0720
shade ................... 0313 shadow, reflection ........ 0866 shady, cloudy ............ 0965 shallow ................. 0357 shaman, doctor . . . . . . . . . .. 0854 shape, figure . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0913 share, divide ............. 0761 sharp, sharp edge ......... 0833 sharpen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1089 a knife ................ 0556 sharpen, grind . . . . . . . . .. 0463 sharpen to a point ....... 1107 sharpened stake .......... 0548 sharp-pointed ............ 0560 shave ................... 1022 sheath; pod .... . . . . . . . . .. 0060 shelf above a fire ......... 0948 shell, bark . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0628 shin, lower leg ........... 0131 shirt ............... 0337,0880 shoe ................... 1141 shoot, to ................ 0736 shoot, sprout . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0243 bamboo shoot .......... 0882 short ................... 0697 short (not tall), low ...... 0350 shoulder ................ 0403 carry on shoulder ....... 0807 shower, heavy. . . . . . . . . . .. 0065 shrimp ................. , 0108 small shrimp ........... 1074 shrink .................. 0795 shut up, imprison ......... 0120 shuttle of the loom ........ 0896 sibling father's younger ........ 0752 mother's younger ....... 0594 older ................. 0294 younger . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0610 sickle .................. 1088 side .................... 0412 side, edge ............. 1137 side, ribs .............. 0505 sift ..................... 1156 silk cloth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0651 silver, money ............ 0250 215
Comparative Tai Source Book
stop .................... 0394 straight ................. 0338 straighten, bend . . . . . . . .. 0915 strain, make an effort ...... 0409 strand (of rope) ........... 0814 strange ................. 1159 straw, stubble ............ 0454 stream, mountain ......... 0087 strength, strong . . . . . . . . . .. 0885 stretch .................. 0742 stretch out . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1071 string. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1086 string, cord ............ 0323 stripe, design, mark ....... 0174 stroke, to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0202 strong, strength . . . . . . . . . .. 0885 struggle, squirm .......... 1046 stubble, straw ............ 0454 stuck ................... 0497 stump ............. 0700, 0824 sugar ................... 1013 sugarcane ............. 0012 summit, peak ............ 0424 sun, expose to the ........ 0345 sunshine ................ 0045 support, as with a pillow .... 0614 surround ................ 0921 as with a fence ......... 1102 swallow (a bird) .......... 0400 swallow, to ......... 0816,1014 sweat ................... 0252 dried sweat, dirt on skin .. 0526 sweep .................. 0111 sweet ................... 0382 swift (of water) ........... 0425 swim ................... 1109 swim under water ....... 0999 swollen ................. 0966 swollen, bruised ........ 0785 sword ............. 0433,0939
soybeans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1098 spade .................. 0332 speak ................... 0798 spear, a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0083 spicy hot ....... 0639,0890,1065 spider .................. 0027 spiderweb, fiber, membrane . 0395 spill. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1045 spin, revolve . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0625 spirit; whorl in the hair . . . .. 0171 spleen .................. 0848 splinter ............... .. 0892 split .................... 0284 split bamboo floor ....... 0453 splotched, spotted with white 0431 spool ................... 0197 spotted, splotched with white 0431 spring, well . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0415 sprout, shoot . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0243 squeeze, massage ......... 0963 squirm, struggle .......... 1046 squirrel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0888 flying squirrel .......... 0406 stairs, ladder . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0044 ~ake .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0554 sharpened stake. . . . . . . .. 0548 stand ................... 0741 star .................... 0041 steal ................... 0176 steam, to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0241 steam, vapor ........... 0004 stem ................... 0797 banana stem ........... 0747 step on ............ 0392, 1072 sterile .................. 0850 sticklac ................. 0536 sticky .................. 1030 sticky, tough ........... 0603 stiff and tired ............ 0222 still, yet ................. 0393 sting ................... 0998 stinger (ofa bee) .......... 0238 stomach, belly ............ 0375 stomp on ................ 0373 stone ................... 0081 stool ................... 0351
Tai, Thai ................ tail .................... take .................... take down, put down ..... take down, remove ...... 216
0713 0069 0002 0276 0277
Index
take hold with tongs, claws take in two cupped hands . tall, high ... . . . . . . . . . . . .. tallow .................. tamarind, orange. . . . . . . . .. tame, familiar ............ taro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. taste, to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. tattoo, to ... . . . . . . . . . . . .. tea. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. teach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. tear, to ................. teeth, to pick ............ tell .................... ten. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. tend (animals) ............ tender, decayed ........... tendon. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. termite ................. testicles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. Thai, Tai ................ thatch grass .............. then, also ............... they, other people ......... thick ................... thick (of fluids) ......... thin (not fat) ............. thin (not thick) ..... ... thing classifier for ........... old . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. thing; of ................ this, here . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. thorn .............. 0233, thousand ................ thread ............. 0773, three ................... threshold. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. throw, to .............. " thunder ............ 0878, tick ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. tie, to .................. tie up ................. tie up; bundle .......... tiger .............. 0678, big (tiger) .............
0139 0945 0344 0127 0825 0836 0642 0036 0673 0026 1121 0035 0421 0557 0334 0420 0267 0399 0855 0465 0713 0498 0104 0513 0595 0529 0645 0405
tight ................... 0964 wobble, not firm or tight .. 0527 tile .................... 1104 tilt the head back ......... 0620 time, a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1058 time, turn. . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0975 time, long ........ . . . . . .. 0597 tip, end ................. 0270 tip, highest point. . . . . . . . .. 0746 tired ................... 0608 stiff and tired. . . . . . . . . .. 0222 toast, to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1151 tobacco ................. 0926 toe, finger .......... 0239, 0868 toenail, fingernail ....... 0185 together, each other .. , .... 0089 toilet ................... 0683 tomorrow ............... 0655 tongs, pliers ............. 0138 take hold with .......... 0139 tongue. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0189 tools, utensils, equipment ... 0159 tools, classifier for ........ 0579 tooth .............. 0133,0456 top for spinning .......... 0504 top of the head ........... 1036 torn .................... 0115 tortoise, water ............ 1127 tough, sticky . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0603 track, footprint ........... 0666 trade, engage in .......... 0113 transparent, clear ......... 0331 transplant (young rice plants) 0436 transport, carry . . . . . . . . . .. 0834 trap set a trap .............. 1140 to trap ................ 0774 tree,plant ............... 0105 branch (ofa tree) ........ 0488 fell (a tree) ............ 0272 tree; beginning ......... 1146 tripod .................. 0521 trough, gutter ............ 1083 trousers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0973 tube, bamboo ............ 0760 turbid ............. 0162,0954
0936 0483 0152 0862 0757 0985 0851 0671 0962 0166 1103 0792 0659 0839 0210 0822 0541 217
Comparative Tai Source Book
turn, to ................. turn (something) over .... turn upside down or inside out. . . . . . . . .. turn, time ............... turtle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. tusk, elephant's; ivory ..... twist, wring . . . . . . . . . . . . .. two ............... 0341, uncle, older brother of either parent ......... undo, untie .............. unmarried young man ............ young woman .......... untie, undo .............. upside down turn upside down or inside out .......... urinate .................. use, to ............. 0032, utensils, tools, equipment . .. vagina. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. value, price . . . . . . . . . . . . .. vapor, steam ............ , vegetable ............... kind of vegetable ........ vessel for steaming rice .... Vietnamese. . . . . . . . . . . . .. village . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. vine ............... 0538, vinegar .......... . . . . . .. vomit .................. vulgar; coarse ............
0979 0298
warn ................... 0899 wart .................... 0796 wash ................... 1116 wash (clothes) .......... 0325 wash, rinse ............ 0552 wasp ................... 0693 kind of wasp ........... 1009 watch over, look . . . . . . . . .. 0450 water ................... 0232 edible water plant .... . .. 1042 lye (water) ............. 0432 mythical water creature . .. 0621 swift water ............ 0425 swim under water ....... 0999 water buffalo ............ 0167 water pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0842 water (plants), to ..... 0887, 1099 water tortoise ............ 1127 way, road ............... 0364 we (you and I, not others) ... 0305 wear, put on ........ 0894, 103 I weave .................. 0691 weave (baskets, mats) .... 0672 weed, to ................ 0434 weep ................... 0072 weigh .................. 0428 well, spring. . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0415 wet .................... 1017 what, which, any .......... 0438 wheel .................. 0573 which .................. 1037 which, what, any ........ 043& whistle, to . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0296 white .............. 0509, 1055 white ant .... . . . . . . . . .. 0279 spotted, splotched with white ........... 0431 whittle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1057 who ............. " ..... 0157 whorl in the hair; spirit . . . .. 0171 wicker hat. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0495 wide ................... 0110 widowed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0207 wife .................... 0217 of man's younger brother . 1091 wife, woman ........... 0876
0873 0975 0897 0616 0410 0734
0576 0485 0407 0320 0485
0873 0733 1077 0159 1133 0500 0004 0287 0917 0791 0804 0404 0922 1062 0660 0391
waist .............. 0005,0793 wait .................... 0706 wake up intransitive ............ 0901 walk ................... 0635 wall .................... 0980 wall; lid ............... 0058 war, enemy .............. 0679 warm ................... 0928 218
Index
yawn ................... year .................... last (year) ............. year, cycle ............. yellow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. yesterday ............... day before . . . . . . . . . . . .. yet, still ................. yoke ................... part under the neck ...... you .................... you; master, owner ...... young .................. male animal . . . . . . . . . . .. rice plant . . . . . . . . . . . . .. unmarried man ......... unmarried woman . . . . . .. young; soft .............. younger sibling ...........
wild, forest ... . . . . . . . . . .. 0900 wind, the ................ 0569 window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0687 wine dregs .............. 0993 wing .............. 0266,0784 winnowing basket ......... 0449 wipe ................... 0033 with .................... 0451 with, and ... . . . . . . . . . .. 0482 withered ................ 0080 wobble, not firm or tight .... 0527 woman ................. 0737 woman, wife ........... 0876 young unmarried ........ 0320 wood ................... 0208 work (noun) ........ 0722,0941 worm .................. 0609 wound, to ............... 0759 wrap up; package ......... 1044 wring, twist . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0410 writing, book ............ 0681 wrong .................. 0295 wrong, incorrect ........ 0988
219
0071 0626 0810 0545 0567 0381 1111 0393 0006 0753 0588 0021 0612 0715 0489 0407 0320 0011 0610
OCEANIC LINGUISTICS SPECIAL PUBLICATIONS
Robert A. Blust General Editor
Editorial Board Joel Bradshaw, Michael L. Forman, George W. Grace, Howard P. McKaughan, Yoku Otsuka, Kenneth L. Rehg, Albert 1. Schlitz Oceanic Linguistics Special Publications are occasional publications issued under the sponsorship of the Department of Linguistics of the University of Hawai'i. The series consists of independently subsidized studies bearing on the languages of the Oceanic area. The "Oceanic area" is defined for this purpose as the combined Austronesian, Papuan, and Australian language areas. The Special Publications are published and distributed for the Department by the University of Hawai'i Press. Manuscripts may be submitted to: Oceanic Linguistics Special Publications Department of Linguistics 1890 East-West Road Moore Hall 569 University of Hawai 'i Honolulu, Hawai'i 96822